Curriculum and Syllabi

B.E CIVIL ENGINEERING

Batch 2020

Year 2020
Version 1.0

B.E CIVIL ENGINEERING

University Institute of Engineering UIE

NH-95, Chandigarh-Ludhiana Highway, Gharuan, Mohali, Punjab

(India) 140413

www.cuchd.in

1
BLANK

2
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sl No. Content Page No.

Section 1: Program Educational Objectives, Program Specific Outcomes and

1 3-4
Program Outcomes

2 Section 2: Curriculum / Scheme – Annexure-1 & 2 5-20

3 Section 3: Semester wise Syllabi– Annexure 3 & 4 21-443

3
SECTION 1

Program Educational Objectives,

Program Outcomes and
Program Specific Outcomes
The Civil Engineering faculty members have formulated the Programme Educational Objectives
(PEOs). The PEOs are broad statements that describe the career and professional accomplishments
that the program is preparing its graduates to achieve in few years (for example three years)
subsequent to receiving the degree. The PEOs of the B.E. program in Civil Engineering are as
follows:

PEO1 Career Prospectus: The CU Civil Engineering graduates will have numerous career
options in wide range of fields of project management, design, planning, consultancy, public
sectors, quality control engineer, quantity surveyor, real estate, construction,
entrepreneurship, teaching, research organization, private sector etc.
PEO2 Competency: The CU Civil Engineering graduates will have the competency in
analysis, design investigation, safe and sustainable construction and development of
solutions.
PEO3 Leadership: The CU Civil Engineering graduates will be able to manage the teams
with different types of diversities, and carry out task related to multidisciplinary areas in non
conducive divergent conditions.
PEO4 Lifelong learning: The CU Civil Engineering graduates will be able to create new
technologies and absorb social and technological transformations though his/her lifelong
learning practices.
PEO5 Professional and Ethical Honesty: While working as member of any working team,
the CU Civil Engineering graduate will play his/her role through his professional competency
by remaining upright in his/her ethical values.

Programme Specific Objectives (PSOs) are specific statements that describe the professional
career accomplishments that the program is designed. The PSOs of the B.E. program in Civil
Engineering are as follows:

The PSOs are statements that describe what graduates are expected to learn and be able to
perform in a specialized area of discipline of upon graduation from a program, therefore,
frame it in very precise concise manner.

PSO1 Project inception and design: CU Civil Engineering graduates will be able to
conceptualize projects related to different fields of Civil Engineering, collect relevant data by
direct and indirect methods, analyze the project requirement and design, implement, manage
and maintain the project.
PSO2 Draft specification: CU Civil Engineering graduates will become able to select
material, prepare estimates/costing, schedule work plans.
PSO3 Investigation: Apply knowledge of different fields of Civil Engineering, conduct
experiments, analyze, interpret data, and design the system and system components based on
requirements at minimum cost.
4
Programme Outcomes (POs) are attributes of the graduates of the programme that are indicative
of the graduates’ ability and competence to work as an engineering professional upon graduation.
Program Outcomes are statements that describe what students are expected to know or be able to do
by the time of graduation. They must relate to knowledge and skills that the students acquire from
the programme. The achievement of all outcomes indicates that the student is well prepared to
achieve the program educational objectives down the road. The following 12 POs have been chosen
by the Civil Engineering Department of Chandigarh University. The Civil Engineering curriculum
at CU has been designed to fully meet all the 12 Programme Outcomes:

PO1 Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
PO2 Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature and analyze complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,
natural sciences and engineering sciences.
PO3 Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems
and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate
consideration for the public health and safety and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
PO4 Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and
research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data and
synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.
PO5 Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources and
modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering
activities with an understanding of the limitations.
PO6 The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to
assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities
relevant to the professional engineering practice.
PO7 Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional
engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge
of, and need for sustainable development.
PO8 Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities
and norms of the engineering practice.
PO9 Individual or teamwork: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO10 Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with
the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and
write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and
receive clear instructions.
PO11 Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as member and
leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO12 Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to
engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context to technological change

The following sections describe the requirements for earning a B. Tech degree in Civil Engineering
and its break-down in terms of University Core courses, Program Core courses and electives at both
the University and the Program levels.

5
SECTION 2

Scheme for CIVIL ENGINEERING

Batch 2020
Annexure -1
BREAK-DOWN OF CREDITS

NUMBER OF PERCENTAGE
S.N. CATEGORY
CREDITS WEIGHTAGE

1 University Core Courses (UC) 11 5.45

2 Program Core Courses (PC) 65 32.18
3 Program Elective (PE) 18 8.91
4 Basic Sciences (BS) 29 14.36
5 Engineering Sciences (ES) 18 8.91
6 Humanities and Social Sciences Courses (HSS) - -
7 University Open Elective (UOE) 6 2.97
Project/Research Project (PR/RPR) / Thesis/Dissertation
8 14
(TD)/ Seminar (SM) 6.93
9 Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training (TR) 12 5.94
10 MOOc’s 16 7.92
11 Mandatory Non-Graded (MNG) 13 6.44
TOTAL CREDITS 202 100

6
 Semester-1

Pre- Co- Anti -

Course Evaluation requisite requisite requisite
SN Code Course Name L T P S C CH
Type
Internal External Total (with Course Code)
Calculus and
1 20SMT121 BS 3 2 0 - 5 5 40 60 100
Matrices
Physics of
2 20SPT145 BS 3 1 0 - 4 4 40 60 100
Materials
Basic Electrical
3 20ELT111 & Electronics ES 3 0 0 - 3 3 40 60 100
Engineering
Engineering
4 20MET111 Graphics and ES 2 0 0 - 2 2 40 60 100
Drawing
Problem
5 20CST 114 Solving with ES 2 0 0 - 2 2 40 60 100
Programming
Communication
6 20UCT141 UC 2 0 0 - 2 2 40 60 100
Skills
Problem
Solving with
7 20CSP 115 ES 0 0 4 - 2 4 60 40 100
Programming
Lab
Physics of
8 20SPP146 BS 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Materials Lab
Basic
Electrical and
9 20ELP112 Electronics ES 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Engineering
Lab
Engineering
10 20MEP112 Graphics and ES 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Drawing Lab
Communication
11 20UCP142 UC 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Skills Lab
Life Skills and
12 20UCY146 UC 0 1 0 - 1* 1 - - -
Mentoring-1
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and
15 4 12 25
CH system)

7
 Semester-2
Pre- Co- Anti -
S Course Evaluation requisite requisite requisite
Code Course Name L T P S C CH
N Type
Internal External Total (with Course Code)
Calculus, ODE and
1 20SMT171 BS 3 2 0 - 5 5 40 60 100
Complex Variables
Chemistry for
2 20SHT171 BS 2 1 0 - 3 3 40 60 100
Engineers
Biology for
3 20SZT188 BS 3 0 0 - 3 3 40 60 100
Engineers
Object Oriented
4 20CST153 Programming ES 2 0 0 - 2 2 40 60 100
using C++
Professional
5 20PCT154 Communication BS 2 0 0 - 2 2 40 60 100
Skills
Professional
6 20PCP158 Communication BS 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Skills Lab
Object Oriented
7 20CSP154 Programming ES 0 0 4 - 2 4 60 40 100
using C++ Lab
Workshop Practice
(Masonry,
Plumbing,
Aluminium and
8 20CEP155 False Ceiling, ES 0 1 2 - 2 3 60 40 100
Welding Shop,
Carpentry,
Electrical and
Electronics)
Chemistry for
9 20SHP172 BS 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Engineers Lab
1 Civil Engineering
20CET151 PC 1 0 0 - 1 1 40 60 100
0 Materials
1 Civil Engineering
20CEP152 PC 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
1 Materials Lab
1 Life Skills and 1
20UCY186 UC 0 1 0 - 1 - - -
2 Mentoring-2 *
1 Fundamentals of
20ECP157 ES 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
3 AI and IOT Lab
1 MOOC's Beyond 4
20CEX159 MC - - - - - - -
4 Class *
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and 1 1 2
5
CH system) 3 4 9

8
 Semester-3
Pre- Co- Anti -
Course Evaluation requisite requisite requisite
SN Code Course Name L T P S C CH
Type
Internal External Total (with Course Code)
Civil Engineering
1 20CET201 PC 3 1 - - 4 4 40 60 100
Mechanics
Mechanics and PC
2 20CET202 3 1 - - 4 4 40 60 100
Dynamics of Fluid
Building and Fast PC
3 20CET203 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
Track construction
4 20CET204 Concrete Technology PC 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
Structure Mechanics PC
5 20CEP205 - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Lab
6 20CEP206 Fluid Mechanics Lab PC - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Building Drawing PC
7 20CEP207 using automation - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
tools
8 20CEP208 Concrete Practices Lab PC - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Engineering
Mathematics* (for
20SMY222/
9 LEET students)/ MNG 3 1 - - 4* 4 40 60 100
20CEY221
Engineering Geology
and Rock Mechanics
Environment, Waste
10 20UCY244 and Disaster UC 2 - - - 2* 2 40 60 100
Management
Life Skills and
11 20UCY246 UC - 1 - - 1* 1 - - -
Mentoring-3
Gender Equity and
12 20UCX247 Woman UC - - - 2 1* 2^ 40 60 100
Empowerment*
13 20TDP201 Soft-Skills* PC - - - 2 1 2 60 40 100
Institutional and
14 20CEI209 TR - - - - 4 - 60 40 100
summer training**
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and CH
15 4 8 4 29 31
system)

*MNG Subjects/credits, ^Self Study course

**Students will undergo 4-6 weeks Institutional and summer training after examinations of 2nd semester and will be concluded
before start of 3rd semester.

9
 Semester-4

Co- Anti -
Pre-
Cours Evaluation requisi requisit
C requisite
SN Code Course Name e L T P S C te e
H
Type
Intern Extern Tota
(with Course Code)
al al l
Applied
20SMT27
1 Engineering BS 3 1 - - 4 4 40 60 100
2
Mathematics-III
Structural
2 20CET252 PC 2 2 - - 4 4 40 60 100
Analysis
Surveying and
3 20CET253 PC 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Geomatics
Transportation
4 20CET254 PC 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Engineering
Constructionari
5 20CEP255 PC - - 3 - 2 3 60 40 100
um
Surveying and
6 20CEP256 PC - - 3 - 2 3 60 40 100
Geomatics Lab
Transportation
7 20CEP257 PC - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Lab
Introduction to
8 20UCT292 Management PC 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
and Leadership
9 20CER289 Project PR - - - 4 2 4^ 60 40 100
Glass in
Buildings:
10 20CEY259 MNG 3 - - - 3* 3 40 60 100
design and
Applications*
11 20TDT252 Aptitude PC - 2 - - 2 2 40 60 100
Life Skills and
12 20UCY286 UC - 1 - - 1* 1 - - -
Mentoring-4
Entrepreneursh
13 20UCX299 UC - - - 2 1* 2^ 40 60 100
ip*
14 20CEX261 MOOC’s* MC - - - 4 4* 4^ - - -
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C 1 3
6 8 # 40
and CH system) 7 3

*MNG Subjects/credits, ^Self Study course

10
 Semester-5

Pre- Co- Anti -

Cou
Evaluation requisit requisit requisit
rse C
SN Code Course Name L T P S C e e e
Typ H
e Interna Externa Tot
(with Course Code)
l l al
Geotechnical
1 20CET311 PC 2 1 - - 3 3 40 60 100
Engineering
Design of Steel
2 20CET312 PC 2 1 - - 3 3 40 60 100
Structures
Design of
3 20CET313 Concrete PC 3 1 - - 4 4 40 60 100
Structures-I
Environmenta
4 20CET314 PC 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
l Engineering
Irrigation
Engineering
5 20CET315 PC 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
and Hydraulic
Structures
Geotechnical
6 20CEP316 Engineering PC - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Lab
Environment
7 20CEP317 Engineering PC - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
lab
8 20CER349 Project PR - - - 4 2 4^ - - -

9 20TDY352 Aptitude MNG 3 - - - 3* 3 40/60 60/40 100

10 20CEI319 Survey Camp TR - - - - 4 - 60 40 100

Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and 1 2
CH system)
3 4 4 26
7 6

*MNG Subjects/credits
**Students will undergo 2-3 weeks survey camp after examinations of 4th semester and the same will be concluded before start
of5th semester. The subject code will be 20CEY319 and will cater 4 MNG credits to students.
^Self Study course

11
 Semester-6

Pre- Co- Anti -

Cou
Evaluation requisit requisit requisit
rse C
SN Code Course Name L T P S C e e e
Typ H
e Interna Externa Tota
(with Course Code)
l l l
Hydrology and
1 20CET351 PC 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
Dams
Smart Building
2 20CET352 and PC 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
Automation
Professional
3 20CET353 PC 2 1 - - 3 3 40 60 100
Practice
Construction
4 20CET354 PC 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
Management
Structural
5 20CEP355 PC - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Software Lab
Smart Building
and
6 20CEP356 PC - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Automation
Lab
7 20CER389 Project PR - - - 4 2 4^ 60 40 100
8 20CEX359 MOOC’s* MC - - - 4 4* 4^ - - -
UO
9 20CEOxxx Open Elective 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
E
MN
10 20xxxxxx Career Option 3 - - - 3* 3 40/60 60/40 100
G
Programme
11 20CExxxx PE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Elective-I
Programme
12 20CExxxx PE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Elective-II
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and 2 2
CH system)
3 4 4
0 9

*MNG Subjects/credits
^Self Study course
^^Not part of scheme
Note: Program Electives have been listed separately
Program Electives (I and II) Scheme table for 6th Semester Based on Specialization

Prog
ram Se
C Interna Externa Tota
SN Code Title Elect mes L T P S C
H l l l
ive ter
No.
1 20CEA361 Design of Concrete Structures-II I 6 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
2 20CEA362 Design of Metal Structures II 6 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
3 20CEB363 Railways, Tunnelling and Waterways I 6 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
4 20CEB364 Pavement Design II 6 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
5 20CEC365 Air Pollution Control I 6 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
6 20CEC366 Marine Pollution Control II 6 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
7 20CED367 Foundation Engineering I 6 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
8 20CED368 Soil Dynamics II 6 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
9 20CEE369 Advanced Hydraulics I 6 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
10 20CEE371 Watershed Development and management II 6 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
11 20CEF372 Contract Management I 6 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
12 20CEF373 Repair and Rehabilitation of Structures II 6 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100

12
List of Open Electives for 6th Semester

SN Code Title Semester L T P S C CH

1 20CEO372 Disaster Management 6 3 - - - 3 3
2 20CEO373 Construction Bye laws & Practices 6 3 - - - 3 3

13
 Semester-7
Pre- Co- Anti -
Evaluation requi requi requi
Course
SN Code Course Name L T P S C CH site site site
Type
(with Course
Internal External Total
Code)
Programme
1 20CExxxx PE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Elective-III
Programme
2 20CExxxx PE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Elective-IV
3 20CEOxxx Open Elective UOE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
4 20CER449 Project PR - - - 8 4 8^ 60 40 100
Industrial
5 20CEI412 TR - - - - 4 - - 100 100
Training
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C 1
9 8
and CH system) 7
*MNG Subjects/credits
^Self Study course
^^Not part of scheme
**Students will undergo 4-6 weeks Industrial Training after examinations of 6th semester and the same will be concluded before
start of 7th semester.
Note: Program Electives have been listed separately

Program Electives (III and IV) Scheme table for 7th Semester Based on Specialization

Progra Se
m m
S C Interna Externa Tota
Code Title Electiv es L T P S C
N H l l l
e No. te
r
1
20CEA41
Pre-stressed Concrete III 7 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
3
2
20CEA41
Design Of Bridge Structures IV 7 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
4
3
20CEB41
Urban Transportation Planning III 7 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
5
4
20CEB41
Design of Bridge Structures IV 7 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
6
5
20CEC41
Green Construction methods III 7 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
7
6
20CEC41
Solid Waste Management
IV 7 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
8
7
20CED41 Geosynthetics & Reinforced Soil III 7 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
9 Structures
8
20CED42 Geotechnical Landfill Design and IV 7 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
0 Management
9
20CEE42
Design Of Hydraulic Structure III 7 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
2
10
20CEE42
Sustainability In River Basin IV 7 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
3
11
20CEF42
Green Construction methods III 7 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
4
12
20CEF42 Quantitative Analysis in IV 7 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
5 Construction Techniques

List of Open Elective for 7th Semester

SN Code Title Semester L T P S C CH

1 20CEO426 Infrastructure Planning & Management 7 3 - - - 3 3
2 20CEO427 Construction Project Management 7 3 - - - 3 3

14
 Semester-8

Pre- Co- Anti

Cours requisi requ -
Evaluation
SN Code Course Name e L T P S C CH te isite requ
Type isite
Internal External Total (with Course Code)
Programme Elective-
1 20CExxxx PE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
V
Programme Elective-
2 20CExxxx PE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
VI
3 20CER489 Project PR - - - 8 4 8^ 60 40 100
4
4 20CEX453 MOOC’s* MC - - - 4 *
4^ - - -
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and CH 1 1
6
system) 2 4

Students can also undergo internship/apprenticeship module of equivalent credits. The time period for internship/apprenticeship
will be 4-6 months. The subject code for internship/apprenticeship will be 20CEI-451

*MNG Subjects/credits
Note: Program Electives have been listed separately

15
Program Electives (V and VI) Scheme table for 8th Semester Based on Specialization

Program
SN Code Title Elective Semester L T P S C CH Internal External Total
No.

1 20CEA454
Earthquake V 8 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Engineering
Advance VI 8
2 20CEA455 Concrete 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Technology
Airport V 8
3 20CEB456 Planning & 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Design
Intelligent VI 8
4 20CEB457 Transportation 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
System
Environment V 8
5 20CEC458 Laws & 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Regulations
Environment VI 8
6 20CEC459 Impact 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Assessment
Environmental V 8
7 20CED461 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Geotechnology
8 20CED462
Ground VI 8 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Improvements
Water Power V 8
9 20CEE463 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Management
Ground Water VI 8
Flow And
10 20CEE464 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Transport
Modeling
Resource V 8
Utilization and
11 20CEF465 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Construction
Productivity.
Infrastructure VI 8
12 20CEF466 Planning and 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Management

List of University Core Courses (UC)

SN Code Title Semester L T P S C CH

1 20UCT141 Communication Skills 1 2 0 0 - 2 2
2 20UCP142 Communication Skills Lab 1 0 0 2 - 1 2
3 20UCY146 Life Skills and Mentoring-1 1 0 1 0 - 1* 1
4 20UCY186 Life Skills and Mentoring-2 2 0 1 0 - 1* 1

5 20UCY244
Environment, Waste and Disaster 2 2 - - - 2* 2
Management
6 20UCY246 Life Skills and Mentoring-3 2 - 1 - - 1* 1
7 20UCX247 Gender Equity and Woman Empowerment* 2 - - - 2 1* 2^
8 20UCY286 Life Skills and Mentoring-4 4 - 1 - - 1* 1
9 20UCX299 Entrepreneurship* 4 - - - 2 1* 2^

16
List of Program Core Courses (PC)

SN Code Title Semester L T P S C CH

1 20CET151 Civil Engineering Materials 2 1 0 0 - 1 1
2 20CEP152 Civil Engineering Materials Lab 2 0 0 2 - 1 2
3 20CET201 Civil Engineering Mechanics 3 3 1 - - 4 4
4 20CET202 Mechanics and Dynamics of Fluid 3 3 1 - - 4 4
5 20CET203 Building and Fast Track construction 3 2 - - - 2 2
6 20CET204 Concrete Technology 3 2 - - - 2 2
7 20CEP205 Structure Mechanics Lab 3 - - 2 - 1 2
8 20CEP206 Fluid Mechanics Lab 3 - - 2 - 1 2
9 20CEP207 Building Drawing using automation tools 3 - - 2 - 1 2
10 20CEP208 Concrete Practices Lab 3 - - 2 - 1 2
11 20xxxxxx Soft-Skills* 3 - - - 2 1 2
12 20CET252 Structural Analysis 4 2 2 - - 4 4
13 20CET253 Surveying and Geomatics 4 3 - - - 3 3
14 20CET254 Transportation Engineering 4 3 - - - 3 3
15 20CEP255 Constructionarium 4 - - 3 - 1.5 3
16 20CEP256 Surveying and Geomatics Lab 4 - - 3 - 1.5 3
17 20CEP257 Transportation Lab 4 - - 2 - 1 2
18 20xxx2xx Introduction to Management and Leadership 4 2 - - - 2 2
19 20xxx2xx Aptitude 4 - 2 - - 2 2
20 20CET311 Geotechnical Engineering 5 2 1 - - 3 3
20 20CET312 Design of Steel Structures 5 2 1 - - 3 3
22 20CET313 Design of Concrete Structures-I 5 3 1 - - 4 4
23 20CET314 Environmental Engineering 5 2 - - - 2 2
Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic 5
24 20CET315 3 - - - 3 3
Structures
25 20CEP316 Geotechnical Engineering Lab 5 - - 2 - 1 2
26 20CEP317 Environment Engineering lab 5 - - 2 - 1 2
27 20CET351 Hydrology and Dams 6 2 - - - 2 2
28 20CET352 Smart Building and Automation 6 2 - - - 2 2
29 20CET353 Professional Practice 6 2 1 - - 3 3
30 20CET354 Construction Management 6 2 - - - 2 2
31 20CEP355 Structural Software Lab 6 - - 2 - 1 2
32 20CEP356 Smart Building and Automation Lab 6 - - 2 - 1 2

17
List of Program Elective (PE)

SN Code Title Semester L T P S C CH

1 20CEA361 Design of Concrete Structures-II 6 3 - - - 3 3
2 20CEA362 Design of Metal Structures 6 3 - - - 3 3
3 20CEB363 Railways, Tunnelling and Waterways 6 3 - - - 3 3
4 20CEB364 Pavement Design 6 3 - - - 3 3
5 20CEC365 Air Pollution Control 6 3 - - - 3 3
6 20CEC366 Marine Pollution Control 6 3 - - - 3 3
7 20CED367 Foundation Engineering 6 3 - - - 3 3
8 20CED368 Soil Dynamics 6 3 - - - 3 3
9 20CEE369 Advanced Hydraulics 6 3 - - - 3 3
10 20CEE371 Watershed Development and management 6 3 - - - 3 3
11 20CEF372 Contract Management 6 3 - - - 3 3
12 20CEF373 Repair and Rehabilitation of Structures 6 3 - - - 3 3
13 20CEA413 Pre-stressed Concrete 7 3 - - - 3 3
14 20CEA414 Design Of Bridge Structures 7 3 - - - 3 3
15 20CEB415 Urban Transportation Planning 7 3 - - - 3 3
16 20CEB416 Design of Bridge Structures 7 3 - - - 3 3
17 20CEC417 Green Construction methods 7 3 - - - 3 3
18 20CEC418 Solid Waste Management 7 3 - - - 3 3
19 20CED419 Geosynthetics & Reinforced Soil Structures 7 3 - - - 3 3

20 20CED420
Geotechnical Landfill Design and 7 3 - - - 3 3
Management
20 20CEE422 Design Of Hydraulic Structure 7 3 - - - 3 3
22 20CEE423 Sustainability In River Basin 7 3 - - - 3 3
23 20CEF424 Green Construction methods 7 3 - - - 3 3

24 20CEF425
Quantitative Analysis in Construction 7 3 - - - 3 3
Techniques
25 20CEA454 Earthquake Engineering 8 3 - - - 3 3
26 20CEA455 Advance Concrete Technology 8 3 - - - 3 3
27 20CEB456 Airport Planning & Design 8 3 - - - 3 3
28 20CEB457 Intelligent Transportation System 8 3 - - - 3 3
29 20CEC458 Environment Laws & Regulations 8 3 - - - 3 3
30 20CEC459 Environment Impact Assessment 8 3 - - - 3 3
31 20CED461 Environmental Geotechnology 8 3 - - - 3 3
32 20CED462 Ground Improvements 8 3 - - - 3 3
33 20CEE463 Water Power Management 8 3 - - - 3 3
34 20CEE464 Ground Water Flow And Transport Modeling 8 3 - - - 3 3

35 20CEF465
Resource Utilization and Construction 8 3 - - - 3 3
Productivity.
36 20CEF466 Infrastructure Planning and Management 8 3 - - - 3 3

18
List of Basic Science (BS)

SN Code Title Semester L T P S C CH

1 20SMT121 Calculus and Matrices 1 3 2 0 - 5 5
2 20SPT145 Physics of Materials 1 3 1 0 - 4 4
3 20SPP146 Physics of Materials Lab 1 0 0 2 - 1 2
4 20SMT171 Calculus, ODE and Complex Variables 2 3 2 0 - 5 5
5 20SHT171 Chemistry for Engineers 2 2 1 0 - 3 3
6 20SZT188 Biology for Engineers 2 3 0 0 - 3 3
7 20PCT154 Professional Communication Skills 2 2 0 0 - 2 2
8 20PCP158 Professional Communication Skills Lab 2 0 0 2 - 1 2
9 20SHP172 Chemistry for Engineers Lab 2 0 0 2 - 1 2

List of Engineering Science (ES)

SN Code Title Semester L T P S C CH

1 20ELT111 Basic Electrical & Electronics Engineering 1 3 0 0 - 3 3
2 20MET111 Engineering Graphics and Drawing 1 2 0 0 - 2 2
3 20CST 114 Problem Solving with Programming 1 2 0 0 - 2 2

4 20ELP112
Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering 1 0 0 2 - 1 2
Lab
5 20MEP112 Engineering Graphics and Drawing Lab 1 0 0 2 - 1 2
6 20CST153 Object Oriented Programming using C++ 2 2 0 0 - 2 2

7 20CSP154
Object Oriented Programming using C++ 2 0 0 4 - 2 4
Lab
Workshop Practice (Masonry, Plumbing, 2
8 20CEP155 Aluminium and False Ceiling, Welding Shop, 0 1 2 - 2 3
Carpentry, Electrical and Electronics)
9 20ECP157 Fundamentals of AI and IOT Lab 2 0 0 2 - 1 2

List of Humanities and Social Sciences Courses (HSS)

SN Code Title Semester L T P S C CH

NA

List of University Open Elective (UOE)

SN Code Title Semester L T P S C CH

1 20CEO372 Disaster Management 6 3 - - - 3 3
2 20CEO373 Construction Bye laws & Practices 6 3 - - - 3 3
3 20CEO426 Infrastructure Planning & Management 7 3 - - - 3 3
4 20CEO427 Construction Project Management 7 3 - - - 3 3

19
The students of other department will be selecting open electives from the list provided above

List of MOOCs (MC)

SN Code Title Semester L T P S C CH

1 MOOC's Beyond Class 2 - - - - 4*
2 20CEX261 MOOC’s* 4 - - - 4 4* 4^
3 20CEX359 MOOC’s* 6 - - - 4 4* 4^
4 20CEX453 MOOC’s* 8 - - - 4 4* 4^

List of Mandatory Non-Graded (MNG)

SN Code Title Semester L T P S C CH

20xxx2xx/
Engineering Mathematics* (for LEET 3
1 students)/ Engineering Geology and Rock 3 1 - - 4* 4
20CEY221
Mechanics
2 20CEY259 Glass in Buildings: design and Applications* 4 3 - - - 3* 3
3 20xxx3xxx Career Development Course* 5 3 - - - 3* 3
4 20xxxxxx Career Option 6 3 - - - 3* 3

List of courses in the curriculum, catering to the following diversity (As per NAAC criteria one and two)
a. Value-Added courses
b. Employability enhancement courses
c. Skill development and entrepreneurship courses
a. Gender equality / sensitization
b. Human values
c. Environment & sustainability

20
 Annexure -2

 List of new courses added if any

Course Name of the Rationale behind introducing the
SN Assessment Pattern
Code New Course course
The course has been introduced to unlock
human potential on a transformational
Gender Equity scale. For societies to thrive, women and
As per University Core
1 20UCX247 and Woman girls, men and boys must have equal
subject policy.
Empowerment access to education, healthcare, and
technology. They must have equal control
of resources, lands, and markets.
The course has been introduced as a
regular subject in the curriculum to
Environment,
inculcate them with environment related
Waste and As per University Core
2 20UCY244 information and guiding them with
Disaster subject policy.
techniques of waste and disaster
Management
management, keeping in view the need of
the same
On recommendation of Board of studies
panel the subject has been introduced in
Pavement transportation specialization electives Same as regular theory
3 20CEB364
Design keeping in view the importance of subject.
subjects in the field of Transportation
Engineering.

 List of courses in which syllabus revision is carried out, highlighting the revision

Pre- Co-
SN Code Title L T P S C CH
requisite requisites
1 20CEF372 Contract Management 3 - - - 3 3 - -
Changes will be highlighted in the syllabus copy.

 List of courses in the curriculum, catering to the following diversity (As per NAAC criteria one and two)
a. Value-Added courses
b. Employability enhancement courses
c. Skill development and entrepreneurship courses
a. Gender equality / sensitization
b. Human values
c. Environment & sustainability

Course Code Course Name

20UCY146 Life Skills and Mentoring-1

20UCY186 Life Skills and Mentoring-2
20UCY244 Environment, Waste and Disaster Management
20UCY246 Life Skills and Mentoring-3
20UCX247 Gender Equity and Woman Empowerment*
20xxx2xx Introduction to Management and Leadership
20UCX299 Entrepreneurship*
20CET352 Smart Building and Automation
20CEP356 Smart Building and Automation Lab

21
 INDEX
Sr. No. Description Page No.

1 Syllabus Semester -1 22-74

2 Syllabus Semester -2 75-123
3 Syllabus Semester -3 124-178
4 Syllabus Semester -4 179-224
5 Syllabus Semester -5 225-257
6 Syllabus Semester -6 258-339
7 Syllabus Semester -7 340-383
8 Syllabus Semester -8 384-443

22
 CHANDIGARH UNIVERSITY

University Institute of Engineering UIE

SYLLABUS

B.E CIVIL ENGINEERING

(BATCH: 2020-2024)

23
SECTION 3

Semester wise Syllabi

SEMESTER-I

S Course Evaluation
Code Course Name L T P S C CH
N Type Internal External Total
1 20SMT121 Calculus and Matrices BS 3 2 0 - 5 5 40 60 100

2 20SPT145 Physics of Materials BS 3 1 0 - 4 4 40 60 100

Basic Electrical &
3 20ELT111 Electronics ES 3 0 0 - 3 3 40 60 100
Engineering
Engineering Graphics
4 20MET111 ES 2 0 0 - 2 2 40 60 100
and Drawing
Problem Solving with
5 20CST 114 ES 2 0 0 - 2 2 40 60 100
Programming
6 20UCT141 Communication Skills UC 2 0 0 - 2 2 40 60 100
Problem Solving with
7 20CSP 115 ES 0 0 4 - 2 4 60 40 100
Programming Lab
Physics of Materials
8 20SPP146 BS 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Lab
Basic Electrical and
9 20ELP112 Electronics ES 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Engineering Lab
Engineering Graphics
10 20MEP112 ES 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
and Drawing Lab
Communication Skills
11 20UCP142 UC 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Lab
Life Skills and
12 20UCY146 UC 0 1 0 - 1* 1 - - -
Mentoring-1
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and CH
15 4 12 25
system)

24
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code: Calculus and Matrices 3 2 0 0 5 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20SMT121

Course Code(s)
PRE- Knowledge of Mathematics up to senior

REQUISITE secondary level.

CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

a. Course Course Description

Thecourse provides a strong foundation in Calculus and Matrices and equips the
students with the fundamentals of mathematical tools for solving basic
mathematics problems. This is achieved by focusing on concept understanding and
appropriate application of that. The course introduces basic calculus topics with
discussion of their applications in various engineering fields.

b. Course Objectives
The Course aims to:

Toimpart analytical ability in solvingmathematical problems as applied to the respective

branches of Engineering

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand and apply the basic concepts of calculus along with curve
tracing and indeterminate forms.
CO2

Evaluate the problems on infinite series, sequences and Fourier series for advanced
Engineering Mathematics. Also, students will able to find maxima and minima
using partial derivatives.
CO3 Understand about matrices and linear algebra in a comprehensive manner and

will also learn and apply the concept of gradient, curl & divergence

25
 d. -Syllabus
Unit-1 Calculus Contact Hours:
15
Calculus
Indeterminate Forms.Improper integrals; Beta and Gamma
functions and their properties; Applications of definite integrals to
evaluate surface areas and volumes of revolutions.Asymptotes and
curve tracing.
Unit-2 Series and Calculus Contact Hours:
15
Sequence and Convergence of series, tests for convergence; Comparison test,
Series D’Alembert’s ratio test, Rabe’s Test, Gauss test, Logarithmic test,
Cauchy’s root test, Integral test, Leibnitz test for alternating series

and absolute convergence. Fourier series: Half range sine and cosine

series.

Multivariable Partial derivatives, Eulers Theorem, Total derivative, Composite

functions. Tangent plane and normal line; Maxima, minima and
Calculus
saddle points; Method of Lagrange multipliers. Taylors and
Malaurine series in one variable & two variables

Unit-3 Vector Calculus and Matrices Contact Hours:

15
Vector Calculus
Gradient, curl and Divergence
Matrices
Rank of a Matrix, Normal form of a matrix, Solution of
homogeneous and non-homogeneous system of linear equations
using Gauss elimination and Gauss Jordan method. Linearly
dependence and Linearly independence of vectors. Eigen values
and Eigen vectors; Diagonalization of matrices; Cayley-Hamilton
Theorem.

26
e. Textbooks / Reference Books

G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9th Edition,
Pearson, Reprint, 2002.
Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John Wiley &
Sons, 2006.
B.V. Ramana Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi,
11th Reprint, 2010.
N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi
Publications, Reprint, 2008.

B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 36th Edition,

2010.

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Semester End

Internal Examination

Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

g. Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework

27
 5 Case study

6 Discussion
Forum

7 Presentation

h. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)

Medium correlation (2)

Low correlation (1)

28
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code: Physics of Materials 3 1 0 0 4 4 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20SPT145
(Odd
Sem)

20SPT185
(Even
Sem
Course Code(s)
PRE-
REQUISITE Physics and Mathematics (10+2 level)

CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

a. Course Course Description

The course begins with the applications of laser and fiber optics which are the pillars of
communication system. Then the students are introduced to concept of oscillatory
motion, basic crystal structure of solids and then extended to ultrasonics. Students will
further learn about magnetic properties of materials and then fabrication of nanomaterials
and their properties and applications.

b. Course Objectives
1. The course is designed to make the students industry ready to contribute in the growing
demand of the industry at local, national and international level.
2. It will make the students competent to understand basic concepts and applications of
advanced engineering physics and apply its principles in their respective fields at global
platform.
3. It will enhance the skill level of the students and shall make them preferred choice for
getting employment in industry and research labs.
4. It will give thorough knowledge of the discipline to enable students to disseminate
knowledge in pursuing excellence in academic areas.

29
c. Course Outcomes

CO1 To identify various components of laser and optical fibres and justify their
importance and applications in different fields of computer science and technology

CO2 To explain the concept of oscillations and wave, compare the free, damped and
forced oscillations, recognize the conditions of resonance and recommend its uses
in various engineering fields and to describe the basic crystal structures, explain
various methods for structural determination, list the properties of ultrasound wave
and compare methods of its production and justify its properties in various
applications.

CO3 To explain the magnetic properties of materials and their applications and list the
properties of nanomaterials, predict the changes in properties from bulk to
nanoscale, compare various methods for their synthesis, identify the areas of its
applications.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Laser &Fibre Optics Contact Hours:

15
Lasers Introduction; Absorption and Emission, Einstein’s coefficients &
equations; Metastable states, Population inversion, Pumping (three and
four level laser schemes), Resonance cavity, Properties of laser beam-
coherence and degree of coherence; He-Ne laser, Semiconductor
lasers, YAG laser, Applications in engineering – drilling, welding,
micromachining; in CD writer devices and printers; in medicine as
surgical tool; holography- recording, reconstruction and applications.
Fiber Optics Review of optics, Principle of optical fibre, Acceptance Angle&
acceptance cone, Numerical Aperture, V-number, Modes of
Propagation, Single Mode Step Index Optical Fibre, Multimode Step
Index Optical Fibre, Graded Index Fibre, Dispersion in Optical Fibre,
Intermodal and intramodal dispersion, Losses in optical fibre
(attenuation and dispersion), Applications of optical fibre- fibre optic
communication-fibre optic sensors.
Unit-2 Oscillations & Waves and Crystal structure & Contact Hours:
Ultrasonics 10

30
Oscillations and Simple harmonic oscillator, and solution of the differential equation-

Waves physical characteristics of Simple harmonic motion, Energy of SHM,

Compound pendulum, Measurement of ‘g’, Damped harmonic

oscillator, Force oscillations and resonance

Crystal Structure
Crystal Structure, Lattice, motif, basis, Types of lattices, Bravais
and Ultrasonics lattices, Miller indices, crystal directions and planes; Bragg’s analysis,
different methods (powder method and Laue method) of structure
determination. Ultrasonic Waves and their properties, Methods of
Ultrasound production (Piezoelectric and Magnetostriction),
Applications of Ultrasonic waves in Engineering and Medicine
Unit-3 Properties of Materials & Nanoscience and Contact Hours:
Nanotechnology 10
Properties of
Classification of magnetic materials, Quantum numbers, Magnetic
Materials moment, Classical theory of diamagnetism (Langevin theory),
Theory of Paramagnetism, Ferromagnetism (Weiss theory),
Antiferromagnetic magnetic materials, Ferrites, Hard soft magnetic
materials.
Nanoscience and
Basic concept of nano-science and nanotechnology, Quantum wire,
nanotechnology Quantum well, Quantum dot, Fullerenes, Graphene, Carbon
nanotubes, Methods to synthesize nanomaterials (Ball milling,
Solgel), and potential uses of nanomaterials in electronics,
robotics, computers, sensors, sports equipment, mobile electronics
devices, vehicles and transportations and application to building
materials in nano materials

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. Laud B.B., Laser and Non -Linear Optics, Edition 1st, (1991), Wiley Eastern L
T2. Beiser A, Ghatak A, Garg S.C., Applied Physics, Edition 1st, (2013), Tata Mcgraw Hill,
Noida.
T3. Beiser A, Concepts of Modern Physics,Edition 6th, (2003),Tata Mcgraw Hill, Noida.
T4. Bhattacharya D. K., Tandon Poonam, Engineering Physics.,Edition 1st , (2015), Oxford.
T5.David J, Cheeke N., Fundamentals and Applications of Ultrasonic waves, Edition Ist, (2010),
CRC Press, South America.
T6. Poole C. P, Owens F.J, Introduction to Nano-Technology, Edition Ist, (2003),Wiley Eastern
Private Limited, New Delhi.
R1. Kulkarni S.K., Nanotechnology: Principal and Practices, Edition 3rd, (2015), Springer, USA.
R2. Ghatak A. (2012) Optics, McGraw Hill Education. ISBN: 978-1259004346.

31
R3. Mani H.S. and Mehta G.K., Introduction to Modern Physics, Edition 1st, (1990), East-West
Press, New Delhi.

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Semester End

Internal Examination

Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

g. Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework

5 Case study

6 Discussion
Forum

7 Presentation

32
h. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 2 2 2

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)

Medium correlation (2)

Low correlation (1)

33
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code: 3 1 0 0 2 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20ELT111 Basic Electrical and
(Odd Electronics Engineering
Sem) (BEEE)
20ELT151
(Even
Sem)

Course Code(s)
PRE- Physics (10+2 level)
REQUISITE
CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

a. Course Course Description

The course starts with an insight to DC & AC circuits, from understanding basic laws to
design and analysis of electrical circuits (including magnetic circuits like transformers).
Students are then introduced to transducers & DC motors from the perspective of use in real
world. The course further emphasizes upon the design and analysis of digital electronic
circuits.
b. Course Objectives
The course should enable the student to
1. understand Electrical & Electronics Engg. Fundamentals.
2. acquire specific knowledge and skills so as to comprehend how electric, magnetic and
electronic circuits are applied in practice.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 describe the performance of an electric circuit as well as solving both single phase
and three-phase AC circuits in sinusoidal steady state.

34
CO2 predict about electrical safety and implementation of electric wiring.

CO3 illustrate various rotating electric machines, with application of motors in

particular, transducers and electric batteries

CO4 identify and explain various components of electronics and digital systems.

CO5 justify operation of logic gates.

CO6 construct interfacing of A/D and D/A converter.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Electrical Circuits and Safety Contact Hours:

15
DC & AC DC & AC Circuits: Introduction to DC and AC circuits, Active and
passive two terminal elements, Ohms law, Voltage-Current relations
Circuits
for resistor, inductor, capacitor, Kirchhoff’s laws, Ideal sources
–equivalent resistor, current division, voltage division, Sinusoids,
Generation of AC, Average and RMS values, Form and peak factors,
Analysis of R-L, R-C circuits
Magnetic Cicuits Magnetic Circuits and Transformers: Magnetic effects of electric
current, Law of Electromagnetic Induction, Self-Inductance, Mutual
and Transformers
Inductance, Single Phase Transformer: Construction, Working
principle, Efficiency
Electrical Safety Electrical safety and wiring: Safety measures in electrical system,
types of wiring, Difference between grounding and earthing, Basic
& Wirings
principles of earthing, components of earthing system

Unit-2 Motors, transducers & batteries Contact Hours:

10
Rotating Rotating Electrical Machines: Operating characteristics of DC
motor, working principle, construction and applications of Induction
Electircal
motor, Brushed DC motor, Geared DC motor, Brushless DC motors,
Machines Servo Motors, Stepper motors, Linear DC motor

Transducers Transducers: Principle of sensing, Basic requirements of transducers,

classification of transducers, passive transducers: capacitive,
inductive, LVDT, potentiometric, strain gauge, thermistor, Hall-
Effect, Active transducers: piezoelectric, photoelectric and

35
 thermocouple, Tri-axial Sensors: Gyroscopes, Accelerometers,
Magnetometers.
Batteries Batteries: Selecting Battery: Basic Battery Specifications, common
parameters of battery/applications, Different types of Batteries used in
different applications, Power Supplies: Linear and SMP
Unit-3 Electronic Devices & Circuits Contact Hours:
10
Semiconductor Semiconductor Devices: Review of Electronic Devices and
applications: PN Junction Diode, Rectifiers, Zener Diode, Bipolar
Devices
Junction Transistor, MOSFET. Analog and Digital signals, Sampling
and Quantization, Amplifier characteristics, Feedback concept,
positive and negative feedback, Oscillators, D/A and A/D converters.
Digital Digital Electronics: Number systems –Binary, decimal, binary
arithmetic, logic gates, implementation of Boolean expressions using
Electonics
logic gates, Digitization and its advantages, basic introduction of flip-
flops, counters , multiplexers, demultiplexers, encoders, decoders and
their applications, Data Acquisition System.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

1.Basic Electrical Engineering, Nagrath, 2001, McGraw-Hill Education (India) PvtLimited

2.Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Bhattacharya, S.K., 2011, Pearson
3.Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory, Boylestad, 2009, Pearson
4.Op-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits, Ramakant A. Gayakwad ,2000, PHI
5.A course in Electrical & Electronics Measurement and Instrumentation, A K Sawhney,
2014, Dhanpat Rai.
6. Battery Reference book, Thomas Crompton, Newnes, 3rdedition,2000.
7. Electric Circuits, Charles K. Alexander & Matthew N. O. Sadiku, 4th
edition,McGraw-Hill. Publication
8. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals, Vincent Del Toro, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall
ofIndia
Electronic

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Semester End

Internal Examination

Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)

36
 Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

g. Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework

5 Case study

6 Discussion
Forum

7 Presentation

h. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)

37
 Medium correlation (2)

Low correlation (1)

SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code: ENGINEERING 2 0 0 0 2 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20MET111 GRAPHICS AND
(Odd Sem) DRAWING
20MET151
(Even
Sem)

Course Code(s)
PRE- None

REQUISITE
CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

a. Course Course Description

This course is based on the subject Engineering Drawing employed for 1st year students. In
this subject, the students will learn the basics of technical drawing. On the basis of this
subject, the students will be able to read and draw the drawings of various components of
their respective branches.
b. Course Objectives
To introduce the students to engineering drawing, the universal language and tools of
communication of engineers.
c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Sketch the different conventions and representations of engineering. Explain the
use of engineering drawing, compare and predict the geometrical details of
common engineering objects.

CO2 Classify, examine and draw the dimensioned figures expressing information about
the shape and size of physical objects.

38
CO3 Identify and express the geometrical features of a product. Construct 3D views of
solids by conversion from 2D figures and vice versa.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Contact Hours:

10

Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing

Engineering
Scope and Importance of Engineering Drawing; Drawing instruments
Drawing
and their uses; Indian standards for drawing; (SP-46:1988).Sheet layout
and planning, technical lettering and conventions for lines and
materials.Introduction to general principles of
dimensioning.Introduction to general principles of dimensioning.
Scales, R.F, full size, reduced and enlarged scales.

Projection of Projection of points

points
Introduction to projection, their principals & various types of projection
systems; Orthographic Projection; Introduction to planes of projection
(reference planes) and auxiliary planes.Orthographic Projection of
point in all the four quadrants.

Projection of lines Projection of lines

Projection of lines in different quadrants according to its

orientation/position with horizontal, vertical plane; true and apparent
lengths. Projection of lines parallel to both HP and VP, inclined to one
plane and parallel to the other.
Unit-2 Contact Hours:
10
Projection of Projection of Planes

Planes Projections of plane surfaces-triangle, square, rectangle, pentagon,

hexagon and circular planes in different positions when plane is parallel to

one of the reference planes, inclined to one of the reference planes and

perpendicular to other only.

39
Projection of Projection of Solids
Solids
Solids and their classification; right and oblique solids, projections of right
regular- prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones in different positions when
their axis is parallel to one of the reference planes, inclined to one of the
reference planes.

Sections of Solids Sections of Solids

Introduction to Section and its importance; Methods of Sectioning,
apparent shapes and True shapes of Sections of right regular prisms,

pyramids, cylinders and cones resting with base on HP.

Unit-3 Contact Hours:

10

Development of Development of Surfaces

Surfaces
Development of lateral surface of right regular prism, pyramid,
cylinder and cone resting on their base on horizontal plane.

Isometric Isometric Projection

Projection
Introduction, isometric scale, isometric projection of simple plane
figures, isometric projection of cube, square block, pyramid, cylinder &
cones.

Orthographic Orthographic Projection

Projection
Orthographic projections of simple solids from the given 3D/isometric
view.Identification of surfaces & missing views.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1 Rhodes R.S, Cook L.B; Basic Engineering Drawing, 1st Edition, Pitman
Publishers.

T2 Rana and Shah; Engineering Drawing,2nd Edition, Pearson Education

India Publishers,(2009).

T3 Jolhe D.A; Engineering Drawing: With an Introduction to AutoCAD,2nd

Edition, Tata McGraw Hill (2007)

40
 R1 Ostrowsky.O; Engineering Drawing with CAD application 2nd Edition,
Routledge Publishers 2007.

R2 Aggarwal B; Engineering Drawing, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill

Publications,2008.

R3 Gill P.S; Engineering Drawing ,5th Edition, S.K. Kataria and Sons
Publications, 2011.

R4 Dhawan R. K; Engineering Drawing, 7thEdition ,S. Chand and Sons

Publishers.

R5 Bhatt N.D; Engineering Drawing,50th Edition, Charotar Publication,2011.

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Semester End

Internal Examination

Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

g. Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework

5 Case study

41
 Discussion
Forum

7 Presentation

h. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 2 2
CO2 1 3 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)

Medium correlation (2)

Low correlation (1)

42
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code: Problem Solving with 0 2 0 0 2 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20CST114 Programming
Course Code(s)
PRE- Basic mathematics and computation

REQUISITE
CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

a. Course Course Description

Thecoursebeginswiththe introduction to Basic concepts of programming and its

applications in numerous fields. After covering fundamentals, students will learn
how to apply the more complex concepts including loops and arrays in order to
solve the complex real world problems.

b. Course Objectives
1. The course aims to provide exposure to problem-solving through programming.
2. The course aims to raise the programming skills of students via logic building
capability.

3. With knowledge of C programming language, students would be able to model real

world problems.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Identify situations where computational methods would be useful.

43
CO2
Approach the programming tasks using techniques learnt and write pseudo-
code

CO3
Choose the right data representation formats based on the requirements of the
problem.

CO4
Use the comparisons and limitations of the various programming constructs and
choose the right one for the task.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Introduction to basic building blocks to programming Contact Hours:

10
Introduction
Introduction: Flow charts and Algorithms, Memory layout of a C
program.
Fundamentals of
Fundamentals of C: Features & Applications of C language, structure
C of writing a C Program, I/O functions in C, Indentation, Comments,
Header Files, Data Types, Constants and Variables, Operators,
Expressions, Evaluation of expressions, Type Conversion, Precedence
and Associativity.
Decision Control
Decision Control structure in C: Decision making statements (if, if-
Structure in C else, if-else-if, switch), nesting of decision control structures.
Unit-2 Dealing with real-world problems Contact Hours:
10
Loop Control Loop Control structure in C: Looping statements (for, while, do-while),
Structure in C nested loop, use of jumping statements (goto, break, continue).

Array & String

Array & String: Concepts of array, one and two dimensional arrays,
declaration and initialization of arrays, searching and sorting, string
handling, string storage.
Functions

Functions: Concepts of library functions, Built-in-string functions, user

defined functions, prototypes, definition of function, parameters types,

44
 parameter passing, calling a function, recursive function, Macros.

Unit-3 Handling heterogeneous data and memory Contact Hours:

management 10
Pointers
Pointers: Basics of pointers, double pointer, smart pointers, pointer and
array, pointer to array, array of pointers, functions returning a pointer,
storage classes.
Structure
Structure: Basics of structure, structure members, structure vs. union,
accessing structure members, nested structures, array of structures,
structure and functions, structures and pointers
Dynamic
Dynamic memory allocation: Introduction to Dynamic memory
Memory allocation, malloc, calloc, realloc.
Allocation

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. T1 Programming in ANSI C by E. Balaguruswamy, Tata McGraw Hill.

g. T2 Programming in C Ansi standard, by Yashwant Kanetkar, BPB
Publications.
h. R1 Programming with C (Schaum's Outline Series) by Byron Gottfried
Jitender Chhabra, Tata McGraw Hill.
i. R2 C Programming Language by Brian W. Kernighan, Dennis Ritchie, Pearson
education.
j. R3 C How to program by Harvey Deital, 8th edition

a. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Semester End

Internal Examination

Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)

45
 Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

b. Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework

5 Case study

6 Discussion
Forum

7 Presentation

c. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 1 1 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)

46
 Medium correlation (2)

Low correlation (1

SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code: Communication Skills 2 0 0 0 2 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20UCT141
Course Code(s)
PRE- Studied English Language upto senior

REQUISITE secondary

CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

a. Course Course Description

Thecourse provides a strong foundation in English grammar and equips the

students with the fundamentals of the language in LSRW skills. English
proficiency is achieved by focusing on socio-linguistic usage. The course
introduces basic business communication with special emphasis on effective
business correspondence and digital content writing.

b. Course Objectives
The Course aims to:
1. Augment students overall communication and interpersonal skills by making them
realize the importance of good oral and written English Language in professional
life.
2. Enrich their reading capability with special emphasis on expanding vocabulary
and grammatical formations.
3. Build exceptional reading and writing skills by correcting grammatical errors
and pronunciation through practice.

47
c. Course Outcomes

CO1

Produce correct contextual written text and speech in a wide range of

communication situations.

CO2 Write original short compositions, in the form of paragraph writing,

business correspondence, blogs etc. through logical support and argument.

CO3 Demonstrate linguistic competence through accuracy in grammar,

pronunciation and vocabulary.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Business Communication Contact Hours:

10
BusinessCommunication
Meaning, importance, process, models and types, barriers to
effective communication, verbal and non-verbal communication,
Techniques for building LSRW Skills and Case Study
Reading Skills
Reading Comprehension
Writing
Paragraph writing, note making and note taking
Grammar
Grammar: Parts of Speech, articles, modal verbs

Vocabulary
Word formation - Prefixes, suffixes and compounds, homonyms,
homophones, homographs

48
Unit-2 Business Correspondance Contact Hours:
10
Ethics Ethics in Communication - Significance, Factors, Dilemmas in
Ethical Communication, Case Study

Writing
Précis writing, leave application, permission letter, business letters -
sales, request, order, inquiry, acknowledgement, complaint and
collection letters, memorandum writing, office order, circular,
various types of notice writing.
Grammar
Grammar: Tenses, concord (subject-verb agreement),
punctuation

Vocabulary
Vocabulary: One-word substitutes, synonyms, antonyms –
contextual usage.

Unit-3 Digital Content Writing Contact Hours:

10
Pointers
Cross-Cultural Communication – Significance, elements, cultural
context and barriers to Cross Cultural Communication, Case
study
Writing
Summarizing, creative writing, email writing, digital content
writing (blogs and websites), proofreading
Grammar
Grammar: Narration, voice, transformation and correction of
sentences
Vocabulary
Vocabulary: Collocations, idioms

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

Raman, M. and Sharma, S; Technical Communication - Principles and Practice, Oxford

University Press (2018), New Delhi
R1 Lesikar R.V., Petit J.D., Business Communication, Tata McGraw (2016), New Delhi.
R2 Chaturvedi, P.D. and Chaturvedi, Business Communication, Pearson Education
(2017), New Delhi
R3 Murphy, R., Elementary Grammar, Cambridge University Press (2017), UK

49
R4 Murphy, R., Essential Grammar in Use, 5th Edition Cambridge University Press
(2018), UK
R5 Hewing, Martin, English Grammar (Intermediate Level), Cambridge University Press
(2017), UK

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Semester End

Internal Examination

Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

g. Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework

5 Case study

6 Discussion
Forum

7 Presentation

50
 h. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1
CO3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)

Medium correlation (2)

Low correlation (1)

51
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type*
Code-
1 Problem Solving with 0 0 4 0 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20CSP115 Programming Lab

Course Code(s)

PRE- Basic mathematics and computation

REQUISITE
CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

a. Course Description

Thecoursebeginswiththe introduction to Basic concepts of programming and

its applications in numerous fields. After covering fundamentals, students
will learn how to apply the more complex concepts including loops and
arrays in order to solve the complex real world problems.

b. Course Objectives

4. The course aims to provide exposure to problem-solving through programming.

5. The course aims to raise the programming skills of students via logic building
capability.

6. With knowledge of C programming language, students would be able to model real

world problems.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Identify situations where computational methods would be useful.

52
CO2 Approach the programming tasks using techniques learnt and write pseudo-code

CO3
Choose the right data representation formats based on the requirements of the
problem.

CO4
Use the comparisons and limitations of the various programming constructs and
choose the right one for the task.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Introduction to basic building blocks to Contact Hours: 12

programming

<Experiment
Write a program to input following details of a under-graduate student
No 1>
i Name (string)
ii Age (integer)
iii Contact number (long long integer)
iv Percentage in metric class (float / double)
Your program should generate output as follows:
**************STUDENT DATABASE*******************
Enter name in capital letters: xyzpqr
Enter age : 18
Enter contact number : 9876543200
Enter percentage in metric : 86.84
Thank you. Your data has been saved in our system
***********************************************************
*
< Experiment A train can travel 50% faster than a car. Both start from point A at the same
No 2> time and reach point B 75 kms away from A at the same time. On the way,
however, the train lost about 12.5 minutes while stopping at the stations.
Write a C program to compute the speed of car.

< Experiment A can do a piece of work in 8 days. B can do the same work in 14 days. Write
No 3> a program to calculate and print the number of days to be taken to complete
the work if A and B work together.

< Experiment Ram , Mohan and Sohan took loan of Rs. x, y and z on rate of interest r %,p
No 4> %,q % for time t1,t2 and t3 years respectively . Calculate simple interest they
will pay and find who will pay the most using ternary operator ?

53
< Experiment Inside the CPU, mathematical operations like addition, subtraction,
No 5> multiplication and division are done in bit-level. To perform bit-level
operations in C programming, bitwise operators are used. Apply the
knowledge you gained while learning bitwise operators.
Write a program to input two integers from user by using single scanf.
Compute and display the value for a& b, a| b, a b.

< Experiment If last day of mth month of the year is Friday then find out nth day(1<=n<=31)
No 6> of the same month .
< Experiment In a class of n students the boys to girls ratio is p:q . find no. boys and
No 7> girls in the class and print :
1) If boys are more than or equal to 70% in the class then print
gender partiality in education
2) If difference of boys are girls is diff and in range -5<=diff<=5
then print equal opportunities of education for both
3) If girls are more than equal to 70% then print girls dominating in
education.
For all others cases print no conclusion drawn
< Experiment Write a menu driven program that allow the user to perform any one of the
No 8> following operations based on the input given by user
i Check number is even or odd
ii Check number is positive or negative
iii Printing square of the number
iv Printing square root of the number (use math.h)
Use switch statement for a menu driven program. Also, use validation
checks wherever necessary.

< Experiment
No 9>
While travelling in a train, you observe some college students pulling
the alarm chain simply to get down at their desired point.. Out of n
students m<=n times students pull the chain .You have to print
according to the following :

1) If m is >=80 % of n then print strict action is required to restrict

this event

2) If m is between 50 to 80 % then print guidelines should be issued

3) If between 10 to 50% then print request to restrict the event
If less than 10% then print No action Required
Unit-2 Dealing with real-world problems Contact Hours: 12

<Experiment
Practical 4.1: A salesman has n things to sale .The cost price of all n things is
No 1>
different out of which p things he is selling on m% profit and n-p things he is

54
 going to sell on x% loss . find his net profit or loss

< Experiment
Practical 4.2: Find m greatest 6-digit and n smallest 7-digit nos which are
No 2>
divisible by no. p. Print these no.s on the screen .

< Experiment
Practical 4.3: There are n customer of bank who took loan of different
No 3>
amounts and for different time periods but same rate of interest . The interest
is compounded annually find the total interest earned by bank from all n
customers .

< Experiment
Practical 5.1: There are n persons each have 25 paise coins , 50 paise coins
No 4>
and Rs1 coins in the ratio p:q:r but have different amounts stored in a single
list . Find and print no. of 25 paise coins , 50 paise coins and 1 Rs coins each
person have .

< Experiment
Practical 5.2: Write a program to perform various matrix operations Addition,
No 5>
Subtraction, Multiplication, Transpose using switch-case statement

< Experiment
No 6>
Practical 5.3: N students of your class ride their vehicles to reach
University ,the distances from their homes and time taken to reach are
recorded .University issued the guidelines mentioned speed limit of m
Kmph for safe driving . On the basis of your class data you have to print
whether your class is following university guidelines or not .

< Experiment
No 7>
Practical 6.1: Sonali joined a social networking site to stay in touch with her
friends. The signup page required her to input a name and a password.
However, the password must be strong. The website considers a password to
be strong if it satisfies the following criteria:
Its length is at least 6.
It contains at least one digit.
It contains at least one lowercase English character.
It contains at least one uppercase English character.
It contains at least one special character. The special characters are:
!@#$%^&*()-+

55
 She typed a random string of length n in the password field but wasn't sure if
it was strong. Given the string she typed, can you find the minimum number
of characters she must add to make her password strong?

< Experiment
No 8>
Practical 6.2: A string of length N contains (N*(N+1)) / 2 substrings. Write a
program to input string and print its multiple substrings.
Example: String “abc” will have {a, b, c, ab, bc, abc} set of substrings
< Experiment
No 9>
Practical 6.3: You store name of your friends in string array. You are given
task to print name of your friend whose name start with particular character
and after you find first name in the list you have stop searching and print
name you search the list .

< Experiment
No 10>
Practical 7.1: A function is provided with zero or more arguments, and it
executes the statements on it. Based on the return type, it either returns
nothing (void) or something. Develop a program to find greatest of four
numbers using function int max_of_four(int a, int b, int c, int d) which reads
four arguments and returns the greatest of them.

< Experiment
No 11>
Practical 7.2: Write a recursive function for computing factorial of a number.
Write main to test its functioning.

< Experiment
No 12>
Practical 7.3: Write a program to create functions for following
i Input details of employee using input_data() (name, employee id,
number of working days, date of joining, initial salary, contact
number, designation, department)
ii Calculate monthly salary using calc_salary()
iii Display the monthly salary with deductions if any using display()

< Experiment
No 13>
Practical 7.4: Store age of all students of your class in an array .Pass this
array as an argument and find average height of the class and return it to
calling function .

56
Unit-3 Handling heterogeneous data and memory Contact Hours: 10
management

<Experiment
Practical 8.1: WAP to read an array of elements and print the same in the
No 1>
reverse order along with their addresses using pointer.

< Experiment
Practical 8.2: Write a function code that is returning pointer to the larger
No 2>
value out of two passed values.

< Experiment
Practical 8.3: The bank balance of N persons of a city are recorded . Due
No 3>
to COVID-19 government has decided to debit accounts with Rs. 1000 of
all those persons whose balance is nill , Write a function Update_balace()
by passing pointer to an array as argument and print the updated bank
balance list in calling function.

< Experiment
Practical 9.1: Create a structure hospital and include the following data
No 4>
members:
i Name of patient
ii Patient id (as static)
iii Blood group
iv Contact number (long long)
v Name of disease
vi Date of admission
Including the functions to input and print the data for N number of
patients.

< Experiment Practical 9.2: What will the difference if above program is going to be
No 5> implemented through union. Implement the same program through union
and differentiate the output as well as memory allocation.

< Experiment Practical 9.3: Store N student records including fields name, First MST
No 6> marks .Second MST marks ,lecture attended ,Lecture delivered , If student
got average marks of two MST >=80 ,He/She will be eligible for taking
exams without taking care of attendance otherwise attendance should be
>=75%..Print name of all those students who are detained from final

57
 exams .

< Experiment Practical 10.1: WAP to store a character string in block of memory space
No 7> created by malloc and then modify the same to store a large string.

< Experiment Practical 10.2: Sort the list of N elements where memory is allocated
No 8> dynamically using pointers

< Experiment Practical 10.3: Marks of group A having m students and group B having
No 9> n students have stored in two dynamically allocated arrays . Find the
average aggregate marks of the whole class .

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1 Programming in ANSI C by E. Balaguruswamy, Tata McGraw Hill.

T2 Programming in C Ansi standard, by Yashwant Kanetkar, BPB Publications.
R1 Programming with C (Schaum's Outline Series) by Byron Gottfried Jitender
Chhabra, Tata McGraw Hill.
R2 C Programming Language by Brian W. Kernighan, Dennis Ritchie, Pearson
education.
R3 C How to program by Harvey Deital, 8th edition

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

g.Internal Evaluation Component

58
 Sr.No. Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct 12

2 Report 10

3 Viva- Voce 8

h. CO-PO Mapping

Cour
P PS
se
O PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 O
Outc
1 3
ome
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 1 1 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)
Medium correlation (2)
Low correlation (1)

59
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type*
Code-
1 Physics of Materials Lab 0 0 2 0 1 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20SPP146

Course Code(s)

PRE-
REQUISITE Physics and Mathematics (10+2 level)

CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

a. Course Description

b. The course deals with the practical training of physics experiments related to
lasers, fibre optics, sound and oscillations.

c. Course Objectives

1 To train engineering students in basis of measurements and the instruments.

2. To give practical training on basic Physics experiments which are useful to engineers.
3. To equip the students with practical knowledge in electronics and optics.

d. Course Outcomes

CO1 It will provide the modest experience that allows students to develop and improve
their experimental skills and develop ability to analyze data.

CO2

60
 Ability to demonstrate the practical skill on measurements and instrumentation
techniques of some Physics experiments. Students will develop the ability to use
appropriate physical concepts to obtain quantitative solutions to problems in
physics.

CO3
Students will demonstrate basic experimental skills by setting up laboratory
equipment safely and efficiently, plan and carry out experimental procedures,
and report verbally and in written language the results of the experiment.

e. Syllabus

Unit-1 Contact Hours:8

<Experiment No 1.To find the divergence of LASER beam.

1>
< Experiment No 2.To determine the diffraction using LASER beam and find the grating
2> element of diffraction grating.

< Experiment No 3.To determine the numerical aperture of optical Fibre.

3>
< Experiment No 4.Determine the attenuation and propagation losses in optical Fibre.
4>
Unit-2 Contact Hours:8

<Experiment No
5. To find the velocity of ultrasonic wave in the given liquid.
1>

< Experiment No
6. Investigating the Doppler effect with ultrasonic waves.
2>
< Experiment No
7. To measure the g using kater pendulum.
3>

Unit-3 Contact Hours:8

<Experiment No 8. Determination of ‘h’ using photocell.

1>
< Experiment No 9. To study particle size of any nanomaterial’s.
2>
10. To study cracks in a metallic sample using ultrasonic flaw detector.

61
 < Experiment No
3>
< Experiment No 11. To study the magneto resistance of a material.
4>
12. Mini Project – Concept based Demonstration
< Experiment No
5>

f. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. Sharma Saroj,“Physics Experiments for engineers”, EditionIst, (2009), Oscar

publications, New Delhi.
T2. Shukla R. K., and SrivastavaAnchal, “Practical Physics”, Edition1st,(2006), New
Age International (P) Ltd, New Delhi.
T3. Arora C.L.,” B.Sc. Practical Physics”, Revise Edition, (2007), S. Chand
&Company Limited.
R1.Souires G. L., “Practical Physics”, Edition 4th,(2001), Cambridge University, UK.
R2. Chattopadhyay D., Rakshit P. C., and Saha B., “An Advanced Course in Practical
Physics”, Edition 2nd,1990), Books & Allied Ltd., Calcutta.

g. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct

2 Report

3 Viva- Voce

h. CO-PO Mapping

Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Outcome

62
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)
Medium correlation (2)
Low correlation (1)

SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type*

Code-
1 BASIC ELECTRICAL AND 0 0 2 0 1 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20ELP112 ELECTRONICS
ENGINEERING LAB
Course Code(s)

PRE- Physics (10+2 level)

REQUISITE
CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

a. Course Description

The course starts with an insight to DC & AC circuits. Students are then introduced
to transducers & DC motors from the perspective of use in real world with Open
source embedded platforms. The course further emphasizes upon the design and
analysis of op-amp based circuits.
b. Course Objectives

1. make students understand Electrical & Electronics Engg. fundamentals.

2. impart specific knowledge and skills so as to enable students to comprehend how
electric, magnetic and electronic circuits are applied in practice.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 construct and predict the characteristics of PN junction diode.

63
CO2 implement and use logic operation of gates.

CO3 establish relationship between voltage and current in series R-L circuit.

CO4 implement staircase and corridor wiring.

CO5 assess power of three phase ac circuit.

CO6 construct interfacing of A/D and D/A converter

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Contact Hours: 12

<Experiment No To study the characteristics of a P-N junction diode and design

1> rectifier.

< Experiment No To verify logical expressions using logic gates.

2>
< Experiment No To study voltage-current relationship in an R-L series circuit and to
3> determine the power factor of the circuit.

Unit-2 Contact Hours: 12

<Experiment No To measure the power of 3 phase AC Circuits using wattmeter method.

1>
< Experiment No To verify and demonstrate the working of LVDT.
2>
< Experiment No To implement stair case and corridor wiring.
3>
Unit-3 Contact Hours: 10

<Experiment No To interface Analog-to-Digital (ADC) converter with Op-Amp.

1>
< Experiment No To interface Digital to Analog (DAC) convertor with Op-Amp.
2>
< Experiment No Study frequency response of an RC coupled amplifier.
3>
< Experiment No To control speed of DC motor with analog input and a transistor.
4>

64
 e. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

f. Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct

2 Report

3 Viva- Voce

g. CO-PO Mapping

Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Outcome
CO1 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO6 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)
Medium correlation (2)
Low correlation (1)

65
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type*
Code-
1 ENGINEERING 0 0 2 0 1 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20MEP112 GRAPHICS AND
DRAWING Lab.

Course Code(s)

PRE- None
REQUISITE
CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

a. Course Description

This course is based on the subject Engineering Drawing employed for 1st year
students. In this subject the students create the figures of Engineering Drawing on
the AutoCAD software.

b. Course Outcomes

CO1 Apply various concepts and elements of engineering graphics using AutoCAD
software and fundamentals of CAD (computer aided drafting).

CO2 Identify and express the geometrical features of a product on AutoCAD software.
Construct 3D views of solids by conversion from 2D figures and vice versa.

66
 c. Syllabus

Unit-1 Contact Hours: 10

<Experiment No Introduction of CAD Software's and its GUI, Co-ordinate System

1> Basics, UCS commands

< Experiment No Study of all the status bar commands, limits, units, zoom, pan
2> commands

< Experiment No Study of various toolbars of AutoCAD software (Draw, Modify,

3> Object Snap, Dimensioning)

Unit-2 Contact Hours: 10

<Experiment No Drawing at least two questions of Projection of Lines (inclined to

1> one reference plane)

< Experiment No Drawing at least two questions related to Projection of planes

2> (Two stage Question)

< Experiment No Drawing at least two questions related to Projection of Solids (Two
3> stage Question)

< Experiment No Drawing at least two questions from section of solids

4>
Unit-3 Contact Hours: 12

<Experiment No Drawing at least two questions from Development of Surfaces

1>
< Experiment No Drawing two questions from Isometric Projection using iso plane
2> option

< Experiment No Drawing 3D objects using extrude, revolve command and drawing
3> its orthographic projections.

d. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

67
The performance of students is evaluated as follows:
Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

e.Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct 12

2 Report 10

3 Viva- Voce 8

f. CO-PO Mapping

P
Course
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO S
Outcom
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2 O
e
3
CO1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 2 2
CO2 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)
Medium correlation (2)
Low correlation (1)

68
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type*
Code-
1 Communication Skills Lab 0 0 2 0 1 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20UCP142

Course Code(s)

PRE- Studied English Language upto senior

REQUISITE secondary

CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

a. Course Description

Thecourse focuses on the enhancement of listening comprehension and

speaking fluency in everyday situations by focusing on some essential
grammar, vocabulary, and pronunciation. It will help students to cultivate
soft skills like time management, stress management and enhance self
awareness through SWOC analysis shaping them to become better team
players.

b. Course Objectives

4. Equip students with listening, reading and speaking skills important in academic,
professional and cultural situations.

5. Foster self awareness, confidence and a positive attitude in students’ ability to

communicate effectively in English.

69
 6. Monitor, remediate and strengthen comprehensible pronunciation, intonation and
accent.

7. Enhance soft skills of students for preparation to the corporate world.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Display confidence in listening and speaking skills necessary for

interaction in academic, professional and cultural situations

CO2 Exhibit language effectively for group discussions and public speaking.

CO3 Use non-verbal skills and soft skills effectively in the social and
professional environment.

CO4 Use correct intonation, stress, pronunciation and neutral accent to

communicate in English.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Contact Hours: 10

<Experiment No Soft Skills: Self Awareness- Personal attributes, SWOC Analysis

1>
< Experiment No Verbal Skills: Art of Public Speaking- just a minute, extempore, news
2> discussion

< Experiment No Non-Verbal Skills: Positive body language, posture, gestures,

3> symbols and signs

< Experiment No Reading Skills: Reading Comprehension -1 & 2, vocabulary building

4> -1 & 2

< Experiment No Listening Skills: Listening exercises for word stress and
5> pronunciation -1 & 2

70
< Experiment No Phonetics: Classification of Speech Sounds, Vowel sounds,
6> Introduction to phonetic symbols

Unit-2 Contact Hours: 10

<Experiment No Soft Skills: Goal Setting, Time Management

1>
< Experiment No
Verbal Skills: Art of self introduction, extempore, cross talk, news
2>
discussion

< Experiment No
Reading Skills: Reading Comprehension -3 & 4, vocabulary
3>
building- 3 & 4

< Experiment No
Non-Verbal Skills: Personal appearance and grooming
4>
< Experiment No
Phonetics: Vowel Sounds, Consonant Sounds.
5>
Unit-3 Contact Hours: 10

<Experiment No Soft Skills: Stress Management, Team Building

1>
< Experiment No
Verbal Skills: Greetings, Complementing and Inviting, Making
2>
Requests

< Experiment No
Reading Skills: Reading Comprehension -5 & 6, vocabulary
3>
building-5 & 6

< Experiment No
Speaking Skills: Group discussion
4>

< Experiment No Phonetics: Diphthongs Sounds, Stress & Intonation rules and
5> practice

71
 e. Textbooks / Reference Books

Globarena EL- Client Software for Communication Skills, Hyderabad

R1 Sethi, J., Dhamija, P.V., A Practice Course in English Pronunciation, Prentice
Hall of India, New Delhi.
R2 Roach P., English Phonetics and Phonology: A Practical Course (English),
Cambridge University Press, 4th Edition, UK
R3 O’Connor, J. D. Better English Pronunciation, 2nd Edition, Cambridge
University Press, (2012), UK
R4 Hornby, A.S. Oxford Advanced Learners Dictionary of Current English, 7th
Edition, Oxford University Press, UK.

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

g. Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct 12

2 Report 8
3 Viva- Voce 10

h. CO-PO Mapping

Course
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO PS
Outcom
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 1 2 O3
e
CO1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 2 2
CO2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 2 2
CO3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 2 2
CO4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 2 2 2

72
CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with
High correlation (3)
Medium correlation (2)
Low correlation (1)

Annexure -3

SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code Life skills and Mentoring- 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20UCY146 20UCY146

PRE-REQUISITE NA
CO-REQUISITE NA
ANTI-REQUISITE NA

a. Course Description:-The course will build the capability to help in developing self-awareness and sensitivity, feeling
of equality, compassion and oneness.

b. Course Objectives:-

1. Personal Self-Management Skills – Students develop skills that help them enhance self-esteem, Transact the skill of
self-awareness to students, develop problem-solving abilities, reduce stress and anxiety
2. General Social Skills – To help students in identifying the right decisions and make them believe in themselves to

value your opinion over and above and increase the awareness of the dangers of misuse and abuse of drugs
3. Value Inculcation – Students to know about the relevance of universal human values and how to inculcate and
practice them consciously to be a good human being and realize one’s potentials.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Know and understand themselves better, to live life more consciously and deliberately, attain personal satisfaction,
fulfillment and growth

CO2 Understand the Self Confidence and Use knowledge of confidence building strategies to manage one's own
thoughts and emotions.

73
CO3 Understand self-image to increase effectiveness in personal and social relationshipsand the factors that build or
reduce self-confidence and Understand the relationship of self-confidence to leadership

CO4 To identify strategies to cope with peer pressure and learn what’s important to their future success and how they
can effectively handle peer pressure

CO5 To understand the effects of various type of drugs and how to say no to drugs in practical situations

CO6 Awareness of emotions and feelings of others, and seeking to understand how things are from their point of view."

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Positive Identity Contact Hours: 3

Self-Awareness Self-Awareness:Definition of self-awareness, Recognizing one’s own attitude, feelings,

motives, strengths, The areas of self-awareness, How to develop self-awareness

Self Confidence: Self Confidence: Understanding self-confidence, benefits self-confidence, characteristics of

self-confidence, how to build self- confidence

Self esteem Definition of self-esteem, assessing one’s own worth, How to develop self esteem

Unit-2 Resistance Skills Contact Hours: 2

Peer Pressure Peer Pressure:Understanding peer pressure; Peer pressure and our brain; Influence of peer
pressure and Decision Making; Managing peer pressure

Say no to Drugs Say no to Drugs: Types of drugs, causes of addiction, sign of troubles, behavioral signs of
drug abuse, Prevention

Unit-3 Values Contact Hours: 1

Empathy Empathy: Understanding empathy, how to develop empathy, assessing your empathy

e. Textbooks / Reference Books:- No text books

Reference Books:-
R1: Emma M. Jones: Self Awareness: Being Honest With Yourself,2020
R2:Brian Tracy: The Power of Self-Confidence: Become Unstoppable, Irresistible, and Unafraid in Every Area of Your Life,2012
R3:Martin Meadows: Confidence: How to Overcome Your Limiting Beliefs and Achieve Your Goals, 2015.

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Internal Semester End
Assessment (CAE) Examination (SEE)

Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

74
Internal Evaluation Component
SlNo. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test

4 Homework

5 Case study

6 Discussion

Forum

7 Presentation

g. CO-PO Mapping

Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Outcome

CO1 2 1 3 3 2 1
CO2 1 2 1 3 3 1
CO3 1 2 1 3 3 1
CO4 1 2 1 3 3 2 1 3
CO5 1 1 1 2 1 2 3
CO6 1 1 1 2 3 3 1 1

75
 Semester-2
Evaluation
S Cours
Code Course Name L T P S C CH Interna Externa
N e Type Total
l l
Calculus, ODE and
1 20SMT171 BS 3 2 0 - 5 5 40 60 100
Complex Variables
Chemistry for
2 20SHT171 BS 2 1 0 - 3 3 40 60 100
Engineers
3 20SZT188 Biology for Engineers BS 3 0 0 - 3 3 40 60 100
Object Oriented
4 20CST153 Programming using ES 2 0 0 - 2 2 40 60 100
C++
Professional
5 20PCT154 BS 2 0 0 - 2 2 40 60 100
Communication Skills
Professional
6 20PCP158 Communication Skills BS 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Lab
Object Oriented
7 20CSP154 Programming using ES 0 0 4 - 2 4 60 40 100
C++ Lab
Workshop Practice
(Masonry, Plumbing,
Aluminium and False
8 20CEP155 ES 0 1 2 - 2 3 60 40 100
Ceiling, Welding Shop,
Carpentry, Electrical
and Electronics)
Chemistry for
9 20SHP172 BS 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Engineers Lab
Civil Engineering
10 20CET151 PC 1 0 0 - 1 1 40 60 100
Materials
Civil Engineering
11 20CEP152 PC 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Materials Lab
Life Skills and
12 20UCY186 UC 0 1 0 - 1* 1 - - -
Mentoring-2
Fundamentals of AI
13 20ECP157 ES 0 0 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
and IOT Lab
14 MOOC's Beyond Class MC - - - - 4* - - -
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and CH
13 5 14 29
system)

76
SN 20SMT171 Calculus, O.D.E. and L T P S C CH Course Type
Complex Variable

1 3 2 0 0 5 45 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20SMT171
PRE- Knowledge of Mathematics up to senior

REQUISITE secondary level.

CO- -
REQUISITE
ANTI- -
REQUISITE

a. Course Description
The course provides a strong foundation in Calculus, Differential equations and Complex

variables. It equips the students with the fundamentals of mathematical tools for solving basic

mathematics problems. This is achieved by focusing on concept understanding and appropriate

application of that. The course introduces basic calculus topics, identification and solution of

various differential equations and an introduction to complex variable and its functions with

discussion of their applications in various engineering fields.

b. Course Objectives
To impart analytical ability in solving mathematical problems as applied to the respective

branches of Engineering.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1

Identify and solve various multiple integrals and implement them in some
applications.

CO2 Solve linear differential equations and to apply them for solving engineering
problems.

77
CO3 Identify and explain complex variables and complex functions. Solve their

differentiation, integration problems

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Multivariable Calculus (Integration) Contact

Hours:15

Multivariable Multiple Integration: Double integrals (Cartesian), change of order of

Calculus integration in double integrals, Change of variables (Cartesian to polar),

(Integration) Applications: areas and volumes. Triple integrals (Cartesian). Scalar line

integrals, vector line integrals, scalar surface integrals, vector surface

integrals, Theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes.

Unit-2 Differential Equations Contact

Hours:15

First order Exact, linear and Bernoulli’s equations, Euler’s equations,

ordinary

differential

equations

Ordinary Second order linear differential equations with variable coefficients,

differential method of variation of parameters, Cauchy-Euler equation; Power series

equations of solutions; Legendre polynomials, Bessel functions of the first kind and

higher orders their properties.

Unit-3 Complex Variable Contact

Hours:15

Complex Differentiation, Cauchy-Riemann equations, analytic functions, harmonic

functions, finding harmonic conjugate; elementary analytic functions
Variable –
(exponential, trigonometric, logarithm) and their properties; Conformal
Differentiation: mappings, Mobius transformations and their properties.

(7 lectures)

Complex Contour integrals, Cauchy-Goursat theorem (without proof), Cauchy

Variable – Integral formula (without proof), Liouville’s theorem and Maximum-

Integration: (8 Modulus theorem (without proof); Taylor’s series, zeros of analytic

78
lectures) functions, singularities, Laurent’s series; Residues, Cauchy Residue
theorem (without proof), Evaluation of definite integral involving sine and

cosine.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1 G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus and Analytic geometry, 9th Edition,
Pearson, Reprint, 2002

T2 Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 9th Edition, John

Wiley & Sons, 2006.
T3 S. L. Ross, Differential Equations, 3rd Ed., Wiley India, 1984.
T4 E. A. Coddington, An Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations, Prentice

Hall
India, 1995.

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1 N.P. Bali and Manish Goyal, A text book of Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi
Publications, Reprint, 2008.
R2 B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 36th Edition,

2010.

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Semester End

Internal Examination

Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

79
g. Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework

5 Case study

6 Discussion
Forum

7 Presentation

h. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1
CO2
CO3

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)

Medium correlation (2)

Low correlation (1)

80
 Annexure -3

SN 20SHT171 Chemistry for Engineers L T P S C CH Course Type

1 2 1 0 - 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20SMT171
PRE- The candidate must have Knowledge of

REQUISITE basic chemistry up to 10 + 2 Level

CO- -
REQUISITE
ANTI- -
REQUISITE

a. Course Description
The course begins with the study of basic principle of quantum mechanics and
various spectral techniques which will include UV, IR, NMR. The students will be
taught the basic concepts of stereochemistry and electrochemistry to apply their
application in Research and Development.

b. Course Objectives
The course has been developed to enable the students to impart basic knowledge of
atomic and molecular structure, intermolecular forces, corrosion, stereochemistry and
spectroscopic techniques.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Evaluate the appropriate concepts Quantum Mechanical Principles and apply them to
model problem and intermolecular forces.

CO2 Evaluate the problems related to UV, IR and NMR spectroscopy in order to learn the
concept of analyse.

CO3 Analysis of molecules in various 3D projections and assign stereo configurations and
explain principle and applications of electro-chemistry and apply the same to analysis
of problem of corrosion and metal.

81
d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Atomic And Molecular Structure and Contact

Intermolecular Forces Hours:10

Schrodinger equation, particle in a box solution and their applications for

conjugated molecules. Forms of the hydrogen atom wave functions (radial
and angular wave function) and the plots of these functions for s, p, d and f
orbitals. Molecular orbitals diagram of diatomic molecules (H2, He2, N2,
O2, C2, B2, F2, CO, NO). Ionic, dipolar and Van Der Waals interactions.
Equations of state of real gases and critical phenomena. Potential energy
surfaces.

Unit-2 Differential Equations Contact

Hours:10

Principles of spectroscopy and selection rules; Types of Electronic

transitions; effect of conjugation and shifts; Fluorescence and its
applications in medicine.Vibrational and rotational spectroscopy; different
types of vibrations; Factors affecting vibrational frequencies; Applications
of IR. Principle of NMR; Chemical shift and factors affecting chemical
shift; Shielding and deshielding concept; NMR of some organic molecules;
MRI

Unit-3 Stereochemistry & Electrochemistry Contact

Hours:10

Representations of 3 dimensional structures, structural isomers and

stereoisomers, configurations and chirality, enantiomers, diastereomers,
optical activity, absolute configurations and conformational analysis.
Isomerism in transitional metal compounds.
Electrochemical processes, Reversible and irreversible cells. Chemical and

electrochemical corrosion and mechanism of corrosion. Factors affecting

corrosion. Protection of corrosion and practical problems of corrosion.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. Chemistry: Principles and Applications, by M. J. SienkoandR. A. Plane

T2. Engineering Chemistry (NPTEL Web-book), by B. L. Tembe, Kamaluddin and M. S.
Krishnan
T3. A Textbook of Engineering Chemistry, by Shashi Chawla

82
 T4. Engineering Chemistry, by S. S. Dara
T5. Engineering Chemistry, by P. C Jain and M. Jain
T6. Elementary Organic Spectroscopy – Principles and Chemical Applications, S.Chand,
1992 by Sharma, Y.R
REFERENCE BOOKS
R1.Physical Chemistry, English Language (8th Edition) 1998 Books Society (ELBS) by
Atkins P.W:
R2. ModernApproachtoInorganicChemistry,Reprint,2014,ModernPublishersJauharSP.
R3. PrinciplesofInorganicChemistry, MilestonePublishers,(30thEdition) by
PuriSharma,Kalia
R4. ConciseInorganicChemistry͟(5thEd),BlackwellScienceLtd.1999 by LeeJ.D
R5. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy, by C. N. Banwell
f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Semester End

Internal Examination

Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

g. Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework

5 Case study

83
 6 Discussion
Forum

7 Presentation

h. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1
CO2
CO3

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)

Medium correlation (2)

Low correlation (1)

84
Applicable for Theory based Courses

Annexure -3

SN 20SZT188 Biology for Engineers L T P S C CH Course Type

1 3 0 0 0 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20SZT188
PRE- -
REQUISITE
CO- -
REQUISITE
ANTI- -
REQUISITE

a. Course Description

Thecoursebeginswiththetheoreticalstudyofcell biology
whichiswidelyutilizedin medical sciences
.Thestudentsarethenintroducedtomedicalinstrumentation.Thecoursefurthere
mphasizesontheuse of softwares,aswellasdisease

b. Course Objectives
a. This subject is designed to impart fundamental knowledge on emerging fields of
sciences like bioinformatics.
b. It is designed to impart knowledge that how to apply different softwares in
research.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 To apply knowledge of cell biology to identify, formulate, and solve problems.

CO2
To excel in career as researcher in both traditional and emerging fields of science .

CO3

85
 To apply knowledge of molecular biology, biosensors and immunology to excel in areas
such as entrepreneurship, medicine, government, and education.

CO4 To think critically and creatively, especially about the use knowledge about biology of
cancer and new areas of biology to address local and global problems.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Basic Cell Biology Contact

Hours:15

Introduction
Living Organisms, Cells and Cell theory, Cell Structure and Function,
Genetic information, protein synthesis, and protein structure, Cell growth,
Cell Division, and differentiation.aging, apoptosis, stem

cell Biology and Tissue engineering

Unit-2 Uses of Biology in Engineering Contact

Hours:15

Medical
Instrumentation Medical Instrumentation and Techniques- Electrocardiogram (ECG),
and Techniques Electroencephalogram (EEG), Electro Myogram (EMG), Magnetic
Resonance Imaging- principles of MRI,X-ray.

Biosensors

Chemoreceptors, hot and cold receptors, baro receptors, sensors for smell,
sound, vision, osmolality and taste.Transducers.

Recombinant

DNA Technology Vectors,Types of Vectors,BAC,YAC, DNA Fingerprinting ,PCR

Electrophoresis Blotting Technique,Chromatography.

86
Immunology

Innate, Adaptive, Lymphiod Organs, types of cell

Unit-3 Uses of Softwares Contact
Hours:15

Enzymes and
Enzymes:Biologicalcatalysts,Proteases,Carbonicanhydrase,Restriction
Industrial enzymes and Nucleoside monophosphate kinases-Photosynthesis
Application

Nervous System
Neuron ,structure, PNS,CNS,Action potential

Bioinformatics Introductory Bioinformatics, BLAST, FASTA, Data mining

Disease HIV, CoronaVirus, Diabetes, Cancer

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. C.B.Powar, 2010.Cell Biology.5thEd,Himalyan Publishing House.

T2. Leshie Cromwell, Fred.J. Weibell and Erich.A.Pfeiffer. 2003. Biomedical
instrumentation and measurements. 2nd edition, PHI.

T3. John G. Webster 1998. Medical Instrumentation: Applications and Design, 3rd
edition, Jon Wiley and Sons, New York.
T4. Fundamental concepts of bioinformatics. Dan E. Krane, Michael L. Raymer
T5. Bioinformatics Methods and applications. S.C Rastogi P Rastogi

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1. Jeremy M. Berg, John L. Tymoczko and LubertStryer. 2006. “Biochemistry,” 6th Ed.
W.H. Freeman and Co. Ltd.
R2.Robert Weaver.2012 “Molecular Biology,” 5th Edition, MCGraw-Hill.
R3. Jon Cooper, , 2004. “Biosensors A Practical Approach” Bellwether Books.
R4. Martin Alexander, 1994 “Biodegradation and Bioremediation,” Academic Press.

87
 R5.Kenneth Murphy, 2011.“Janeway's Immunobiology,” 8th edition, Garland Science.
R6. Eric R. Kandel, James H. Schwartz, Thomas M. J. 2012. “Principles of Neural
Science, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill.
R7. S. ThyagaRajan, N. Selvamurugan, M. P. Rajesh, R. A. Nazeer, Richard W.
Thilagaraj, S. Barathi, and M. K. Jaganathan. 2012 “Biology for Engineers,” Tata
McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Semester End

Internal Examination

Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

g. Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework

5 Case study

6 Discussion
Forum

7 Presentation

88
 h. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)

Medium correlation (2)

Low correlation (1)

89
 Annexure -3

SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code Object Oriented Programming Using C++ 2 0 0 0 2 30 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20CST153 20CST153

PRE-REQUISITE Basic knowledge of Computer Programming

CO-REQUISITE NA
ANTI-REQUISITE NA

h. Course Description:-Thecoursebeginswiththe introduction to features of object-oriented programming and its

applications in numerous fields. After covering fundamentals, students will learn how to apply the more complex concepts
including Inheritance, Polymorphism and File Handling in order to solve the complex real-world problems.

i. Course Objectives:-

1. To enable the students to understand various stages and constructs of C++ programming language and relate them
to engineering programming problems.
2. To improve their ability to analyze and address variety of problems in programming domains.

j. Course Outcomes

CO1 provide the environment that allows students to understand object-oriented programming Concepts. Basics
of Probabilitydistributions

CO2 demonstrate basic experimental skills for differentiating between object-oriented and procedural
programming paradigms and the advantages of object-oriented programs. Classification of
Stochasticprocesses

CO3 demonstrate their coding skill on complex programming concepts and use it for generating solutions for
engineering and mathematical problems. Discrete parameter MarkovChains

CO4 develop skills to understand the application of classes, objects, constructors, destructors, inheritance,
operator overloading and polymorphism, pointers, virtual functions, templates, exception handling, file
operations and handling. Continuous parameter Markov Chains

k. Syllabus

Unit-1 Fundamentals of C++ Contact Hours:10

Imperative Imperative Programming using C++: Introduction to Imperative Programming, Data types,
Programming using Data Input and output streams (cin, cout), introduction to namespace.
C++:

90
Object Oriented Object Oriented Programming using C++: Classes and Objects: Difference between object
Programming using oriented and procedure oriented programming, Difference between structure and class,
C++: Features of object-oriented programming, Specifying a class, creating objects, accessing

class members, defining a member function inside and outside class, access specifiers,

inline function, static data members & member functions. Objects as function arguments,
friend function.

Unit-2 Constructor Destructor, Inheritance, Polymorphism Contact Hours:10

Constructors and Constructors and Destructors: Need for constructors, types of constructors: default,
Destructors parameterized, copy constructor, order of execution of constructors, destructors and their
need.

Inheritance Inheritance: Defining derived class, modes of inheritance, types of inheritance, ambiguity in
inheritance, virtual base class, Function overriding, Member Classes: Nesting of Classes.

Polymorphism Polymorphism: Introduction & types of polymorphism, Function overloading,

operator overloading, rules for overloading operators, overloading of unary &
binary operators, Constructor Overloading.
Unit-3 Pointers, Virtual Functions, Exception handling& Files Contact Hours: 10

Pointers, Virtual Pointers, Virtual Functions: Declaring & initializing pointers, pointer to objects, this pointer,
Functions pointer to derived classes, static and dynamic binding.

Exception Handling Exception Handling: Try, Throw, Catch, Throwing an Exception, Catching an Exception.

Files Files: Introduction to File streams, Hierarchy of file stream classes, File operations, File I/O,
File opening Modes, Reading/Writing of files, Random-access to files.

l. Textbooks / Reference Books:-

T1. E Balagurusamy., “Object Oriented Programming in C++”, Tata McGraw-Hill.
T2.RobertLafore, “Object Oriented Programming in C++”, Waite Group.
Reference Books:-
R1. Herbert Schildt , “C++- The Complete Reference”, Tata McGraw-Hill 2003, New Delhi.
R2. Bjarne Stroustrup: “The C++ Programming Language” (4th Edition). Addison-Wesley.
R3. Ravichandran , “Programming with C++”,Tata McGraw-Hill Education.
R4. Joyce M. Farrell,” Object Oriented Programming Using C++”, Learning.
R5. Programming Languages: Design and Implementation (4th Edition), by Terrence W. Pratt, Marvin V. Zelkowitz, Pearson.
R6.Programming Language Pragmatics, Third Edition, by Michael L. Scott, Morgan Kaufmann.

m. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Internal Semester End
Assessment (CAE) Examination (SEE)

91
 Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

SlNo. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test

4 Homework

5 Case study

6 Discussion

Forum

7 Presentation

n. CO-PO Mapping

Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Outcome

CO1 2 2 2 1
CO2 1 3
CO3 2 1 1
CO4 2 3 2

92
Applicable for Theory based Courses

Annexure -3

SN 20PCT154 Professional Communication L T P S C CH Course Type

Skills
1 2 0 0 0 2 30 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20PCT154
PRE- Studied Communication Skills Course
REQUISITE
CO- -
REQUISITE
ANTI- -
REQUISITE

a. Course Description

The intermediate level course develops succinct written expression for modern
business communication with special emphasis on technical report writing.
Special emphasis is on improving writing skills. Students are introduced to the
placement process through interview skills and resume writing.

b. Course Objectives
The Course aims to:
1. Stress on students awareness of interpersonal communication skills and
appropriate usage of verbal and non-verbal expression in social and professional

environment.

2. Prepare the student for discourse in English, using a number of communication

strategies.

3. Provide foundations for the placement process of the student.

c. Course Outcomes

93
CO1 Research and write short official and technical research report.

CO2 Use grammatically correct English to present and summarize information, ideas

and opinions in business correspondence.

CO3 Perform effectively in the placement process.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Contact
Hours:10

Reading Skills: Technical Reading

Writing: Introduction to proposals, features of writing a good report,

purpose of report writing; difference between business report and

engineering report, types of reports-official reports and technical report

writing, E-magazine on a Social Cause.

Grammar: Tenses, subject –verb agreement, punctuation

Vocabulary: Contextual Usage - Synonyms, Antonyms, homophones

Unit-2 Contact
Hours:10

Identity of Organization – Creating Communication material

(Vision, Mission, Values, Branding)
Writing: Media Writing - Press note, business letters, agenda and
minutes of meeting, modern forms of communication: e-mails,
memorandum, video conference and conference calls.

Grammar: Sentence correction and sentence completion

Vocabulary: Idioms, collocations

Unit-3 Contact
Hours:10

Introduce key concepts of Morality, Diversity & Inclusion, Case

Study
Writing: paragraph writing, summarizing, describing objects and
processes, proofreading

Interview Skills: Cover letter and resume writing

94
 Grammar: Para completion, sentence rearrangement, close test
Vocabulary: Analogy

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1 Raman, M. and Sharma, S; Technical Communication - Principles and Practice,

Oxford University Press (2018), New Delhi
T2 Professional Communication Skills Workbook, 2020

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1 Murphy, R, English Grammar in Use (Advanced Level – CEFR-B1, B2), 5th
Edition, Cambridge University Press (2019), UK
R2 Hewing, Martin, Advanced Grammar in Use, 4th Edition, Cambridge
University Press (2016), UK
f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Semester End

Internal Examination

Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

g. Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

95
 3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework

5 Case study

6 Discussion
Forum

7 Presentation

h. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1
CO2
CO3

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)

Medium correlation (2)

Low correlation (1)

96
Applicable for Theory based Courses

Annexure -3

SN 20PCP158 Professional Communication L T P S C CH Course

Skills Lab
Type
1 0 0 2 0 1 30 0
PRE- Studied Communication Skills Lab Course
REQUISITE
CO- -
REQUISITE
ANTI- -
REQUISITE

Course Description: The course aims to make students use information to

practice strategic discourse. It will prepare them for the transition from

academia to industry.

Course Objectives :
The Course aims to:

 Prepare students for their careers through proficient use of English in professional
and interpersonal communication in the globalized context.

 Inculcate soft skills and a professional attitude in the student.

 Impart expertise for effective presentation skills.

Course Outcomes

CO1 Give presentations in English confidently using appropriate tools.

CO2 Illustrate effective soft skills while negotiating ethically in professional

situations.

CO3 Use neutral accent in English with correct pronunciation.

97
a. Syllabus

Unit-1 Unit 1 Contact

Hours:10

Soft Skills: Critical Thinking Skills,

Creativity Skills

Presentation Skills: Elements & structure

of effective presentation, preparation of

presentation

Speaking Skills: Presentation on a given

topic, extempore, cross talk, paper reading

Reading Skills: Technical Reading –

inferring meaning, critical reading: exercise

7-8

Listening Skills: Listening exercises for

word stress and pronunciation -3 & 4

El Client Software: Parts of Speech,

subject–verb agreement, tenses – contextual

usage exercises

Phonetics: Vowel sounds practice with

speaking on software

98
UnitII: ContactHours:
10

Soft Skills: Problem Solving Skills,

Professional Ethics & Values
Speaking Skills: Group discussion,
poster making and presentation, news
discussion

Phonetics: Consonant Sounds practice

with speaking on software

El Client Software: Correction of

Sentences, Common Errors in English
exercises

Listening Skills: Listening exercises for

word stress and pronunciation -5 & 6

Unit-3 Contact
Hours:10

Soft Verbal Skills: Negotiation Skills,

Telephone Etiquette, Interview Skills .

Vocabulary building: one-word

substitutes, analogy

Phonetics: Diphthongs sounds practice

Listening Skills: Listening exercises for

word stress and pronunciation -7 & 8

b. Textbooks / Reference Books :

T1 Globarena EL- Client Software for Communication Skills,

Hyderabad

99
 REFERENCE BOOKS

c. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Semester End

Internal Examination

Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework

5 Case study

6 Discussion
Forum

7 Presentation

d. CO-PO Mapping
Cours P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
e O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3

100
Outco
me
CO1
CO2
CO3

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)

SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type*

1 Code Object Oriented Programming Using C++ Lab 0 0 4 0 2 30 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20CSP154 20CSP154

PRE-REQUISITE Basic knowledge of Computer Programming

CO-REQUISITE

ANTI-
REQUISITE

a. Course Description:-Thecoursebeginswiththe introduction to features of object-oriented programming and its

applications in numerous fields. After covering fundamentals, students will learn how to apply the more complex
concepts including Inheritance, Polymorphism and File Handling in order to solve the complex real-world problems.
b. Course Objectives:-
1. To enable the students to understand various stages and constructs of C++ programming language and relate them to
engineering programming problems.
2. To improve their ability to analyze and address variety of problems in programming domains.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1
provide the environment that allows students to understand object-oriented programming
Concepts. Basics of Probability distributions
CO2 demonstrate basic experimental skills for differentiating between object-oriented and procedural
programming paradigms and the advantages of object-oriented programs. Classification of Stochastic
processes.

CO3 demonstrate their coding skill on complex programming concepts and use it for generating solutions for
engineering and mathematical problems. Discrete parameter Markov Chains.

CO4 develop skills to understand the application of classes, objects, constructors, destructors, inheritance,
operator overloading and polymorphism, pointers, virtual functions, templates, exception handling, file
operations and handling. Continuous parameter Markov Chains.

101
d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Fundamentals of C++ Contact Hours: 10

<Experiment No 1> Practical 1.1: Assuming there are 7.481 gallons in a cubic foot, write a program that asks the
user to enter a number of gallons, and then displays the equivalent in cubic feet.
Practical 1.2: Convert temperature from degrees Celsius to degrees Fahrenheit by
multiplying by 9/5 and adding 32. Write a program that allows the user to enter a floating-
point number representing degrees Celsius, and then displays the corresponding degrees
Fahrenheit.

< Experiment No 2> Practical 2.1: The normal speed of a vehicle is less than 65kmph. If entered speed is less
than 65kmph you can print within speed limit otherwise over speed limit.
Practical 2.2: Create the equivalent of a four-function calculator. The program should
request the user to enter a number, an operator, and another number. (Use floating point.)
It should then carry out the specified arithmetical operation: adding, subtracting,
multiplying, or dividing the two numbers. Use a switch statement to select the operation.
Finally, display the result. When it finishes the calculation, the program should ask if the
user wants to do another calculation. The response can be ‘y’ or ‘n’.

< Experiment No 3> Practical 3.1:Write a program that calculates how much money you’ll end up with if you
invest an amount of money at a fixed interest rate, compounded yearly. Have the user
furnish the initial amount, the number of years, and the yearly interest rate in percent.
Some interaction with the program might look like this:
Enter initial amount: 3000
Enter number of years: 10
Enter interest rate (percent per year): 5.5
At the end of 10 years, you will have 5124.43 rupees.
Practical 3.2:Assume you want to generate a table of multiples of any given number. Write a
program that allows the user to enter the number, and then generates the table, formatting
it into 10 columns and 20 lines.
Practical 3.3: Program to generate the Fibonacci series up to user specified limit.

< Experiment No4> Practical 4.1: Create a class called employee that contains a name (an object of class string)
and an employee number (type long). Include a member function called getdata() to get data
from the user for insertion into the object, and another function called putdata() to display
the data. Assume the name has no embedded blanks.Write a main() program to exercise this
class. It should create an array of type employee, and then invite the user to input data for
up to 100 employees. Finally, it should print out the data for all the employees.
Unit-2 Constructor and Destructor, Inheritance & Polymorphism Contact Hours: 10

< Experiment No 1> Create a class called time that has separate int member data for hours, minutes, and
seconds. One constructor should initialize this data to 0, and another should initialize it to
fixed values. Another member function should display it, in 11:59:59 format. The final
member function should add two objects of type time passed as arguments. A main()
program should create two initialized time objects (should they be const?) and one that
isn’t initialized. Then it should add the two initialized values together, leaving the result in

102
 the third time variable. Finally it should display the value of this third variable. Make
appropriate member functions const.

< Experiment No 2> Imagine a publishing company that markets both book and audiocassette versions of its
works. Create a class publication that stores the title (a string) and price (type float) of a
publication. From this class derive two classes: book, which adds a page count (type int),
and tape, which adds a playing time in minutes (type float). Each of these three classes
should have a getdata() function to get its data from the user at the keyboard, and a
putdata() function to display its data.

< Experiment No 3> Create a class that imitates part of the functionality of the basic data type int. Call the class
Int(note different spelling). The only data in this class is an int variable. Include member
functions to initialize an Int to 0, to initialize it to an int value, to display it (it looks just like
an int), and use operator overloading to add two Int values. Write a program that exercises
this class by creating two initialized and one uninitialized Int values, adding these two
initialized values and placing the response in the uninitialized value, and then displaying this
result.

Unit-3 Pointers, Virtual Functions, Exception handling& Files Contact Hours: 10

< Experiment No 1> Practical 8.1: Write a program that reads a group of numbers from the user and places them
in an array of type float. Once the numbers are stored in the array, the program should
average them and print the result. Use pointer notation wherever possible.
Practical 8.2: Program to understand the concept of new and delete operator.

< Experiment No 2> Perform exception handling for Divide by zero Exception.

< Experiment No 3> Write a program to store the information of about 5 students in a file and read the contents
and print them on screen.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books:

T1. E Balagurusamy., “Object Oriented Programming in C++”, Tata McGraw-Hill.

T2. Robert Lafore, “Object Oriented Programming in C++”, Waite Group.

Reference Books:

R1. Herbert Schildt , “C++- The Complete Reference”, Tata McGraw-Hill 2003, New Delhi.

R2. Bjarne Stroustrup: “The C++ Programming Language” (4th Edition). Addison-Wesley.

R3. Ravichandran , “Programming with C++”,Tata McGraw-Hill Education.

R4. Joyce M. Farrell,” Object Oriented Programming Using C++”, Learning.

R5. Programming Languages: Design and Implementation (4th Edition), by Terrence W. Pratt, Marvin V. Zelkowitz, Pearson.

R6.Programming Language Pragmatics, Third Edition, by Michael L. Scott, Morgan Kaufmann.

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Practical

Components

103
 Continuous Internal Semester End
Assessment (CAE) Examination (SEE)

Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct 12
2 Report 10
3 Viva- Voce 8

g. CO-PO Mapping

Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Outcome

CO1 1 3
CO2 2
CO3 1 2 2 1
CO4 2 1

104
105
106
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type*

1 Code Workshop Practice 0 1 2 0 2 30 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

(Civil Engineering)

20CEP155 20CEP155

PRE-REQUISITE NIL

CO-REQUISITE

ANTI-
REQUISITE

a. Course Description:-The course begins with the introduction to various tools and operation in manufacturing like
Carpentry, Electrical and Electronic, plumbing, Aluminium& False Ceiling, Masonry shop andWelding shop. Students
should be able to learn joinery in wood work, accrue knowledge of Electrical and Electronic, identify all plumbing
tools and fittings, to get an insight about the Aluminium& False Ceiling, Masonry shop andWelding shop. This
workshop plays a vital role in experiencal learning and how to deal with more complex real-world problems.

b. Course Objectives:-
To familiarize the students with various tools and operation in manufacturing like Carpentry,Electrical and Electronic,
Plumbing shop, Aluminium& False Ceiling, Masonry shop andWelding shop.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1
Familiarize with various tools & safety precautions as per the floor shops.
CO2 To impart practical knowledge to perform basic operations & prepare an accurate job.

CO3 Learn the applications of tools & processes in daily life routine tasks.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Carpentry and Fitting Shop Contact Hours: 10

<Experiment No 1> 1.1 To make a Mortise part of a Mortise & Tenon Joint.
1.2.To make a Tenon part of a Mortise & Tenon Joint and assemble it with the previously
made Mortise.

< Experiment No 2> To make a Center-Tap Full-Wave Rectifier.

< Experiment No 3> To make a Stair Case wiring

< Experiment No4> Cutting and Threading of G.I. Pipes

Unit-2 Plumbing,Aluminium& False Ceiling Contact Hours: 10

< Experiment No 1> To Determine the fitting allowance in G.I. Pipes

< Experiment No 2> Fabrication of Aluminium Frame for Ventilator.

< Experiment No 3> To install a Drop Ceiling.

Unit-3 Masonry Shop and Welding shop Contact Hours: 10

< Experiment No 1> To construct five consecutive layer of one brick wall in English bond at a corner.

107
< Experiment No 2> To construct a brick piers in English bond of brick thickness 1½ and 2.

< Experiment No 3> To make a Lap joint by Manual Metal Arc Welding.
To make a Butt joint by Manual Metal Arc Welding.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books:

T1. Singh Swarn, Workshop Practice byS. Chand and Sons.

Reference Books:

R1. ChaudhuryHazra ,Workshop Technology, vol I, Media Promotors& Publication.

R2.Raghuvanshi B. S Workshop Technology, vol I, Dhanpatrai and Sons.

R3.Mason Concrete, Facilitator guide, Published by ABC Company Ltd., 7, NSDC Marg,New Delhi – 110002 under National skill development
corporation, Govt. of India,

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Practical

Components Continuous Internal Semester End

Assessment (CAE) Examination (SEE)

Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct

2 Report
3 Viva- Voce

g. CO-PO Mapping

Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Outcome

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

108
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type*

1 Code Chemistry for Engineers Lab 0 0 2 0 1 30 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20SHP172 20SHP172

PRE-REQUISITE Knowledge of basic chemistry up to 10 +2 Level

CO-REQUISITE 20SHT612

ANTI-
REQUISITE

a. Course Description:-Thecoursebegins with analytical chemistry for analyses and in next stage learning is centered
on the concepts of various methods of synthesis of organic polymers. At the end topic related to Volumetric analysis
has been covered.
b. Course Objectives:-
To understand intricacies of the subject and to develop the experimental skills by providing sophisticated chemistry
laboratory.
c. Course Outcomes

CO1
Learn and apply the concept of analytical chemistry for analysis of fuels and lubricants and evaluate the
outcomes.
CO2 To utilize the concepts of methods of synthesisof organic polymer and their analysis.

CO3 Learn and apply the concept of volumetric analysis for chemical analyses and evaluate the outcomes.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Analytical Chemistry Contact Hours: 10

<Experiment No 1> Determination of viscosity of given lubricating oil by Redwood viscometer

< Experiment No 2> Determination of the surface tension by drop number method using Stalgamometer

< Experiment No 3> Determination of flash point and fire point of given Lubricating oil.

< Experiment No4> Determination of cell constant and conductance of solutions using conductometer.

Unit-2 Organic Synthesis and Analysis Contact Hours: 10

< Experiment No 1> Preparation of Phenol Formaldehyde resin

< Experiment No 2> Demonstrate the separation of dyes by thin layer chromatography.

< Experiment No 3> Determination of rate constant of (K) for the hydrolysis of ethyl acetate catalyzed by
Hydrochloric acid

Unit-3 Volumetric Analysis Contact Hours: 10

< Experiment No 1> Determination of amount of residual chlorine present in a given water sample.

< Experiment No 2> Estimation of Hardness of water by complexometric Titrations using EDTA.

< Experiment No 3> Determination of acid value of given oil

e. Textbooks / Reference Books:

109
 T1. Vogel A.I, A textbook of Quantitative Inorganic Analysis (4th edition) 2000, Longman group Ltd. London (U.K)
T2. Ahluwalia by V.K & Aggarwal Renu , Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry (Ist edition) University Press,
Himayatnagar (Hyderabad).
T3. Bhasin S.K. and Rani Sudha,Laboratory Manual on Engineering Chemistry.
T4. AlexeyevV. , Quantitative Analysis (Third edition), MIR publications
f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Practical

Components Continuous Internal Semester End

Assessment (CAE) Examination (SEE)

Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct

2 Report
3 Viva- Voce

g. CO-PO Mapping

Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Outcome

CO1

CO2

CO3

CO4

110
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code Civil Engineering Materials 1 0 0 0 1 15 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20CET151 20CET151

PRE-REQUISITE NA
CO-REQUISITE 20CEP152, Civil Engineering Materials Lab

ANTI-REQUISITE NA

a. Course Description:-The course is meant to imbibe students with the knowledge of various Civil Engineering
Materials, their properties, uses and applications in construction, to help students classify problem related to Civil
Engineering Materials and perform exercises to find efficient solutions for same.
b. Course Objectives:-
1. To expose students to the various building and general construction products and their associated quality, durability,
warrantees, and availability.
2. To impart knowledge of properties, uses and other attributes of variety of materials important in construction.
3. To introduce students with various quality control aspects of the Civil Engineering Materials
4. To provide hands-on, research, and collaborative activities to vary and deepen the study of construction materials.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 About various Civil Engineering Materials, their properties, uses and applications in construction

CO2 To classify problem related to Civil Engineering Materials and perform research to find efficient solutions for
same.

CO3 To perform quality control operations and undergo research activity, based on Civil Engineering Materials

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Bricks, Stones & Tiles and Timber Contact Hours:5

Bricks, Stones & Tiles Bricks, Stones & Tiles: Composition of good brick earth, harmful ingredient, manufacture of
bricks, characteristics of good bricks, shapes, classification of bricks as per IS 1077-

1985.CTM on bricks, classification of rocks, test for stones, characteristics of a good building

stone, deterioration of stones, common building stones of India, ceramic and vitrified tiles.

Timber Timber: Classification, identification, defects, characteristics of good timber, seasoning,

preservation of timber.

Unit-2 Cement,mortar and concrete: Contact Hours:5

Cement Cement: Constituents, production, types of cement, initial and final setting time, water
cement ratio, in-situ and lab tests on cement.

Mortar Mortar: Definition, manufacturing of mortar, applications.

Concrete

111
 Concrete: Definition, constituent materials, test on sand and aggregates, properties on
concrete in fresh and hardened state, applications of concrete, vibrators and mixers.

Unit-3 Metals, Glass and Aluminium Composites& Miscellaneous Contact Hours:5

Materials

Metals Metals: Manufacture of steel, market forms of steel e.g. mild steel and HYSD steel bars,
rolled steel sections. Thermo Mechanically Treated (TMT) Bars.

Glass, Aluminium Glass, Aluminium Composite material: Types of glass, Glazing, glass used in glazing, sheet

Composite material: glass, patterned glass, wired glass, reflecting glass, insulated glass, safety glass, toughened

glass, tinted glass. ACP, types of ACP: nano-coated ACP, Mirror ACP, Brush ACP, aluminium

partitions.

Miscellaneous Miscellaneous Materials: Insulating materials, paints, varnishes, white washing,

Materials distempering, materials for structural repairs, cracks and joint filers.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books:-

T1 Building Material, by S.K. Duggal, (4th edition)2009, New Age International Publishers, 2010
T2 Building Material, by Rangawala, (5th edition) 2010, Charotar Publishing House
Reference Books:-
R1.Pozzolanic and Cementitious Materials, V. M. Malhotra, Povindar K. Mehta

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Internal Semester End
Assessment (CAE) Examination (SEE)

Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

SlNo. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test

4 Homework

5 Case study

112
 6 Discussion

Forum

7 Presentation

8
9

g. CO-PO Mapping

Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Outcome

CO1 3 2 2 2 1 3 2 - 1 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 - 1 1 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 - 1 1 2 3

113
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type*

1 Code Civil Engineering Materials Lab 0 0 2 0 1 30 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20CEP152 20CEP152

PRE-REQUISITE NA
CO-REQUISITE 20CET151, Civil Engineering Materials

ANTI-
REQUISITE

a. Course Description:-The course begins with the theoretical study of probability distributions which is widely utilized
in all engineering applications. The students are then introduced to Stochastic processes and their classification. The

course further emphasizes on the concept of Markov Chains, both discrete as well as continuous.
b. Course Objectives:-
To expose students to a variety of established material evaluation testing techniques.
c. Course Outcomes

CO1
About different types that can be performed on Civil Engineering Materials
CO2 To classify problem related to Civil Engineering Materials and perform research to find efficient solutions for
same.

CO3 To perform quality control operations and undergo research activity, based on Civil Engineering Materials

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Contact Hours: 10

<Experiment No 1> To perform water absorption test on bricks.

< Experiment No 2> To perform crushing test on bricks and classify the class of bricks.

< Experiment No 3> To perform Flakiness and elongation test on aggregates.

< Experiment No4> To perform moisture expansion test on different types of tiles.

Unit-2 Contact Hours: 10

< Experiment No 1> To check fineness of given cement sample.

< Experiment No 2> To perform crushing and tensile strength test on cement mortar cubes.

< Experiment No 3> To perform slump test and compressive strength test on fresh and hardened concrete
respectively.

Unit-3 Contact Hours: 10

< Experiment No 1> To perform tensile test on steel bars.

114
< Experiment No 2> To identify different types of glass used in any 1 block of Chandigarh University.

< Experiment No 3> To identify the timber type used in doors, windows and miscellaneous locations of any 1
block of Chandigarh University.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books:

T1 NA
Reference books:
R1. A manual on Civil Engineering Materials created by Civil Engineering Department-Chandigarh University
f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Practical

Components Continuous Internal Semester End

Assessment (CAE) Examination (SEE)

Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct

2 Report
3 Viva- Voce

g. CO-PO Mapping

Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Outcome

CO1 3 2 2 2 1 3 2 - 1 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 - 1 1 2 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 - 1 1 2 3

115
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code Life skills and Mentoring- 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20UCY186 20UCY186

PRE-REQUISITE NA
CO-REQUISITE NA
ANTI-REQUISITE NA

a. Course Description:-This course will help students to Being able to communicate effectively, can lead them to
become more assertive, have better relationships. They will be able to understand their role towards society with
the help of universal human values.

b. Course Objectives:-

1. Personal Self-Management Skills – Strengthen communication skills and learn how to build healthy relationships,
building relationships by influencing interactions either positively or negatively.
2. General Social Skills – To understand how communication is the key to building family relationships, understanding

their social responsibility, contributing and connecting with society.

3. Value Inculcation – Understanding the importance of values in individual, social circle.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Recognize the importance of interpersonal skills and describe how good communication with other can
influence our working relationships

CO2 Develop knowledge and skills around human communication that facilitate their ability to work
collaboratively with others.

CO3 Have an opportunity to contribute and offer their input and will help to encourage youth to identify their
own interests and activities where they can make positive changes.

CO4 It will help youth in community concerns to increase youth involvement. Allow youth to confront serious
social problems and become active community citizens.

CO5 Students will learn that the right of the person to be valued and respected and to be treated ethically.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Building Relationships Contact Hours: 3

Interpersonal Skills Interpersonal Skills: Understanding Relationships, What are examples of good
interpersonal skills, Good interpersonal skills, How Do You Show Good Interpersonal Skills

116
Effective Effective Communication: Importance of effective communication, improving effective
Communication communication skills, Communicate effectively by staying calm under pressure.

Family Communication Family Communication: Effective Communication Skills can help prevent
misunderstandings, Verbal and non-verbal techniques for effective communication,
Effective Communication Skills can help you become more comfortable with family.

Unit-2 Social competencies Contact Hours: 2

Youth role in Youth role in community -Understanding Social Responsibilities; Contributing and
community connecting with the society

Students at multiple Students at multiple roles: Understanding responsibilities of human being at multiple roles:
roles self-family hostel institution city nation world and in nature

Unit-3 Values Contact Hours: 1

Human Digity Human Dignity: Understanding Human Dignity; Fundamental rights of a person

e. Textbooks / Reference Books:- No text books

Reference Books:-
R1: Interpersonal Communication by Richard West and Lynn H. Turner, 2019.

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Internal Semester End
Assessment (CAE) Examination (SEE)

Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

SlNo. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test

4 Homework

5 Case study

6 Discussion

Forum

117
 7 Presentation

g. CO-PO Mapping

Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Outcome

CO1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 1
CO2 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 1
CO3 1 3 3 2 3 1 1
CO4 1 3 3 2 3 1 3 1
CO5 3 2 2 3 1 3

118
Applicable for Practical based Courses

Annexure -4

SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type*

1 Code Fundamentals of AI and IoT 0 0 2 0 1 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20ECP157 Lab
PRE- NIL
REQUISITE
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

a. Course Description

b. Course Objectives :The course will develop a basic understanding of the building blocks of
AI as presented in terms of intelligent agents: search, knowledge representation, inference,

logic, and learning.2.The course will also expose students to learn to specify, design and

program modern IoT based platforms to capture real-world data and control end devices.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Identify problems where artificial intelligence techniques are applicable.

CO2 Apply artificial intelligence techniques in applications which involve perception,

reasoning and learning

CO3 Establish an interface between embedded IoT system and the physical world through

sensors, to read the state of the world, and actuators, to change the state of the world

CO4 Establish connectivity of IoT modules with cloud for sensor data collection and
management.

d. Syllabus

119
Unit-1 Introduction Session Contact Hours:

<Experiment No Hands-on session on Breadboard, Digital Multimeter, and Simulation

1> Software.

< Experiment No Introduction to IoT Platform SoC built around 32-bit Microprocessor, to be

2> utilized as the core of IoT related below-mentioned tasks/ projects.

< Experiment No Introduction to an open-source app development platform for open-ended

3> Linux based OS primarily for touchscreen based smart devices

< Experiment No Introduction to ARM v8 64-bit SoC with open-source Linux-based OS, to be
4> utilized as the core of AI related below-mentioned tasks/ projects.

< Experiment No Introduction to an open-source AI hardware platform for vision, speech and

5> text analysis.List of Tasks/ Micro-Projects

Unit-2 List of Tasks/ Micro-Projects Contact Hours:

< Experiment No Explore, visualise, transform and summarise input datasets for building

1> classification models.

< Experiment No Predict whetheror not it will rain tomorrow by training a binary classification

2> model.

< Experiment No Predict outcome of individual items located in groups to classify iris species.

3>
< Experiment Create a service ChatBot that responds with relevant data in a conversation

No4> for Educational institutions

< Experiment Design a Cloud based weather monitoring system using IoT platform and

No4> relevant sensors

Unit-3 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:

< Experiment No Design an air quality monitoring system using an IoT analytics platform

1> service.

< Experiment No Develop an IoT based intruder detection and alert system.

2>
< Experiment No Develop a human vitals monitoring and alert system using IoT analytics

3> platform

120
 Develop an engineered solution to socially relevant problem(s) with

technical report

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

Components Continuous Semester End

Internal Examination

Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

g. Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct 12
2 Report 10
3 Viva- Voce 8

h. CO-PO Mapping

121
Cours
e P PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 1
CO2 2 1 2 1
CO3
CO4 1 2 1

CO PO correlation matrix of each subject to be mapped with

High correlation (3)

Medium correlation (2)

Low correlation (1)

122
20CEX159 MOOCS L T P S C CH
Version 1.00 0 0 0 4 2 --
Pre-requisites/ Student should have knowledge of Basic of Civil Engineering.
Exposure
Co-requisites

a. Course Description

MOOCs integrate social networking, accessible online resources, and are facilitated by leading
practitioners in the field of study. Most significantly, MOOCs build on the engagement of
learners who self-organize their participation according to learning goals, prior knowledge and
skills, and common interests. The characteristics of the MOOC: massification, heterogeneity of
profiles, professions, educational levels and origin, to encourage informal learning by means of
social technology.

b. Course Objective
1. This creates an excellent opportunity for students to acquire the necessary skill set for
employability through massive online courses where the rare expertise of world-
famous experts from academics and industry are available.
2. MOOCs offer a chance for individuals to learn more about the digital form
for learning and teaching.

c. Course Outcomes
1. MOOCs offer a chance for individuals to learn more about the digital form for learning and
teaching
2. International experience and globalization
3. linking up communities from across the globe in the context of a MOOC
4. Mixing internal and external cohorts
5. Accreditation and [micro] credentialing
Cross/co-curricular opportunities

d. Links to join courses

123
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce01/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce02/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce03/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce04/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce05/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce06/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce07/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce08/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce09/preview

124
125
 Semester-3
Evaluation
S Cours
Code Course Name L T P S C CH Interna Externa
N e Type Total
l l
Civil Engineering
1 20CET201 PC 3 1 - - 4 4 40 60 100
Mechanics
Mechanics and PC
2 20CET202 3 1 - - 4 4 40 60 100
Dynamics of Fluid
Building and Fast PC
3 20CET203 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
Track construction
4 20CET204 Concrete Technology PC 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
Structure Mechanics PC
5 20CEP205 - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Lab
6 20CEP206 Fluid Mechanics Lab PC - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Building Drawing PC
7 20CEP207 using automation - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
tools
Concrete Practices PC
8 20CEP208 - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Lab
Engineering
20SMY222 Mathematics* (for
9 / LEET students)/ MNG 3 1 - - 4* 4 40 60 100
20CEY221 Engineering Geology
and Rock Mechanics
Environment, Waste
10 20UCY244 and Disaster UC 2 - - - 2* 2 40 60 100
Management
Life Skills and
11 20UCY246 UC - 1 - - 1* 1 - - -
Mentoring-3
Gender Equity and
12 20UCX247 Woman UC - - - 2 1* 2^ 40 60 100
Empowerment*
13 20TDP201 Soft-Skills* PC - - - 2 1 2 60 40 100
Institutional and
14 20CEI209 TR - - - - 4 - 60 40 100
summer training**
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and CH
15 4 8 4 29 31
system)

*MNG Subjects/credits, ^Self Study course

**Students will undergo 4-6 weeks Institutional and summer training after examinations of 2nd semester and will be
concluded before start of 3rd semester.

126
 Annexure -3

SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course

Code Type*
1 Civil Engineering Mechanics 3 1 0 0 4 4
20CET-
201
Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should have knowledge about solid
REQUISITE mechanics
CO- NIL -
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL -
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course deals with basic mechanics and procedures involved with Civil
Engineering Structural Elements.

b. Course Objectives
 To make students familiar with elastic behaviour, elastic properties of bodies
and relationships between stresses and strains on deformable bodies
 To make students aware with the basic concepts and principles of structural
mechanics.
 To develop an ability in the disciples to calculate different stresses and
deformations or other force/load created quantity on the objects/structural
element under said external force system/loadings.
 To develop an ability amongst the disciples to apply the knowledge of
structural mechanics on engineering applications and structural analysis &
design problems.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Ability to infer/exemplify force systems, stress types and systems, material and
sectional properties of solids, force systems in structural members and failure theories
associated with the solids.

127
CO2 Ability to apply concepts and analytical models/formulas to subject oriented
engineering problems.

CO3 Ability to do analysis of problem statements associated with mechanics of structural

components involving force and stress systems
CO4 Development of demonstrating ability in critiquing the analysis and mathematical
models on force and stress systems associated with structural members.

CO5 Ability to plan solutions for problems on higher order connected subjects based on
understanding and interpretation of subject concepts and syllabus demonstrating a long
term leaning.

d.
Syllabus
Unit-1 introduction Contact Hours:
10
Introduction to Stresses and Strains (simple and complex), System of Forces, Moment of
Engineering Forces, Couples and Resultant of Force System, Equilibrium of System of
Mechanics Forces, Free body diagrams, Equations of Equilibrium of Coplanar
Systems, Static Indeterminacy.

Friction Types of friction, Limiting friction, Laws of Friction, Static and Dynamic
covering Friction; Motion of Bodies.
Centroid and Centroid of simple figures, centroid of composite sections; Centre of
Centre of Gravity and its implications; Area moment of inertia- Definition, Moment
Gravity of inertia of plane sections, standard sections and composite sections;
Mass moment inertia of circular plate, Cylinder, Cone, sphere.

Unit-2 Analysis of Pre-stress members Contact

Hours:10
Shear Force and Shear force, bending moment, Relation between load, shear force and
Bending Bending Moment. Shear Force and Bending Moment diagram of various
Moment in beams under various types of loading.
Beams

Bending and Introduction, Assumption made in theory of simple bending, derivation of

Shear Stresses basic equation, determination of stresses in simple sections &built up
sections. Shear stress across depth of various beam sections-Formula and
numerical. (No derivation).

Unit-3 Design of pre-stressed concrete members

128
 Contact
Hours:10
Torsion:
Buckling of Definition of Column and Strut, Critical load, Euler’s Curves, Rankine’s
Columns formula, Secant formula, Analysis of eccentrically and laterally loaded
columns.

Theories of Maximum principle stress criterion (Rankine, Lame’s), Maximum

Failure Principle strain Theory (St. Venant’s), Maximum Strain Energy Theory
(Beltrami-Haigh’s), Maximum Shear Stress Theory (Tresca- Guest and
Coulomb), Maximum Distortional Stress or Octahedral Shear Stress
Theory (Von- Mises-Maxwell-Huber- Henkey’s), Failure Theories of
brittle materials (Mohr-Coulomb).

e. Textbooks

T1 Irving H. Shames (2006), Engineering Mechanics, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall

T2 F. P. Beer and E. R. Johnston (2011), Vector Mechanics for Engineers, Vol I - Statics,Vol II,
– Dynamics, 9th Ed, Tata McGraw Hill
T3 R. C. Hibbler (2006), Engineering Mechanics: Principles of Statics and Dynamics,Pearson
Press
T4 Mechanics of Solids, by Abdul Mubeen, Pearson

Reference Books

R1. Fundamentals of Solid Mechanics, by M L Gambhir, PHI Learning

R2. Strength of materials by Timoshenko, S.P., CBS Publisher, Delhi
R3. Strength of Materials by RK Bansal.
R4.Mechanics of Materials, by Popov, Egor Paul, Nagarakam,S, Prentice‐Hall

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

129
 Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2 2
CO2 2
CO3 3
CO4 3 2
CO5 3 2 2 2

130
SN 20CET-202 TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Type*
1 Mechanics and Dynamics of 3 1 0 0 4 4
Fluid
Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should possess basic Knowledge of
REQUISITE Elementary Engineering Physics, Statics and
Engineering Mathematics.
CO-REQUISITE nil
ANTI- nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
This course deals with fluid properties and fluid phenomenon in statics, kinematics and
dynamic states.

b. Course Objectives

 To develop understanding about statics and dynamics of fluid flow.

 To develop understanding about various types of fluid, their properties and concepts
required to understand them.
 To develop understanding about types of flows and various equations governing
them.
 To develop understanding about importance of fluid mechanics in civil engineering.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Ability to interpret the conceptual and theoretical data with real time fluid mechanisms
in static, kinematic and dynamic states and understand ongoing phenomenon,
mathematical models and concepts associated with fluids in static and flowing state.

CO2 Ability to apply concepts and analytical models/formulas to subject oriented

engineering problems.

CO3

131
 Ability to organize and analyse facts, properties, models and formulas associated with
fluid in static and dynamic condition under different containing and flow environments.

CO4 Ability to investigate and evaluate complex engineering problems and bring solution
based on learning of fluid properties, fluid statics, and kinematics dynamics etc.

CO5 Ability to develop solutions, models and formulas for problem statements, based on
learning of dimensional analysis and other concepts as framed in the syllabus of the
subject.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Contact
Hours:10
Fluid and their Properties of fluid (density, specific gravity, viscosity and its dependence
Properties on temperature, cohesion, adhesion, surface tension, capillarity,
compressibility and Bulk modulus, vapor pressure and cavitation),
Classification of Fluid, Continuum concept of fluid.
Fluid Statics Concept of pressure, Pascal’s law and its engineering hydrostatic paradox.
Terms related to pressure (absolute, gauge, atmospheric and vacuum
pressures), Total Pressure and center of pressure Action of fluid pressure
on submerged plane surface (horizontal, vertical and inclined), stability of
submerged bodies, Buoyancy and floatation, stability of floating bodies,
Meta centric and Meta Centric height and its determination (Analytical and
experimental).

Unit-2 Contact
Hours:10
Fluid Fluid Motion, Classification of fluid flows, Terms (velocity and
Kinematics acceleration of fluid particle, local and convective acceleration, normal &
tangential acceleration), Types of flow lines (streamline, stream tube, path
line and streak line), Rate of flow, continuity equation (Cartesian
coordinates). Rotational flows- Circulation, Vorticity, stream & velocity
potential functions and relation, equi- potential line.

Fluids Dynamics Euler’s equation, Bernoulli’s equation and steady flow energy equation;
Impulse momentum equation, kinetic energy and momentum correction
factors, vortex motions.
Hydraulic machines, specific speed of pumps and turbines.

Unit-3

132
 Contact
Hours:10
Dimensional Fundamental and derived units and dimensions, Dimensional homogeneity,
Analysis and Method for dimensional analysis (Rayleigh’s and Buckingham’s Pi),
Similitude Model, Prototype, Similitude (geometric, kinematic and dynamic
similarity), Dimension less number and their significance.

Flow Manometers, Pitot tubes, venturimeter and orifice meters, orifices and
Measurement Mouth pieces, notches and weirs.

Laminar Flows:
Laminar Flows: Introduction, Reynolds experiment, Reynolds number,
critical velocity and Critical Reynolds number, Navier’s Stokes equation
(no derivation) Relationship between shear stress and pressure gradient,
flow in circular cross section pipes, flow between parallel plates, flow
through porous media, Power absorbed in viscous flow.

e. Textbooks /

T1. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines: Dr. R.K. Bansal

T2. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines: Dr.R.K.Rajput
T3. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines; Dr.P.N.Modi

Reference Books
R1. Mechanics of fluid by Massey BS; Van Nostrand Reinhold Co
R2. Fluid Mechanics by Douglas JF, Gasiorek JM, Swaffield JP; Pitman
R3. Fluid Mechanics: Streetes VL & Wylie EB; Mcgraw Hill Book Company.
R4. Fluid Mechanics by White
R5. Fluid Mechanics by Dr. R.J. Garde.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

133
Internal Evaluation Component
Sl Type of Weightage of actual conduct Frequency Final Remarks
No. Assessment of Task Weightage in
Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one MST. 20 marks 20 marks for MST-1,
for one one MST. MST-2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each quiz/ 20 2 per 4 marks/4
marks for one MST Unit/ 2 marks
per
semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement
topic (of 2 Task
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement
Task
7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2 2 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3
CO5 3 2 2 2

134
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 Building and Fast Track 2 0 0 0 2 2
20CET- Construction
203
Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should have knowledge of Building --
REQUISITE Materials
CO- NIL -
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL -
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
This course deals with the basics Building Construction techniques and Fast
Track construction concepts.

b. Course Objectives
 To learn about conventional & fast construction techniques used in civil
engineering.
 To provide the knowledge such that student should be able to understand the
construction aspects of building & must have the basic fundamentals of building
construction.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Ability to understand and explain concepts of building byelaws, foundation, masonry
forms, treatment systems for buildings, construction aids, building finishing
components and on-going trends in construction practices.

135
CO2 Ability to compare and apply theoretical knowledge in the construction field and will
demonstrate an increase in knowledge through regular practice via regular practices
through application of concepts.

CO3 The students will become able to analyse and attribute different problems associated
with building construction procedures for development of unique solutions
CO4 Ability to evaluate the systems developed for solution of problems associated with
building construction and compares the created systems and per rules laid building by
laws.

CO5 Ability to plan and generate solutions for problems associated with building
construction methods.

d.
Syllabus
Unit-1 introduction Contact Hours:
10
Introduction Type of building; Components of building , principles of site selection,
planning regulation & bye laws , principles & essential factors of
planning, main consideration of Architectural design , site & soil
Investigation.
Foundation Type of Shallow Foundations , Type of Deep Foundations , Factor
affecting the selection of foundation, Foundation near existing adjacent
structure , Foundations for black cotton soil , Framed & Non framed
Structure.
.
Brick masonry Technical Terms used in Brick Work , Type of Bricks & Brick work ,
& stone masonry Size & Weight of Brick , Bonds in Brickwork , Bonds at connections ,
Points to be taken care while Brick Work , Defects in Brick Masonary, ,
Load Bearing & Non Load bearing Walls , Cavity Walls , type of
partitions, Technical Terms Used in Stone Masonry Work , Classification
of Stone Masonry , Dressing of stones , Points to be Observed while stone
masonry.
Unit-2 Contact
Hours:10
Damp proofing Causes of Dampness , Effects of Dampness , Methods of damp proofing ,
& termite Type of termites & Methods of Termite Treatment, Water Leakage & Type
proofing of Water Proofing , Laying of Brick Bat Water proofing.

Scaffolding , Scaffolding , Component Parts of Scaffolding , Type of Scaffolding ,

shoring & Shoring , Types of Shoring , Points to be taken care while doing
underpinning scaffolding & Shoring , Methods of Under Pinning , Type of Form Work ,

136
 Selection of Form work , Removal of form work.

Doors & Technical Terms used in Doors &Windows , Type of Doors , Type of
windows windows , Aluminium& UPVC doors & windows , Door & Window
Lintels.

Floors & roofs Types of Floors , Construction Procedure of Floors , Classification of

Roofs , Construction of RCC Slab, Technical Terms used in staircase ,
Type of Staircase , Special Considerations while construction of
Staircase.

Unit-3 Contact
Hours:10
Plastering, Material Used In Plastering , Type of Plastering , 20 mm , 15mm , 12 mm
pointing work & , 6mm Thick Plaster , Methods of Plastering , Types of Pointing ,
painting work distempering, white washing and color washing of plastered surfaces.
Fast track Introduction, Drawbacks of conventional construction techniques, Fast
construction track construction techniques; ICF wall ,Polycrete prefab Wall , Modular
Panel Pre-fabricated structures, Mechanical Splicing and Threaded
Couplers for connecting the reinforcements, Pre-fabricated reinforcement
mesh with couplers, High capacity cranes to place the fabricated structures.
Light weight forms and slip-forms for high structures, use of form on
wheels for RCC tunnel works

Special works Construction of Aluminum Composite Panel , Façade Work , Fixing of

Stone Cladding , PVC flooring , Epoxy Flooring ,Type of false ceiling,
Fixing of false ceiling , Automated Glass Sliding Doors & Gates , Wall
Panelling.

e. Textbooks

T1. Building Construction by Sushil Kumar.

T2. Building Construction by B.C. Punmia.

Reference Books

R1. Building Construction by S.K. Sharma

R2. Building Construction by Rangwala

137
f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2

138
 CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3
CO4 2
CO5 2 3 2 2

SN 20CET-204 TITLE L T P S C CH Course

Type*
1 Concrete Technology 2 0 0 0 2 2
Course Code(s)
PRE- To get the basic knowledge of construction
REQUISITE materials.
CO-REQUISITE nil
ANTI- nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
This course deals with the basics of construction materials.

b. Course Objectives

 To define and understand concepts related Concrete technology which involves

types and property of concrete and different adhesive materials and its vital use for
safe, economic development for the buildings
 To present the foundations of many basic Engineering tools and concepts related to
Concrete technology and Civil Engineering.

 To give an experience in the implementation of engineering concepts which are

applied in field of Civil Engineering.
.
 To define the processes involved in formation of concrete, various materials that are
used in concrete formation, properties of each ingredient of concrete, standard tests
to be applied to concrete and concrete ingredients.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Ability to understand and explain the properties concrete and its materials.

139
CO2 Acquire and apply fundamental knowledge of the fresh and hardened properties of
concrete
CO3 Ability to perform test on concrete for various strength parameters, modifying its
properties using other substances.

CO4 Develop an awareness of the utilization of waste materials as novel innovative materials
for use in concrete.

CO5 Ability to formulate the Design mix for special concretes.

analysis and other concepts as framed in the syllabus of the subject.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Contact
Hours:10
INTRODUCTIO Concrete as a
Structural material,
constituent materials
of concrete.

CEMENT Types of cements,

basic chemistry,
heat of hydration,
testing of cement,
Fineness,
consistency, setting
times, strength,
types of Portland
cements, expansive
cements. Pozzolanic
materials: Various
types, Flyash-its
types, properties,
applications
& limitations.

AGGREGATES : Classification of
aggregates,
Mechanical
properties: Bond,
strength, toughness,

140
 hardness, physical
Properties, Specific
Gravity, Bulk
density, porosity
and absorption,
Moisture content,
bulking of sand,
sieve analysis,
fineness modulus,
grading of
aggregate,
maximum aggregate
size.

Unit-2 Contact
Hours:10
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF FRESH CONCRETE Workability, factors
affecting, methods
of determination of
workability, Density
of fresh concrete.

STRENGTH OF CONCRETE Porosity, Gel/space

ratio, Total voids in
concrete, factors
affecting strength:
Water/cement ratio,
relation between
tensile &
compressive
strengths; bond to
reinforcement.

ADMIXTURES AND SUPER PLASTICIZERS : Functions,

classification,
accelerating
admixtures,
retarding
admixtures, air
containing
admixtures.

Unit-3 Contact
Hours:10

141
MIX DESIGN Factors to be
considered:
water/cement ratio,
durability,
workability,
cement and
aggregate content,
Design of mix by
IS &AC I methods.
MIXING,HAND : Mixers, mixing
LING,PLACING&COMPACTIONOFCONCRETE time, ready mixed
concrete, pumped
concrete, vibration
of concrete, internal
& external
vibrators, re-
vibration, shot-crete.
Permeability and
Durability:
Permeability,
sulphate attack,
action of frost, frost
resistance concrete.

BIO -CONCRETE Self-healing

materials, self-
healing polymers,
self-healing
cementitious
materials, Hemp-
crete.

e. Textbooks /

T1. Neville A Mand Brookes JJ “Concrete Technology” Pearson Publishers, NewDelhi,1994.

T2. Neville A M “Properties of Concrete” Pearson Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
T3. Gambhir ML “C oncrete Technology” Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1995.
T4. Shetty MS “Concrete Technology” S. Chand &Company, New Delhi, 2002.
T5. Mehta PK “Microstructure of Concrete” Indian Concrete Institute and ACC, Bombay,

Reference Books
R1. Neville A Mand Brookes JJ “Concrete Technology” Pearson Publishers, NewDelhi,1994.
R2. Neville A M “Properties of Concrete” Pearson Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

142
 The performance of students is evaluated as follows:
Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2
CO2 3
CO3 2
CO4 2 2
CO5 2 3

143
SN 20CEP-205 TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Type*
1 Structure Mechanics Lab 0 0 2 0 1 0
Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should possess practical
REQUISITE Knowledge of STRENGTH OF
MATERIALS
CO-REQUISITE nil
ANTI- nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
This course deals with ‘BASICS OF STRENGTH OF MATERIALS AND DETERMINATE
AND INDETERMINATE STRUCTURES’
b.

Course Objectives

Students taking this course are expected to develop an ability to work on practical(s) as given in
the list of experiments and relate the practical work done in laboratory to real world applications
and problem solving.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Proving good understanding of structure mechanics concepts and their applications in
the laboratory
CO2 Comparing the results of analytical models with theoretical values obtained
experimentally in the laboratory.
CO3 Ability to analyze structural members subjected to tension, compression, and torsion,
bending and combined stresses using the fundamental concepts of stress, strain and
elastic behavior of materials.
CO4 Development of demonstrating ability in critiquing the mathematical models on force
and stress systems associated with structural members based on practical results
CO5 Ability to plan solutions for problems on higher order connected subjects based on
understanding and interpretation of subject concepts and syllabus demonstrating a long
term leaning

144
d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Contact
Hours:10
EXP -1 To determine the Rockwell hardness number and Brinell hardness

number of the given specimen.

EXP -2 To perform tensile test on mild steel specimen using universal testing

machine and to draw stress-strain curve.

EXP -3 To determine the impact strength of the given material using Charpy

impact test and Izod test machine

Unit-2 Contact
Hours:10
EXP -4 To find stiffness of open coil helical spring.

EXP -5 To verify Clerk Maxwell’s theorem by means of a steel beam.

EXP -6 Verification of moment area theorem for slopes and deflections of the

beam

EXP -7 To determine the horizontal thrust in a three hinged arch for a given

system of loads experimentally and verify the same with calculated

values.

Unit-3 Contact
Hours:10
EXP -8 To study the behavior of a cantilever beam under symmetrical and

unsymmetrical bending.

145
EXP -9 Experimental and analytical study of behavior of struts with various

end conditions

EXP -10
Comparison of experimental and theoretical results of forces in the

members and the component displacement of the loaded joint of a three

bar suspension system for vertical loads.

e. Textbooks /

NA
Reference Books
NA

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct 12

2 Report 10

3 Viva- Voce 8

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
e O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3

146
Outco
me
CO1
CO2 2
CO3 3
CO4 2
CO5 3

147
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 20CEP206 Name of the Course (s) 0 0 2 0 1 2 <PC>
Fluid Mechanics Lab Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should possesBasic Knowledge of fluid
REQUISITE properties
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description In this course students will learnt about the introduction to fluid
mechanics laboratory and design of experiments, including experiments on flow
patterns, velocity profile in an air pipe, wind tunnel calibration, pipe friction, drag
forces, boundary- layer studies and measurements of fluid properties.

b. Course Objectives Students taking this course are expected to develop an ability to
work on practical(s) as given in the list of experiments and relate the practical work done in
laboratory to real world applications and problem solving.
c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Ability to understand and compare the results of analytical models introduced in lecture
to the actual behavior of real fluid flows and draw correct and sustainable conclusions
CO2 Good understanding of concepts and their applications in the laboratory
CO3 Ability to discuss the differences among measurement techniques, their relevance and
applications.
CO4 Ability to give critical review on working models and machinery in fluid lab based on
different parameters.
CO5 Demonstration of ability to produce a working model through hands-on experience in
fluid mechanics design and explain its operation in terms of what was learned in the
course.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
10
<Experiment
1>

148
 To determine the Meta-centric height of a floating vessel under loaded and

unloaded conditions.

< Experiment To study the flow through a variable area duct and verify Bernoulli’s
2>
energy equation.

< Experiment To determine the discharge coefficient for a V-notch or rectangular notch.
3>
Unit-2 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
10
< Experiment To study the transition from laminar to turbulent flow and to ascertain the
4>
lower critical Reynolds number.

< Experiment To determine the Hydraulic coefficient for flow through an orifice.
5>
< Experiment To determine the head loss in a pipe line due to sudden expansion/ sudden
6>
contraction/ bend.

< Experiment To determine coefficient of drag by Stoke’s law for spherical bodies.
7>
Unit-3 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
10
< Experiment To determine the discharge and flow profile over a broad crested weir.
8>
< Experiment To study the development of boundary layer over a flat plate in a wind
9>
tunnel.

< Experiment To study the characteristics of hydraulic jump of horizontal floor and
10>
sloping glacis.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

149
 Sr.No. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks
Assessment conduct Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct

2 Report

3 Viva- Voce

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2
CO2 2 1
CO3 2
CO4 3 1
CO5 3 2

150
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 20CEP207 Name of the Course (s) 0 0 2 0 1 2 <PC>
Building Drawing Using Automation Tools Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should posses knowledge of components
REQUISITE of building
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description Students will be exposed to complex drawings and assemblies,

plot plans, floor plans, sections, and 3-D modeling as they relate to residential structures
are part of the course as well.

b. Course Objectives Students taking this course are expected to develop ability to
process effective drawings of various items associated with Building Construction.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Ability to use Auto Cad software in drawing sketches of structural and construction
elements.
CO2 Ability to compare between different views on the software and in real world
CO3 Proficiency to apply commands on the software.
CO4 Ability to present drawings as per user requirements and preparation of technical report
CO5 Ability to plan and draw Civil Engineering Buildings as per aspect and orientation

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Contact Hours:
10
<Experiment To draw the sketch of cavity wall and partition wall.
1>
< Experiment To draw the sketch of bonds in brick work.
2>

151
< Experiment To sketch of various types of foundations like grillage, isolated and
3> combined footing.
Unit-2 Contact Hours:
10
< Experiment To draw the ground floor plan, front and side elevations of a building.
4>
< Experiment To draw plan and sectional elevation of stairs case.
5>
< Experiment To draw types of doors.
6>
< Experiment To draw types of windows.
7>
Unit-3 Contact Hours:
10
< Experiment To draw types of ventilators
8>
< Experiment To draw types of roof.
9>
< Experiment To draw types of floors.
10>

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct

2 Report

3 Viva- Voce

152
g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3
CO2 1 2
CO3 1
CO4 1 2
CO5 2

153
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 20CEP208 Name of the Course (s) 0 0 2 0 1 2 <PC>
Concrete Practices Lab Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should posses basic knowledge about
REQUISITE material properties
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description In this course students will learnt about the Introduction to civil
engineering materials laboratory and design of experiments, with focus on mechanical
and physical properties of construction materials; including measurement of specific
gravity, soundness and fineness modulus of cement; experiments on metals, aggregates,
Portland cement concrete.

b. Course Objectives Students undertaking this course are expected to develop an ability
to work on practical(s) on concrete and relate the practical work done to real world applications
and problem solving.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Ability to understand the behavior of fresh & hardened concrete and durability
requirements of concrete
CO2 Ability to apply testing procedures for concrete in real time applications.
CO3 Ability to identify quality control tests on concrete making materials.
CO4 Ability to design and evaluate concrete mixes based on chemical and mechanical
parameters.
CO5 Ability to plan testing procedures and design methodologies for non-destructive tests of
concrete.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Name of the Unit)

154
 Contact Hours:
10
<Experiment To determine the quantity of water required to produce a cement paste of
1>
standard consistency.

< Experiment To determine the initial and final setting times for the given sample of
2>
cement.

< Experiment To determine the specific gravity of given sample of hydraulic cement
3>
Unit-2 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
10
< Experiment To determine the soundness of the given sample of cement by "Le
4>
Chatelier" method.

< Experiment a) To determine the fineness of the given sample of cement by sieving.
5>
b) To determine the fineness modulus of given fine and coarse aggregates.

< Experiment To determine the specific gravity, void ratio, porosity and bulk density of
6>
given sample of fine and coarse aggregates.

< Experiment To determine the compressive strength of standard cement mortar cubes
7>
compacted by means of standard vibration machine.

Unit-3 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:

10
< Experiment To determine the workability or consistency of concrete mix of given
8>
proportion by slump test.

< Experiment To determine the workability or consistency of concrete mix of given

9>
proportion by compaction factor test.

< Experiment To determine the compressive strength of cement concrete specimens.

10>

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40

155
 Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct

2 Report

3 Viva- Voce

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 1
CO2 3
CO3 2
CO4 2 2 1
CO5 2

156
 SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 20SMY222 Name of the Course (s) 3 1 0 0 4 4 <MNG>
ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS Course Code(s)
PRE- Knowledge of mathematics up to senior
REQUISITE secondary level.
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description This course deals with the mathematics part required by
engineers.

b. Course Objectives To impart analytical ability in solving mathematical problems as applied

to the respective branches of Engineering
c. Course Outcomes
CO1 To have knowledge in linear algebra and infinite series.
CO2 To improve their ability of computation in matrices and complex nos.
CO3 To familiarize students with partial differentiation.
CO4 To enable the students to apply the notions practically.
CO5 To introduce various ordinary differential equations.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 BASIC ALGEBRA Contact Hours:
15
Matrices:Rank of matrix; elementary operations; reduction to normal
Matrices form; consistency and solution of homogenous and non homogeneous
simultaneous equations

157
 Complex Numbers: De-Moivre’s theorem, applications of De-Moivre’s
Complex
theorem ; Exponential function; logarithmic function ; circular function
Numbers

Infinite Series: Convergence and divergence of series; tests of

convergence (without proofs), comparison test; ratio test and Gauss
test; convergence and absolute convergence of alternating series.
Unit-2 ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS & Contact Hours:
15
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION

Partial Differentiation: Review of basic differentiation, Definition of

Partial Partial Differentiation, Function of two or more variables; homogeneous
Differentiation function; Euler’s theorem.

Differential Differential equations: Ordinary Differential Equation, Exact differential

equations: equations, Variable Separable method to solve ODE .
Unit-3 MULTIPLE INTEGRAL AND VECTOR Contact Hours:
CALCULUS 15

Double and Double and Triple Integration: Review of basic of integration, Double
Triple and triple Integration;
Integration
Vector Calculus : Scalar and vector fields; differentiation and integration
Vector Calculus of vectors ; vector differential operators: del, gradient, divergence, curl ,
properties; Statement of Gauss, Green and Stoke's theorem.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

1. Grewal, B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 42th
ed.2013.
Reference Material:
1. Kreyszig , E., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley,10th Ed.2011.
2. Ray Wylie, C., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 6th ed., McGraw Hill.
3. Jain, R.K. and lyengar, S.R.K., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3rd Edition.
Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi,2004.
4. Ramana , B.V Advanced Engineering Mathematics, McGraw Hill, July 2006.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)

158
 (CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2 3
CO2 3
CO3 2 2
CO4 1
CO5

159
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 20CEY221 Name of the Course (s) 3 1 0 0 4 4 <MNG>
Engineering Geology and Rock Mechanics Course Code(s)
PRE- To get the basic knowledge of minerals and
REQUISITE materials.
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description This course deals with the basics of minerals and materials.

b.Course Objectives Familiarize students with basic of geological sciences.

c.Course Outcomes
CO1 Ability to explain and classify the fundamentals of the engineering properties of earth
materials, minerals, various types of rocks and basic seismology.

CO2 Ability to apply the knowledge of engineering properties of earth materials, minerals,
various types of rocks and basic seismology for solutions towards the problems.

CO3 Ability to examine the role of geologists in Civil Engineering projects and overcoming
problems related geological engineering.

CO4 Ability to develop and evaluate hypothetical models developed for solution of
geological problems and applications.

CO5 Ability to design structures considering the seismic forces and other geological factors.

160
d.Syllabus
Unit-1 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
10
Importance of Engineering Geology applied to Civil Engineering
<General Practices, Weathering, definition, types and effect, Geological works of
Geology> River, Wind, Glaciers as agents of Erosion, Transportation & Deposition,
resulting features and engineering importance.
Minerals, physical properties of minerals, formation and structures, their
identification igneous, sedimentary & metamorphic rocks, classification
< Rocks &
of rocks for engineering purposes. Objective, Methods of rock
Minerals>
exploration, direct penetration, Core boring; Core recovery, Rock quality
designation (RQD).
Unit-2 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
10
Brief idea about stratification, apparent dip, true dip, strike and
< Structural
unconformities, Folds: Definition, parts of a fold, classification, causes
Geology>
relation to engineering operations.
Definition, parts of a fault, classification, cause relation to engineering
< Faults>
purposes
Definition, attitude, joint set, joint systems, classification, cause in relation
< Joints>
to engineering Operations
<Engineering Geological considerations in the Engineering projects like tunnels,
Geology> Highways, foundation, dams, reservoirs.
Definition, terminology, earthquake waves, intensity, recording of
< Earthquake> earthquake, seismic zones in India, factors to be considered and methods in
earthquake proof construction.
Unit-3 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
10
< Engineering Uniaxial compression Test, tensile tests, permeability test, shears tests,
properties of size and shape of specimen rate of testing. Confining pressure, stress
rocks and strain curves of typical rocks. Strength of intact and fissured rocks, Effect
laboratory of anisotropy, influence of effect of pore fluid type unsaturated and
measurement> temperature.
< In-situ Necessity of in-situ tests, Uniaxial load tests in tunnels and open
determination of excavations, cable tests, flat jack test, shear test, pressure tunnel test.
engineering Simple methods of determining in situ stresses bore holeinercoring
properties of rock technique-bore hold deformation gauges.
masses>
< Improvement in Methods of improving properties of rock masses, Pressure grouting for
properties of rock dams and tunnels, Consolidation grouting, rock reinforcement rock
masses> bolting.

e.Textbooks / Reference Books

Text Books

161
T1. Introduction to Rock Mechanics: Richard E. Goodman.
T2. Engineering. Behaviour of rocks: Farmar, I.W.
T3. Rock Mechanics and Engineering: Jaager C.
T4. Fundamentals of Rock Mechanics: Jaager and Cook

Reference Books

R1. Engineering Geology: D.S.Arora

R2. Engineering Geology: Parbin Singh
R3. Rock Mechanics for Engineering: B.P. Verma.

f.Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

162
h. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2 3
CO2 3
CO3 2 2
CO4 2 1
CO5 3

163
164
 Annexure -3

SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*

1 Code Name of the Course (s) 2 0 0 0 2 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20UCY244
Environment, Waste and Disaster Course Code(s)
Management
PRE- Knowledge of basic sciences
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a.Course Description The course begins with the basic scientific knowledge and
understanding of world from an environmental perspective. Students are then introduced to
different types of disaster and measures involved in strengthening the capacity to reduce the
impact of disaster. The course further provides an overview on the complexities associated with
waste material and various techniques for waste management.

b.Course Objectives To familiarize students with basics of environmental sciences, waste and
disaster management

c.Course Outcomes
CO1 Understudies will be able to identify different dimensions of environmental studies;
problems related to the environmental degradation & will be able to take remedial steps.

CO2 Disciples will learn about different type of disaster that occur in nature consequently
learning to develop the preparedness and remedial techniques

CO3 Upon learning the problems related to environmental waste, students will be able to
segregate the waste in different categories and will learn its effective management
techniques

CO4 To analyse and evaluate the pollution control technologies to be applied for effective
environmental management
CO5 Be exposed to the legal procedures, rules and regulations for management of
environment.

d.Syllabus

165
 Unit-1 Introduction to environment Contact Hours:
15
Definition, Scope & Importance, Need For Public Awareness-
Environment definition, Introduction to Ecosystem-definition
<General> ,components, Effects of human activities on environment, agriculture,
Housing, Industry, Mining and Transportation activities, Bio diversity &
its conservation

Natural Resources and associated problem - Forest resources, Water

< Renewable Resources, Mineral resources, Energy resources, Land resources.
&Non renewable Energy–Hydro Electric, Nuclear, Solar, Hydrogen as an alternative future
resources> source of Energy. Biomass and Bio-gas

Water pollution, Land pollution. Noise pollution, Air Pollution. Current

Environmental Issues of importance, population Growth, Climate Change
< Environmental and Global warming- Effects, acid rain, Ozone Layer depletion, Salient
Pollution and features of Environmental Protection Act , Water Prevention & Control
their effects> Act , Air prevention & control of pollution Act , Salient Features of
Environmental Summit – Paris 2015

Unit-2 Disaster Management Contact Hours:

15
Introduction on Disaster, Different Types of Disaster : A) Natural Disaster:
such as Flood, Cyclone, Earthquakes, Landslides B) Man-made Disaster:
< Disaster such as Fire, Industrial disaster, Nuclear Disaster, Biological Disasters,
Management > Accidents (Air, Sea, Rail & Road), Structural failures(Building and
Bridge), War & Terrorism. causes, effects and practical examples for all
disasters
Disaster Preparedness: Concept and Nature, Disaster Preparedness Plan,
Prediction, Early Warnings and Safety Measures of Disaster, Role of
< Disaster
Government, International and NGO Bodies. Role of IT in Disaster
Preparedness,
Preparedness, Role of Engineers on Disaster Management. Disaster
Response and
Response: Introduction; Disaster Response Plan. Recovery:
Recovery >
Reconstruction and Rehabilitation as a Means of Development. Damage
Assessment
Unit-3 Waste Management Contact Hours:
15
Municipal Solid Waste Management, Waste Collection, Storage and
Transport. Waste Disposal - Key issues and features. Waste Processing
< Waste Techniques. Source Reduction, Product Recovery and Recycling.
Management> Recovery of Biological Conversion Products: Composts and Biogas.
Composting and Biogasification Technology. Hazardous Waste:
Management and Treatment. Integrated Waste Management (IWM).
< Solid Waste Municipal Solid waste (Management & Handling) Rules 2000, Waste
Management Management Rules 2016 (Amendments)

166
 Act>

e.Textbooks / Reference Books

Text Books

T1 Weihrich, H., & Koontz, H. (2005). Management: A global perspective. Tata McGraw-Hill.
T2 Carter, W. N. (2008). Disaster management: A disaster manager's handbook.

Reference Books

R1 Masters, G. M., & Ela, W. P. (2008).Introduction to environmental engineering and science

(No. 60457). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
R2 Peavy, H. S., &Tchobanoglous, G. (1985). Environmental engineering (No. 628 P4).
R3 Monson, R. K. (Ed.).(2014). Ecology and the Environment (Vol. 8).Springer.
R4 Rahman, M. S. (1994).Disaster management handbook for Bangladesh.PACT-Bangladesh,
Dhaka.

f.Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)

167
 5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

h. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2
CO2 3 3 1 2 1 2 1 1
CO3 3 2 2 1
CO4 2 3 3 2 2 1 3 1 2
CO5 1 1 1 1 3

168
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Code Name of the Course (s): Life 0 1 0 0 0 1 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20UCY246 Skills and Mentoring 3
Course Code(s):
PRE- NA
REQUISITE
CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description:
The course will help students to enhance the skills for positive self-concepts and
maximize students' full potential and personal development by: teaching a variety of
practical skills required for everyday living; improving social skills; strengthening
community connections and knowledge

b. Course Objectives:
•Personal Self-Management Skills – Enabling Student to Learn and demonstrate a set of
practical skills such as time management, self management, handling conflicts. Students
to develop skills of effective decision making.Develop and nurture a deep understanding
of personal motivation
•General Social Skills: Students understand the consequences and the influences of the
media.
•Value Inculcation: Understanding and developing value education towards nation and
global. Realize their potential as human beings and count themselves properly in the
ways of the world

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Acquisition and application of life skills can influence the way as individual feels about
others
CO2 Living life fully and productively requires acquiring and mastering life skills
CO3 It will enhance productivity, efficiency, self esteem and self confidence
CO4 It improve inter personal relations, helps solve problems, face challenges and tackle
unforeseen contingencies with equanimity and presence of mind

169
CO5 It Helps maintain good physical and mental health and capacity for happy living and
putting leisure time to good use
CO6 It promotes adaptability and adjustability among adolescents

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Self Motivation Contact Hours: 4
HOURS
Self Motivation Definition of self Motivation, Steps to motivate yourself, Helping students
to bolster their own motivation
Resilience-Mental Understanding of resilience, Characteristics of a resilient person, How to
Toughness: become more resilient, Benefits of resiliency
Decision making: Understanding of decision making, Effective decision making, Process of
decision making
Unit-2 Conflict Management Contact Hours: 4
HOURS
The media and Content Analysis of media techniques, comparing media messages to
health previous Knowledge, oral presentations and project
Conflict Understanding Conflict Management, Strategies to avoid Conflicts, Tips
Management for Managing Conflict
Giving Talk about your feelings when you give, how you feel when you make
charitable contributions or buy things for those in need. Do you feel
proud, helpful, kind, or generous? Does it make you feel good that you
can make a difference in other people’s lives?
Humility Understanding Humility, importance of humility, why does humility
matters, developing and cultivating humility
Unit-3 Problem solving and time management Contact Hours: 4
HR
. Problem solving Problem solving: nature and scope, process of developing problem
solving skill, development of interventions
Time Understanding Time Management, Awareness of time wasters, Tips for
Management Time Management, Benefits of Time Management
Value Education Constitutional or national values - Democracy, socialism, secularism,
towards nation equality, justice, liberty, freedom and fraternity. Social Values,
and global Professional Values, Religious Values, Aesthetic values
development

e. Textbooks / Reference Books: Mentoring Programme Handbook, Chandigarh

University, 2019
Daniel Goleman (2012). Working with Emotional Intelligence. Bloomsbury Publishing India
Private Limited

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

170
 Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks NA NA
Total Marks NA

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of actual conduct Frequency Final Remarks
No. Assessment of Task Weightage in
Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Assignment 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
2 Exam
3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework
5 Case study
6 Discussion Discussion NA One per Non
Chapter Graded:
Engagement
Task
7 Presentation Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 1 1 3
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 1 1
CO4 1 2 2
CO5 1 1 1 2

171
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Code Name of the Course (s): 0 2 0 2 1 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20UCX247 Gender Equality and Women
Empowerment
Course Code(s):
PRE- Nil
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI-
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description: The course deals with social isssues and promotes gender
equity and empowerment of women.

b. Course Objectives: "Gender equality is more than a goal in itself. It is a

precondition for meeting the challenge of reducing poverty, promoting
sustainable development and building good governance." - Kofi Annan
1. The study of Gender Equality aims at sensitising students to face realities and
set standards for interaction about relationships, responsibilities, gender
identities etc.
2. An understanding of the gender issues will enable the students to develop
good inter-personal skills in the society as well as at the workplace.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 The student will be able to understand and examine gender as a socio-cultural,
ideological and discursive construct.
CO2 The students will be sensitized to issues affecting their lives directly
CO3 Students will be able to understand the importance of equal rights.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
5hr
Gender Nature, Evolution, Tradition and Culture, Gender Emerging Issues -
Education, Poverty, Health, Employment, Policy Making, Media and
Gender
Third Gender LGBTQ identities, Issues of the rights of sexual minorities and
transgender - Article 377 and beyond
Gender Equality Gender Equality and Women Empowerment Goal 5 – UN
Unit-2 (Name of the Unit) Contact
Hours:5hr

172
Status of Women Issues of girl child (infanticide and foeticide), health conditions, sex ratio,
family planning and welfare
Education Equality of opportunities, dropouts, literacy and gender bias, education
for achieving quality of life and women's empowerment, vocational
education
Social Conditions Restrictions on rights of women- Dowry and Property Rights, notion of
honor and honor killings from religious and caste perspective, eve teasing,
child abuse, divorce, rape, domestic violence, psychological impact
Work Related Existing Prejudices, Sexual Harassment, Gender Discrimination
Issues
Political Lack of women’s representation, reservation of women representation in
participation political parties and government
Unit-3 (Name of the Unit) Contact
Hours:5hr
Women’s Rights Indian constitution relating to women: Fundamental rights, Directive
In India principles of state policy - right to equality, rights against exploitation,
cultural and educational rights, right to constitutional remedy;
Enforcement of Human Rights for Women and Children
Women Specific Role of Cells and CounselingCenters - Legal AID cells, Help line,
Institutions In National and state Commission for women - Women Development
India Corporation - Social Welfare Board - Dept of Women and child Welfare
Contemporary New Rape Laws - Women’s movement for safe environment - Movement
Women’s for uniform civil code, Protection of Women from Domestic Violence
Movement Act, 2005, The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace
(PREVENTION, PROHIBITION and REDRESSAL) Act, 2013 , The
Immoral Traffic (Prevention) Act, 1956, The Indecent Representation of
Women (Prohibition) Act, 1986
Laws Related to Laws of Marriage - Registration of Marriage, Minimum Age at Marriage,
Family And Divorce Laws - Judicial Separation and Divorce Maintenance Laws, The
Marriage: Dowry Prohibition Act, 1961.
Role of Women Economic Development –Poverty alleviation programmes; Status of
in Development Women farmers and land rights; Women entrepreneurs; Working women;
National Policy for the empowerment of women 2001; Women leaders in
politics.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books: World Bank 2018, Helping ensure growth is shared
by men and women, available at
https://www.worldbank.org/en/topic/gender/brief/helping-ensure-growth-is-shared-
by-men-and-women
Jayachandran, Seema (2014) “The Roots of Gender Inequality in Developing
Countries”, NBER Working Paper No. 20380. Issued in August 2014
http://www.nber.org/papers/w20380
Levtov et al “Pathways to Gender-equitable Men: Findings from the International
Men and Gender Equality Survey in Eight Countries” Men and Masculinities.
http://www.promundo.org.br/en/wp-content/uploads/2014/11/Levtov-et-al.pdf

173
 Deininger, Klaus; Xia, Fang; Jin, Songqing; Nagarajan, HariK.. 2014. Inheritance
law reform, empowerment, and human capital accumulation: second-generation
effects from India. Policy Research Working Paper No.WPS 7086. Washington, DC:
World Bank Group.
http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/2014/11/20346331/inheritance-law-
reformempowerment-human-capital-accumulation-second-generation-effects-india-
inheritance-lawreform-empowerment-human-capital-accumulation-second-
generation-effects-india
Ghani, Ejaz, Mani, Anandi and O’Connell, Stephen D. “Can Political Empowerment
Help Economic Empowerment? Women Leaders and Female Labor Force
Participation in India.” World Bank Policy Research Working Paper 6675, Oct 2013.
http://wwwwds.worldbank.org/servlet/WDSContentServer/WDSP/IB/2013/10/23/00
0158349_20131023113553/ Rendered/PDF/WPS6675.pdf
Copenhagen Consensus Center. “Gender Equality Targets Benefits and Costs for the
Post-2015 Development Agenda.”
http://www.copenhagenconsensus.com/sites/default/files/gender_equality_one_page.
pdf
Ellsberg et al 2014, Prevention of violence against women and girls: what does the
evidence say www.thelancet.com Published online November 20, 2014
http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0140- 6736(14)61703-7
World Bank 2014, Gender@Work, available at
http://www.worldbank.org/content/dam/Worldbank/document/Gender/GenderAtWor
k_web.pdf
An Introduction to Women's Studies: Gender in a Transnational World: InderpalGrewal,
Caren Kaplan, McGraw-Hill Education, 2006

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter

174
 2 Exam
3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2
CO2 2 2
CO3 2 2
CO4 2
CO5 3 3

175
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Code Name of the Course (s): Soft 0 0 2 0 1 0 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20TDP201 Skills
Course Code(s):
PRE- Basic Communication Skills
REQUISITE
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description: In the current course, students will learn about the basic of
communication skills and it will help the students to develop their personality.

b. Course Objectives: Instill confidence in the students to overcome hesitation and

become proactive public speakers through various activities.
Strengthen the hold over English language and grammar utilize the same in professional
communication.
Augment creative and rational thinking skills of the students and give them insight out the core
elements of the placement process; Group Discussions and Personal Interviews

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Enhanced confidence and communication skills of the students.
CO2 Augmented speech proficiency and vocabulary of the students to help them set their
goals and enhance their critical thinking skills.
CO3 Improved analytical and reasoning skills of the students
CO4 Enhanced ability to perform in front of an audience
CO5 Ability to proficiently perform in recruitment drives

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Persuing the Hidden Self Contact Hours:
4hr
Persuing the  Goal Setting
Hidden Self  Idea Generation Skills
 Group Discussions
 Strenthening Grammar
 Accent Neutralisation

Unit-2 Polishing Self Contact Hours:

4hr

176
Polishing Self  Self Perlustration
 Abstract Topic Based Mock Gds
 Presentation Skills
 Effective Writing
 Verbal Wrangle

Unit-3 Speech Amelioration Contact Hours:

4hr
Speech  Presentation Duo
Amelioration  Personal Interview Basics
 Linkedin Profiling And Blog Writing
 Video Analysis
 The Anchor Show

e. Textbooks / Reference Books: High School English Grammar And Composition by

Wren & Martin
How to prepare for Verbal Ability and RC -Arun Sharma &MeenakshiUpadhyay
How to Win Friends and Influence People -Dale Carnegie 1995 Levine &Crom
The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change -Stephen R.
Covey 2004

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.

177
 3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2 2 2
CO2 3 1
CO3 2 2 2 1
CO4 2 2
CO5

178
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Code Name of the Course (s): 0 0 0 0 4 0 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20CEI209 Institutional and Summer
Training
Course Code(s): 20CEI-209
PRE- To make students aware with practices
REQUISITE taken up in Civil Engineering.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description: In this course students will learn to apply the basic concepts
learn during the engineering program. As in this course students will learn to
apply the concepts practically at the field.

b. Course Objectives: Developing a capability to acquire and apply fundamental

principles of engineering. Become updated with all the latest changes in
technological world and to be a multi-skilled engineer with good technical
knowledge, management, leadership and entrepreneurship skills

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students completing this course will be able to associate and relate theory practices in
higher semesters to real world practices.
CO2 Students will become aware about the practices of Civil Engineering
CO3 Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in
multi-disciplinary settings.
CO4 Students will become aware about the practical concepts of Civil Engineering
CO5 It will help students to apply the relationship between the theoretical and practical
relationship between the different parameters.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Basics of Civil Engineering Contact Hours:
Basics of Civil Introduction to all subjects and basic contents of subjects of civil
Engineering Engineering.
Unit-2 Introduction to different lab equipments Contact Hours:
Introduction to Introduction to various labs and familiarization with lab equipment,
different lab materials, experiments, procedures along with conduct of basic
equipments practical(s).
Unit-3 Site Visit Contact Hours:
Site Visit

179
 Site visit to construction yards/running sites in the
university.Studentethics to be followed in conduct of classes and labs.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 0 100
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment NA NA NA NA
2 Exam NA NA NA NA
3 Quiz/Test NA NA NA NA
4 Homework NA NA NA NA
5 Case study NA NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation Presentation
8 Attendance Attendance NA NA

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 1 1 1
CO2 2
CO3 2 1
CO4 1 1 2 2
CO5 1 1 1

180
 Semester-4
Evaluation
S Cours
Code Course Name L T P S C CH Interna Externa
N e Type Total
l l
Applied Engineering
1 20SMT272 BS 3 1 - - 4 4 40 60 100
Mathematics-III
2 20CET252 Structural Analysis PC 2 2 - - 4 4 40 60 100
Surveying and
3 20CET253 PC 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Geomatics
Transportation
4 20CET254 PC 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Engineering
5 20CEP255 Constructionarium PC - - 3 - 1.5 3 60 40 100
Surveying and
6 20CEP256 PC - - 3 - 1.5 3 60 40 100
Geomatics Lab
7 20CEP257 Transportation Lab PC - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Introduction to
8 20UCT292 Management and PC 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
Leadership
9 20CER289 Project PR - - - 4 2 4^ 60 40 100
Glass in Buildings:
10 20CEY259 design and MNG 3 - - - 3* 3 40 60 100
Applications*
11 20TDT252 Aptitude PC - 2 - - 2 2 40 60 100
Life Skills and
12 20UCY286 UC - 1 - - 1* 1 - - -
Mentoring-4
13 20UCX299 Entrepreneurship* UC - - - 2 1* 2^ 40 60 100
14 20CEX261 MOOC’s* MC - - - 4 4* 4^ - - -
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and CH
17 6 8 10 33 40
system)

181
SN Course Applied Engineering Mathematics-III L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 Name of the Course (s) 3 1 0 0 4 4 <UC>
20SMT272 20SMT272
PRE- Students should possess basic Knowledge of
REQUISITE Elementary Mathematics.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course deals with the study of mathematical operation like matrix approach, differentiation,
integrals etc. which are used in the engineering for solving numerical problems.
b. Course Objectives
To impart analytical ability in solving mathematical problems as applied to the respective
branches of Engineering
c. Course Outcomes
CO1 To have knowledge in linear algebra and infinite series.
CO2 To improve their ability of computation in matrices and complex nos.
CO3 To familiarize students with partial differentiation.
CO4 To enable the students to apply the notions practically.
CO5 To practice various methods of solving differential equations.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Basic Algebra Contact
Hours:15
Matrices: Rank of matrix; elementary operations; reduction to normal form;
consistency and solution of homogenous and non-homogeneous
simultaneous equations

Complex De-Moivre’s theorem, applications of De-Moivre’stheorem ; Exponential

Numbers: function; logarithmic function ; circular function

Infinite Series: Convergence and divergence of series; tests of convergence (without

proofs), comparison test; ratio test and Gauss test; convergence and

182
 absolute convergence of alternating series.
Unit-2 Ordinary Differential Equations & Partial Contact
Differentiation Hours:15
Partial Review of basic differentiation, Definition of Partial Differentiation,
Differentiation Function of two or more variables; homogeneous function; Euler’s
theorem.

Differential Ordinary Differential Equation, exact differential equations, Variable

equations Separable method to solve ODE
Unit-3 Multiple Integral and Vector Calculus Contact
Hours:15
Double and Review of basic of integration, Double and triple Integration;
Triple
Integration:
Vector Calculus Scalar and vector fields; differentiation and integration of vectors; vector
differential operators: del, gradient, divergence, curl, properties;
Statement of Gauss, Green and Stoke's theorem.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

1. Kreyszig , E., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley,10th Ed.2011.
2. Ray Wylie, C., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 6th ed., McGraw Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1.Grewal, B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 42th
ed.2013.
Reference Material
2.Jain, R.K. and lyengar, S.R.K., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 3rd Edition.
Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi,2004.
3. Ramana , B.V Advanced Engineering Mathematics, McGraw Hill, July 2006.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency of Final Weightage Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct Task in Internal

183
 Assessment

1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks of 10 marks of One

assignment per
chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks for 20 marks for one MST-1, MST-
MST. one MST. MST. 2
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 2 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks for per semester
one MST
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture topic Engagement
(of 2 Task
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement
Task
7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2
CO2 2 2
CO3 2 1
CO4 2 3
CO5 3

184
S 20CET TITLE L T P S C C Course
N 252 H Type*
1 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS 2 2 0 0 4 4 PC
20CET252
PRE- Student should have Knowledge about the analysis of
REQUISI structural members under various loading.
TE
CO- NIL
REQUISI
TE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISI
TE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the analysis of beam, truss and which is widely utilized in civil
engineering applications. The students are able to Construction of Influence lines for reaction,
shear forces and bending moment for simply supported beams.The course further emphasizes on
the analysis of cable and suspension bridge, arches and approximate method of structure
analysis.

b. Course Objectives
To introduce to students the analysis concepts, analysis methods and analysis techniques for
processing load/force related data over determinate structures.
To study the behavior of structural components under various types of loading.
c. Course Outcomes
CO1 The understudies will become familiar with elastic behavior of determinate structures
under application of loads and will develop knowledge of methods to do analysis for
such behavior.
CO2 The disciples will develop a proficiency in applying analytical and graphical methods
for analysis of determinate structures.
CO3 The students will be able to apply static solutions on determinate structures curved in
elevation.
CO4

185
 The students will be able to derive solutions through influence lines (graphical
representations) for statically determinate structures
CO5 The students will become able to apply concepts imbibed in current analysis course
to design oriented subjects.
CO6 The students will be able to analyse cable and suspension bridge to check their
behaviour under different loading condition.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Analysis of Planer Frames, Slope & Deflection of Contact Hours:
Beam and Trusses and Rolling Loads) 10
Analysis of Analysis of simple plane frames, frames of different types, force analysis
Planer Frames of planer frames by method of joints and section.

Slope & Calculation of slope & deflection by Moment area method, conjugate
Deflection of beam method.
Beam and
Trusses
Rolling Loads Introduction to rolling loads, Determination of shear force, bending
moment at a section and absolute shear force and bending moment due to
single point load, uniformly distributed load (longer and shorter than
spans), two-point loads and several point loads etc.

Unit-2 (Influence Lines, Arches and Cable and Suspension Contact Hours:
Bridges) 10
Influence Lines Construction of Influence lines for reaction, shear forces and bending
moment for simply supported beams carrying single point load,
uniformly distributed load (longer and shorter than spans), two-point
loads and several point loads.

Arches Introduction, Analysis of three hinged arch: horizontal thrust, shear force,
bending moment, radial shear, and normal thrust.

Cables and Introduction, shape of a loaded cable, cable carrying Point loads and
Suspension UDL, cables with ends at different level, cable subjected to temperature
Bridges stresses, suspension bridge with two hinged and three hinged stiffening
girders.

Unit-3 (Rotation Contribution Method and Approximate Contact Hours:

Methods of Structural Analysis) 10
Rotation Introduction, basic concept, analysis of statically indeterminate beams
Contribution and rigid frames (sway and non-sway type) due to applied loadings and
Method yielding of supports, symmetrical beams and frames, general case- storey
columns unequal in height and bases fixed or hinged.

Approximate Vertical and lateral load analysis of multistorey frames, portal, cantilever
Methods of and substitute-frame methods and their comparison.

186
Structural
Analysis

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

Theory of Structures II by B.C. Punmia (Laxmi Publications)
Theory of Structures by Ramamrutham (Dhanpat Rai Publications)

Basic Structure Analysis by CS Reddy (Tata McGraw Hill)

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Compone Continuous Semester End
nts Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total 100
Marks

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA

8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

187
g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 2 2 1 1 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 1 3
CO3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1
CO4 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 3
CO5 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1

188
SN 20CET253 TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Type*
1 Surveying and Geomatics 3 0 0 0 3 3 PC
20CET253
PRE- Student should have Knowledge about the concept
REQUISITE of surveying and remote sensing and practical
applications of remote sensing
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with preliminary surveying in the field of civil engineering. This course
includes to plan a survey for applications such as road alignment and height of the building and
also develop skills to apply error adjustment to the recorded reading to get an accurate surveying
output. It also includes the knowledge of Remote sensing and practical applications of Remote
Sensing, Digital Image Processing, and Image Enhancement.

b. Course Objectives
To introduce students with the knowledge of basic land surveying operations and use of
instruments.
To introduce the knowledge of modern advanced surveying techniques such as Remote sensing,
Total station, GPS, Photogrammetry etc.
c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Student will be able to carry out preliminary surveying in the field of civil
engineeringapplications such as structural, highway engineering and geotechnical
engineering
CO2 Student will be able to use various conventional instruments involved in surveying
with respect to utility and precision.
CO3 Student will be able to plan a survey for applications such as road alignment and
height of the building and also develop skills to apply error adjustment to the
recorded reading to get an accurate surveying output.
CO4 Students will be acquired with the knowledge of Remote sensing and practical
applications of Remote Sensing, Digital Image Processing, and Image Enhancement
CO5 Students will be acquired with the knowledge of modern advanced surveying
techniques such as Remote sensing, Total station, GPS, Photogrammetry etc.

189
d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Chain Surveying, Compass Surveying and Contact Hours:
Theodolite) 10
CHAIN Introduction to surveying and its principle, principles of chain surveying,
SURVEYING methods of chaining & booking, obstacles in chaining, errors in chaining,
tape corrections

COMPASS Description of prismatic & surveyor’s compass, methods of traversing,

SURVEYING adjustment of closing error by graphical method, conversions of bearing
system.
THEODOLITE Temporary adjustment, traversing with a theodolite, adjustment of closing
error by Bowditch & transit rules.

Unit-2 (Tacheometric Survey, Plane Table Survey, Contact Hours:

Levelling and Contouring) 10
TACHEOMETRIC Calculation of vertical and horizontal distances, substance bar method,
SURVEY tachometric levelling with both angle of depression and elevation.

PLANE TABLE Description of different equipment, different methods of plane tabling,

SURVEYING Two point and three-point problems and their solutions.

LEVELLING Methods of levelling, setting out grade lines, temporary adjustments of

levelling instruments, numerical problems on determination of reduced
level by hoi method & rise-fall method.

CONTOURING Different methods of contouring, interpolation.

Unit-3 (Basic Remote Sensing, Digital Databank and Contact Hours:

Introduction to GIS &GPS) 10
BASIC REMOTE Interaction mechanism with atmospheric and earth surface, platforms and
SENSING sensors, remote sensing data products.
DIGITAL Digital image, introduction to digital image processing.
DATABANK
INTRODUCTION Functions of GIS. Application areas of GIS, Data Model, Digital
TO GIS & GPS Elevation Model (DEM), Segments of GPS, working principle of GPS,
Uses of GPS.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

Surveying and Leveling: T.P. Kanetkar
Surveying and Leveling: Dr. N. Singh
Surveying: Dr.P.B. Sahiwne
Reference Books
Agarwal, C.S. and Garg, P.K., “Remote Sensing in Natural Resources Monitoring and
Management”, Wheeler Publishing House.

190
 Gopi, S., “Global Positioning System: Principles and Applications”, Tata McGraw Hill.
Geomatics Engineering by Yasir Karim

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me

191
CO1 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 3
CO2 2 1 1 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
CO3 2 1 1 3 1 3 2 2 2 1 2
CO4 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2
CO5 2 1 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 2 3 1

192
SN 20CET254 TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Type*
1 Transportation Engineering 3 0 0 0 3 3 PC
20CET254
PRE- Student should have Knowledge about
REQUISITE fundamentals of highway engineering,
geometrics& alignment, materials, construction
and design and the future trend.
CO- IRC-73
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the Road Development and Highway Network Planning.This course
includes highway planning and material use in the construction of highway. It also includes the
highway design and maintenance of highway.
b. Course Objectives
To familiarize students about fundamentals of highway engineering, geometrics& alignment,
materials, construction and design and the future trend.
c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to carry out surveys involved in planning and highway
alignment.
CO2 Students will be able to design cross section elements, sight distance, horizontal and
vertical alignment
CO3 Students will be able to determine the characteristics of pavement materials
CO4 Students will be able to design flexible and rigid pavements as per IRC
CO5 Students will acquire skills to interpret data for highway design and traffic
management.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Road Development and Highway Network Contact Hours:
Planning, Highway Alignment and Pavement 15
Materials)
Road Brief about IRC, CRRI, CRF, classification of roads, road network
Development and patterns, highway planning in India, road development plans, Preparation
Highway Network of Master plan, phasing of plan.
Planning

193
Highway Requirements of Ideal Alignment, Factors Controlling Highway
Alignment Alignment, Engineering Surveys for Alignment - Conventional Methods
and Modern Methods (Remote Sensing, GIS and GPS
techniques),Realignment and new alignment, Highway Projects BOT,
BOOT and other options.

Pavement Pavement& its types, desirable Properties and Testing of Highway

Materials Materials: road aggregates, bituminous materials and subgrade soil, CBR
method.

Unit-2 (Highway Geometric Design and Pavement Contact Hours:

Construction) 15
Highway Highway cross‐section elements – Right of Way, Carriage Way,
Geometric Design pavement surface characteristics, Camber, Kerbs, Shoulders, Sight
distances- SSD, OSD & Overtaking zone requirements (derivations
&numerical), PIEV theory, Design of horizontal alignment- design speed,
super elevation (numerical & derivation), transition curves, Extra-
widening. Design of vertical alignment- Rolling, Limiting, Exceptional
and Minimum Gradients, Grade compensation.

Pavement Different types of base course constructions- Earthen/Gravel Road,

Construction Water Bound Macadam, Wet Mix Macadam, Bituminous Pavements,
Cement Concrete Pavements, Construction, expansion & contraction
joints in rigid pavement.
Unit-3 (Highway Drainage& Maintenance and Contact Hours:
Expressway) 15
Highway Classification of drainage works, drainage of rural & urban roads,
Drainage& surface drainage, types of culverts, sub surface drainage, road
Maintenance construction in water-logged areas, pavement failures, causes,
pavement evaluation, failures in flexible & rigid pavement.
Expressway Introduction, India’s road sector, Highway classification, characteristics,
capacity, Basic Freeway Segments, Multilane Highways Freeway
Weaving, Freeway Facilities- oversaturated analyses, FREEVAL, Road
development plan and vision 2020, National highway development
program (NHDP), Expressway Master Plan, controlled-access highway,
perspectives of future transportation, design features of expressway,
transit lane capacity, way capacity, Trends in Highway Engineering
practice, Golden Quadrilateral project.

e. Textbooks
S.K. Khanna and C.E.G. Justo “Highway Engineering”, Nem Chand & Bros., Roorkee.
L.R. Kadiyali “Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning”, KhannaPublishers, New
Delhi

194
 Transportation Engineering - An Introduction - C.JotinKhisty, Prentice Hall
Publication.
Fundamentals of Transportation Engineering - C.S. Papacostas, Prentice Hall India.

I.T.E. Traffic Engineering HandBook.

Bob Williams, Intelligent Transport Systems Standards, Artech House Publishers, 2008

Reference Books
Fundamentals of Transportation Engineering – C.S. Papacostas, Prentice Hall India
Publication.
Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis F.L. Mannering&W.P.
Kilareski, John Wiley Publishers.
Choudhary, S. Project Management, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., Ltd.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Assessment Weightag Frequency Final Remark
No e of actual of Task Weightage s
. conduct in Internal
Assessmen
t
1 Mid term test 20 marks 1 per 20 marks
MST semester
2 Student Engagement in 5 marks 5 marks 5 marks
Simulation/Demonstration/Performan for each for each
ce and Controls/Pre-Lab Questions. experimen experimen
t t
3 Post Lab Quiz Result. 5 marks 5 marks 5 marks
for each for each
experimen experimen
t t
4 Worksheet completion including 1o marks 10 marks 10 marks
writing for each for each
learning objectives/Outcomes experimen experimen
t t

195
 5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion forum/short 4 marks One per 4 marks
assignment/Portfolio for each Experimen
experimen t
t

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 4 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 3
CO2 2 3 3 1 1 2
CO3 1 1 1 2 2 2
CO4 2 3 3 1 2 1 2
CO5 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1

196
SN 20CEP255 TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Type*
1 Constructionarium 0 0 3 0 1.5 3 <PC>
Course Code(s)20CEP255
PRE- Students should possess Basic Knowledge of use
REQUISITE of various terms, testing methodologies, execution
processes, billing criteria etc.
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course DescriptionAftersuccessfully complete this course will be able to identify and

use various terms, testing methodologies, execution processes, billing criteria, quantity
surveying approaches used at site and will become able use aforesaid in real time field
work.

b. Course ObjectivesDisciples undergoing this course are expected to develop an ability to

work out practical as given in the list of experiments below and relate the practical work
done to real world applications and problem solving.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to identify and use of various terms, testing methodologies
CO2 Good understanding of concepts and their applications in the laboratory
CO3 Ability to discuss the differences among measurement techniques, their relevance and
applications.
CO4 Ability to give execution processes, billing criteria, quantity surveying approaches
CO5 Demonstration of ability to use aforesaid in real time field work.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
10
<Experiment To visit the entire building construction site, observe safety measures taken
1> at site and mark the different areas of site w.r.t. stacking, working area,
batching plant, Accessibility to site and quality control lab (Prepare the job
layout)

197
< Experiment To study the Tender/W.O in detail & note down the important details.
2>
< Experiment To study the Site Layout Plan & Column layout plan.
3>
Unit-2 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
10
< Experiment To locate the Reference Bench mark as given by the consultant and
4> transferred it to the actual site at the excavation level.

< Experiment To check the size of brick & perform field Tests on bricks.
5>
< Experiment To check the make & grade of the cement & perform field Tests on
6> Cement.

< Experiment To visualize the different types of sand at site & perform the silt test of
7> sand.

Unit-3 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:

10
< Experiment To note down the different types of aggregate available at site & to
8> perform the aggregate grading test.

< Experiment To note down the various dia. of steel reinforcement available at site & to
9> calculate the weight of steel 1-meter length of each bar (actual). Compare it
with the theoretical weight (rolling margin specifications)

< Experiment To note down the various sizes of shuttering steel plates & scaffolding
10> materials available at site & also to understand/note down the requirement
of different materials for shuttering & scaffolding (each material to be
noted).

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

198
 Sr.No. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks
Assessment conduct Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct 12

2 Report 10

3 Viva- Voce 8

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 3
CO5 3 2

199
SN 20CEP256 TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Type*
1 Surveying and Geomatics Lab 0 0 3 0 1.5 3 <PC>
Course Code(s)20CEP256
PRE- Students should possess Basic Knowledge of
REQUISITE Survey and Geometrics and relate practical work
done to real world applications and problem
solving.
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course DescriptionAftersuccessfully complete this course will be able to identify and

use laboratory exercises and record field measurements and other data in the manner
common to the surveying profession.

b. Course ObjectivesStudents taking this course are expected to develop an ability to work
on practical(s) related to Survey and Geometrics and relate practical work done to real
world applications and problem solving.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Conduct survey and collect field data and prepare a topographic map.
CO2 Communicate verbally during outdoor laboratory exercises and record field
measurements and other data in the manner common to the surveying profession.
CO3 Create computer solutions for common surveying problems utilizing spreadsheet
software.
CO4 Prove good understanding of concepts and their applications in the laboratory.
CO5 Demonstrate the ability to write clear field reports.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
10
<Experiment Measurement of distance, ranging a line, plotting offsets in chain survey
1>
< Experiment Measurement of bearing and angles with compass, adjustment of traverse
2> by graphical method.

200
< Experiment To plot 2-point problem using plane table.
3>
Unit-2 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
10
< Experiment Plotting of contours lines of given area of traverse
4>
< Experiment a) Measurement of horizontal angles by repetition method with the
5> theodolite
b) Measurement of vertical angle using a theodolite.
< Experiment Determination of reduced level of given area of ground by rise and fall
6> method.
< Experiment Determination of height of an inaccessible object with instrument axis in
7> the different plane as the object.
Unit-3 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
10
< Experiment Introduction to Arc GIS
8>
< Experiment To perform geo-referencing of topo-sheet.
9>
< Experiment a) Study of total station
10> b) Setting out of simple transition curve by tangential angle methods using
total station.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Assessment Weightag Frequency Final Remark
No e of actual of Task Weightage s
. conduct in Internal
Assessmen
t
1 Mid term test 20 marks 1 per 20 marks
MST semester
2 Student Engagement in 5 marks 5 marks 5 marks
for each for each

201
 Simulation/Demonstration/Performan experimen experimen
ce and Controls/Pre-Lab Questions. t t
3 Post Lab Quiz Result. 5 marks 5 marks 5 marks
for each for each
experimen experimen
t t
4 Worksheet completion including 1o marks 10 marks 10 marks
writing for each for each
learning objectives/Outcomes experimen experimen
t t
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion forum/short 4 marks One per 4 marks
assignment/Portfolio for each Experimen
experimen t
t

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 4 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 3
CO5 3 2

202
SN 20CEP257 TRANSPORTATION LAB L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Name of the Course (s): B.E. 0 0 2 0 1 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
(Civil)
Course Code(s)
PRE- Nil
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course deals in gaining the practical’s related to the materials used in the transportations
engineering.

b. Course Objectives
Students taking this course are expected to develop an ability to work on practical(s) related
to highway materials and relate practical work done to real world applications and problem
solving.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Discuss principles and procedures of testing pavement.

CO2 Characterize the pavement materials
CO3 Perform quality control tests on pavements and pavement materials.
CO4 Design grade intersections.
CO5 Design flexible and rigid pavements

d. Syllabus

Experiment -1 To determine the impact value of given sample of aggregates.

Experiment -2 To determine crushing strength of given aggregate sample.

Experiment -3 To find out flakiness and elongation indices of a given aggregate sample.

203
Experiment -4 To determine LOS Angeles Abrasion Value of the aggregate.

Experiment -5 To determine CBR value of a given sample of soil.

Experiment -6 To determine penetration value of a bitumen sample.

Experiment -7 To determine softening point of a bitumen sample
Experiment -8 To determine ductility of a given bitumen sample
Experiment -9 To determine flash and fire point of a given bitumen sample
Experiment -10 Mini Project on Traffic Studies-Rotary Intersection.

e. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct 12

2 Report 10

3 Viva- Voce 8

f. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2

204
 CO2 2 2
CO3 2
CO4 3
CO5 3

SN 20UCT292 INTRODUCTION TO L T P S C CH Course Type*

MANAGEMENT AND
LEADERSHIP
1 Name of the Course (s): B.E. 2 0 0 0 2 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Civil
Course Code(s)
PRE- Nil
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course deals in gaining the basics of management and leadership.
b. Course Objectives
To familiarize students with basics and concepts in Management and Leadership for
conceptual understanding and applied interface

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Understudies will be familiarized with various methods and concepts in management
and leadership.
CO2 Determine different type of disaster that occur in nature consequently learning to
develop the preparedness and remedial techniques.
CO3 Upon learning the problems related to environmental waste students will be able to
interpret the waste in different categories and will learn its effective management
techniques.
CO4 Infer the ways of organizing people, project and process.
CO5 Outline different leadership theories and their applications

205
 d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Introduction) Contact
Hours:10
Introduction to Nature of Management, Importance of Management, Concepts of
Management Management, The history and streams of management, the general and
technical environment in management and the business strategy
Strategic Introduction to strategic management: The strategies, process, vision,
Management mission and goal setting. External and Internal analysis.
Unit-2 (Leadership Foundation and Theories) Contact
Hours:10
Leadership Introduction to Leadership styles, Great Man theory, Trait theory,
Foundation and Behavioral Theory, Contingency, Transformational and Transactional
Theories leadership theory, Group Dynamics and Teams; Leadership in Complex
group and Organization: Being in Communities, renewing group
organization and communities, Understanding the change and strategies
for change. MBTI- Myers Brigg Type Indicator.
Unit-3 Contact
(Organizing People, Project and Process and control)
Hours:10
Organizing Leading Teams, Managing Human Resource Systems, Managing
People, Project Individual and Diverse Systems
and Process
Control Function of control, Cycle of Control and Control in the process of
organizing

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

TEXT BOOKS
1. Management Theory and Practice: Gerald A Cole, Cengage Learning EMEA Higher
Education
2. Management Theory and Practice, Chandan, J.S, Vikas Publications, 1987

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Management Theory, Sheldrake John, Published Intl Thomson Business Pre 1966
2. Introduction to Leadership: Concepts and Practise, Northouse.G.Peter, Sage Publications.
3. Reframing Organizations: Artistry, Choice and Leadership, Bolman. G. Lee

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)

206
 Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of actual conduct Frequency Final Remark
No Assessmen of Task Weightage s
. t in Internal
Assessmen
t
1 Assignmen Mid term test 20 marks 1 per 20
t MST semester marks
2 Exam Student Engagement in 5 marks 5 marks for 5 marks
Simulation/Demonstration/Performan for each each
ce and Controls/Pre-Lab Questions. experimen experiment
t
3 Quiz/Test Post Lab Quiz Result. 5 marks 5 marks for 5 marks
for each each
experimen experiment
t
4 Homework Worksheet completion including 1o marks 10 marks 10
writing for each for each marks
learning objectives/Outcomes experimen experiment
t
5 Case study Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion Discussion forum/short 4 marks One per 4 marks
assignment/Portfolio for each Experiment
experimen
t

7 Presentatio Presentation NA NA NA
n
8 Attendance Attendance NA NA 4 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1
CO2 2
CO3 2

207
 CO4 2
CO5 1

SN 20CER289 PROJECT L T P S C CH Course Type*

1 Name of the Course (s): B.E. 0 0 0 8 4 8 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Civil
Course Code(s)
PRE- Nil
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Objectives
1) Enhance the capability of the students independently articulate and apply the
engineering knowledge to solve the open ended complex theoretical engineering
problems
2) Promote the spirit of peer group and Experiential learning to handle and solve the real
life complex problems
3) To develop an attitude of collective working and responsibility sharing in an
interdisciplinary team.
4) To inculcate problem solving ability relating open ended complex problem solving

b. Course Outcomes
CO1 Apply mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and an engineering
specialization to the conceptualization of engineering models.
CO2 Identify, formulate, research literature and solve complex engineering. problems
reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics and engineering
sciences
CO3 Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in
multi-disciplinary settings.
CO4 Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or
processes

208
CO5 Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community.

c. Syllabus
Open ended, complex, theoretical, engineering problem, etc. of student interest are to be
allocated to group of students from the project basket prepared by the faculty.
This is a group project with one faculty member as guide.

d. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

209
Internal Evaluation Component
Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment NA NA NA NA
2 Exam NA NA NA NA
3 Quiz/Test NA NA NA NA
4 Homework NA NA NA NA
5 Case study NA NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation
8 Attendance Attendance NA NA NA

e. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 3

210
SN 20CEY259 GLASS BUILDINGS: L T P S C CH Course Type*
DESIGN AND
APPLICATIONS
1 Name of the Course (s): B.E. 3 0 0 0 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Civil
Course Code(s)
PRE- Nil
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course deals with basic Civil Engineering material used in engineering industries.

b. Course Objectives
This is an Industry based elective course offered to students of Civil Engineering to provide them
with modern concepts on glass architecture and sustainability in building design. Understanding
role of glass facades in the building envelope, structural concepts considerations for improving
the building performance using glass.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Interpret the importance of glass as an important building material, its categorization and
manufacturing process.
CO2 Analyse the use and property of glass for diverse segments.
CO3 Categorizing different energy efficiency approaches.
CO4 Discussion on the role of glass facades in the building envelope and various rating
systems.
CO5 Design of glass for specific purposes and building performance using glass.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
15
Introduction:  Glass as a building material & its Applications
Glass – The  Float glass manufacturing technology
Building Material  Types of Glass

211
  Glass Processing: Tempering, Heat Strengthening, Insulation,
Lamination & Ceramic Frit, Digital Printing
 Coating Technology
 Fire Resistant Glazing: Types &Applications
 Understanding Acoustic Glazing: Principle &Applications
 Interior Glazing: Types &Applications
 Glassforsegments-
Hospitals,GreenHomes,Airports,Offices,Educationa
l institutions
 Innovative Applications – Electrochromic & Digital Printing

Case Studies  On Design &Detailing

 Application Impact
 Building Measurements & its Impact
Unit-2 (Analysis of Pre-stress members ) Contact
Hours:15
Glass and Green  Building Physics: Theory of electromagnetic radiation
Architecture  Need for Green Buildings: Energy efficient buildings
 Achieving energy efficiency using glass
 Factors of energy efficient material selection: Performance
parameters
 Green Buildings Requirements
 Segment Based Design
 Codal Recommendations –ECBC/IS
 Energy codes and Green ratings: ECBC, IGBC, GRIHA
 Approaches of energy efficiency:
o Prescriptive method
o Trade off method–Accommodating Passive architecture
o Whole Building Simulation
 Calculations involving basic factors in Glass Design
 Optimization of Glass: For wastage reduction & standardization
of Design
Modern  Requirements as per Standards – NBC – Fire &Structural
Architectural
Requirements
Unit-3 (Design of pre-stressed concrete members) Contact
Hours:15
Glass  Glass Façade
Applications o Understanding Glass façade
 Types of Glazing & Applications: Forms of Construction

212
 o Windows- punch &strip
o Doors/external partitions-hinged, sliding & rotating
o Building perimeter glazing- Framed & Frameless systems
 How to Design Façade for Day lighting & energy efficiency?
 Structural Designing of Glass & Glass Façade
 Glass for Acoustics, Fire & Interior applications
 Glass for Safety &Security
 Façade Design &Testing

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

TEXT BOOKS
1. Structural Glass: Hugh Dutton, PeterRice:9780419199403
2. Structural Glass Facades and Enclosures, Mic Patterson; ISBN:978-0-470-93185-1
3. Glass in Architecture ISBN 0714829226 by Michael Wigginton

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. JosephS.Amstock’s Glass in Construction(McGraw-Hill,1997)
2. EnvelopeDesignforBuildingsISBN0750628545byWilliamAllen
3. ThomasHerzog, “FacadeConstructionManual.”Birkhauser,2004
4. FOSG Architectural Guide
5. NPTEL course on Glass in Buildings
6. Glass Academy Manuals
f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of actual conduct Frequency Final Remarks
No. Assessment of Task Weightage in
Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one MST.

213
 20 marks 20 marks for MST-1,
for one one MST. MST-2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each quiz/ 20 2 per 4 marks/4
marks for one MST Unit/ 2 marks
per
semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement
topic (of 2 Task
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement
Task
7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2
CO4 3
CO5 3

214
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code Aptitude 0 2 0 0 2 25 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20TDT252 20TDT252

PRE-REQUISITE Basic Mathematics and Reasoning

CO-REQUISITE NA
ANTI-REQUISITE NA

a. Course Description:-
1. To speed up mathematical calculations.

2. Enhancing number system in details with application.

3. Concept building up of arithmetic with percentages.
4. Analytical and logical thinking and the habit of drawing conclusions based on quantitative information.
5. Understand the basic rules of logic, including critical thinking
6. Data analyzing techniques

7. Apply mathematical methodologies to open-ended real-world problems

8. mathematical analysis, and formulate mathematical models of such problems
b. Course Objectives:-The Course aims to:
To generate problem solving skills, counting techniques, ability to analyze the situation, demonstrate various principles
involved in solving mathematical problems and thereby reducing the time taken for performing job functions with logical
thinking and applying decision making in all national and international projects.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 To build up basic knowledge of Numbers, building base of arithmetic via percentage and its applications

CO2 To build the approach for logical reasoning.

CO3 To improve arithmetic concepts of work, time and efficiency, speed and distance & use of proportionality in
work problems

CO4 To improve counting techniques with concepts of permutations-combinations.

CO5 To demonstrate a basic understanding of displays of data such as bar graphs, tabular graph and line graph.
able to read between the lines and understand various language structures

d. Syllabus

215
Unit-1 Contact Hours: 8

Vedic Math Vedic Math:

• Mental Calculations

• How to find squares and square root.

• Approximations

• How to solve tough calculations

Number System: Number System:

• Number Chart: Real numbers, Imaginary numbers, Rational numbers, Irrational
numbers, Integers, Whole numbers & Natural numbers, Prime and composite numbers.
• Divisibility Rules (2 to 13)

Percentages: Percentages:

• Concept of percentages

• Concept of percentage increase and percentage decrease

• Concept of successive percentages

Profit & Loss: Profit & Loss:

• Concepts of cost price, selling price and marked price
• Fundamentals of profit, loss and discounts

• Fundamental problems based on above concepts.

• Complex problems based on above concepts.

Simple & Compound Simple & Compound Interest:

Interest: • Concept of simple & compound interest
• Fundamental problems on it.

Unit-2 Contact Hours:7

Syllogism: Syllogism:

• Concept of Venn Diagram

• How to draw conclusions using the available information.
• Basic problems on above mentioned concepts.

Coding- Decoding: Coding- Decoding:

• Concept of EJOTY to learn alphabet.

• Letter Coding
• Number Coding
• Substitution Coding

• Mixed Letter and Number Coding

• How to solve abstract problems.

Direction Sense: Direction Sense:

• Concept of left & right turn (direction).
• Clock & anticlockwise movement with East, West, North and South direction.
• Basic problems based on above concepts.

216
 • Complex problems based on above concepts.

Data Interpretation: Data Interpretation:

Analyze data in:
• Tabular Representation
• Line Graph
• Bar Graph
• Miscellaneous

Unit-3 Contact Hours:10

Average: Average:
• Concept of Mean.
• Different type of mean – Arithmetic, Geometric and Harmonic
• Application of means while taking averages in different types of questions.

Time & Work: Time & Work:

• Concept of time and work
• Basic problems based on above using LCM method.

• Basic work problems based on efficiency of manpower.

Time, Speed & Time, Speed & Distance:

Distance: • Basic concept and relationship between time, speed and distance
• Questions based on average speed, relative speed.

Permutations & Permutations & Combinations:

Combinations: • Concept of arrangement & selection
• Concept of AND vs. OR

• Basic problems based on the above.

Probability: Probability:
• Concept of sample space and favorable outcomes.

• Finding probability of independent and dependent events.

• Basic problems on probability of coins, dice, cards and balls.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books:-

T1 CU-Building Blocks for Aptitude

Reference Books:-
R1. Aptitude by R.S.Aggarwal
R2 .Verbal& Non-Verbal Reasoning by Dr. R.S.Aggarwal
R3. Quantum CAT by Arihant Publications

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

217
 The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Internal Semester End
Assessment (CAE) Examination (SEE)

Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

SlNo. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test

4 Homework

5 Case study

6 Discussion

Forum

7 Presentation

8
9

g. CO-PO Mapping

Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Outcome

CO1 3
CO2 2
CO3 2

218
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code Life skills and Mentoring- 4 0 1 0 0 0 1 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20UCY286 20UCY286

PRE-REQUISITE NA
CO-REQUISITE NA
ANTI-REQUISITE NA

a. Course Description:-The course will help students to enhance the ability to regulate and control your actions,
feelings, and thoughts and encourages students to maintain a healthy relationship with yourself so that you can
transmit the good feelings to others

b. Course Objectives:-

1. Personal Self-Management Skills – Enabling Student to Learn and demonstrate a set of practical skills such as time
management, Decision making, problem solving and handling conflicts.
2. General Social Skills – Identify methods appropriate for solving problems and apply methods to specific problems,

demonstrate the role of communication in generating productive conflict outcomes and to use communication skills
effectively in a rage of specific conflict situations.

3. Value Inculcation – Demonstrate knowledge of personal beliefs and values and a commitment to continuing
personal reflection and reassessment.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Understand the importance of time management and Develop and implement a planning system.

CO2 Have greater insight into decision-making processes and use that insight to make more effective decisions

CO3 Identify and define central and secondary problems. Identify and use appropriate technology to research,
solve, and present solutions to problems.

CO4 Identify the types and sources of conflicts and how they can be resolved

CO5 Feeling better mentally because regular exercise can lift your mood and help you feel better and fewer
health problems by living a healthier lifestyle means a lower risk of developing many illnesses.

CO6 Understand, accept and appreciate of one’s qualities from the inside. Humility as a value, at its highest,
allows selflessness and dignity for a better world.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Self- Management Skills Contact Hours: 3

219
Time Management Time Management: Understanding Time Management, Awareness of time wasters, Tips for
Time Management, Benefits of Time Management

Decision making Decision making: Understanding of decision making, Effective decision making, Process of

decision making

Problem solving Problem solving: Problem solving: nature and scope, process of developing problem solving
skill, development of interventions

Unit-2 Self- care Contact Hours: 2

Conflict Management Conflict Management: Understanding Conflict Management, Strategies to avoid Conflicts,
Tips for Managing Conflict

Healthy eating and Healthy eating and Exercise- Why are healthy eats habits are important, why to make
Exercise healthy food choices, how to improve and change eating habits, importance of exercise for
mind and body.

Unit-3 Values Contact Hours: 1

Humility Humility: Understanding Humility, importance of humility, why does humility matters,
developing and cultivating humility

e. Textbooks / Reference Books:- No text books

Reference Books:-
R1: Getting Things Done: The Art of Stress-Free Productivity- by Devid Allen, 2002
R2: Thinking, Fast and Slow By Daniel Kahneman, 2013.

f. Assessment Pattern - Internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Internal Semester End
Assessment (CAE) Examination (SEE)

Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

SlNo. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal (Graded/Non-

Assessment Graded)

1 Assignment

2 Exam

3 Quiz/Test

220
 4 Homework

5 Case study

6 Discussion

Forum

7 Presentation

g. CO-PO Mapping

Course
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
Outcome

CO1 1 2 3 2 2
CO2 1 2 1 3 3 2 2 1
CO3 2 3 1 3 3 2 1 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 1 3
CO5 1 1 2 2 1
CO6 3 3 2 2 2 3

221
 SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Code Entrepreneurship –self-study 0 2 0 2 0 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20UCX299 mode
Course Code(s)
PRE- General awareness Entrepreneurship and
REQUISITE entrepreneurial challenges.
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course attempts to create understanding about the various aspects of the
Entrepreneurial challenges and start-up basic elements. Tasks will help students to
build the practical approach towards the entrepreneurial world. This course will make
students able to create the business ideas will also help to set up their own startups.
b. Course Objectives
The Course aims to:
1. Introduce the students to the defining characteristics of an entrepreneur.
2. Familiarize students with the Regulatory provisions essential for an entrepreneur.
3. Introduce the students to concepts related to Strategy, Finance and Planning essential for an
entrepreneur to take into consideration for conceiving and launching an enterprise.
4. Impart knowledge about Institutional Support available for financing an enterprise.
c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Understanding the concept of Entrepreneur and process models.
CO2 Understanding of different regulations related to an Entrepreneur.
CO3 Broad understanding of Institutional support available to an Entrepreneur

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Introduction and planning stage Contact Hours:
<Chapter Name INTRODUCTION: - Entrepreneurship, Role of Entrepreneurship, Scope
1> and Importance of Entrepreneurship, Introduction to new Venture,
Opportunities and challenges.
<Chapter Name IDEA GENERATION: - SWOT analysis, New and Existing Product and
2> Services, Franchising and its benefits.

222
<Chapter Name
3>
Unit-2 Implementation stage Contact Hours:
<Chapter Name BUSINESS PLAN DEVELOPMNT: - Value Propositions, Customer
1> segments, Channels, Customer relation, Revenue streams, Key resources,
Partners, Activities, Costs.
<Chapter Name SOURCES FOR START-UP: - Financial Analysis/Project estimation
2> cost, Financial institution, loans etc.
<Chapter Name REGISTRATION PROCESS: - Government policies and prospects
3>
Unit-3 Sustainability and growth Contact Hours:
<Chapter Name Selling plan, Vendor Management, Branding and Advertising, Business
1> Growth, Social effect of business and its eco-friendliness

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1 Dr. K.C. Sharma,(2012) Entrepreneurship Development, JAIN PUBLICATIONS.
REFERENCE BOOKS
R1 Entrepreneurial Development and Small Business Management” by Dr P T Vijayashree&
M Alagammai
R2 “Entrepreneurial Development” by Khanka S S.
R3 “Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management” by V Desai
R4 Entrepreneurship Development by G.P.Prasain(2015), McGraw Hill Publications.
R5 Entrepreneurship Development and Management by Dr. A K Singh (2006), Modern
Publishers
f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External
“The performance evaluation will be Rubric based through CUIMS”.
Students have to perform certain tasks related to practical aspects of Entrepreneurship,
based on that ‘Qualified and Non-qualified’ status will be given.

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 00 00
Total Marks 00

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of actual conduct Frequency Final Remark
No Assessmen of Task Weightage s
. t in Internal
Assessmen
t
1 Mid term test

223
 Assignmen 20 marks 1 per 20
t MST semester marks
2 Exam Student Engagement in 5 marks 5 marks for 5 marks
Simulation/Demonstration/Performan for each each
ce and Controls/Pre-Lab Questions. experimen experiment
t
3 Quiz/Test Post Lab Quiz Result. 5 marks 5 marks for 5 marks
for each each
experimen experiment
t
4 Homework Worksheet completion including 1o marks 10 marks 10
writing for each for each marks
learning objectives/Outcomes experimen experiment
t
5 Case study Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion Discussion forum/short 4 marks One per 4 marks
assignment/Portfolio for each Experiment
experimen
t

7 Presentatio Presentation NA NA NA
n
Attendance Attendance NA NA 4 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 1 1
CO2 1 2
CO3 2 1

224
20CEX261 MOOCS L T P S C CH
Version 1.00 - - - 4 4* 4^

Pre-requisites/ Student should have knowledge of Basic Civil Engineering.

Exposure
Co-requisites

a. Course Description

MOOCs integrate social networking, accessible online resources, and are facilitated by leading
practitioners in the field of study. Most significantly, MOOCs build on the engagement of
learners who self-organize their participation according to learning goals, prior knowledge and
skills, and common interests. The characteristics of the MOOC: massification, heterogeneity of
profiles, professions, educational levels and origin, to encourage informal learning by means of
social technology.

b. Course Objective
1.This creates an excellent opportunity for students to acquire the necessary skill set for
employability through massive online courses where the rare expertise of world-
famous experts from academics and industry are available.

2.MOOCs offer a chance for individuals to learn more about the digital form
for learning and teaching.

c. Course Outcomes
 MOOCs offer a chance for individuals to learn more about the digital form for learning
and teaching
 International experience and globalization
 linking up communities from across the globe in the context of a MOOC
 Mixing internal and external cohorts
 Accreditation and [micro] credentialing
 Cross/co-curricular opportunities

225
 d. Links to join courses

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce01/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce02/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce03/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce04/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce05/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce06/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce07/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce08/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce09/preview

226
227
 Semester-5
Evaluation
S Cours
Code Course Name L T P S C CH Interna Externa
N e Type Total
l l
Geotechnical
1 20CET311 PC 2 1 - - 3 3 40 60 100
Engineering
Design of Steel
2 20CET312 PC 2 1 - - 3 3 40 60 100
Structures
Design of Concrete
3 20CET313 PC 3 1 - - 4 4 40 60 100
Structures-I
Environmental
4 20CET314 PC 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
Engineering
Irrigation Engineering
5 20CET315 and Hydraulic PC 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Structures
Geotechnical
6 20CEP316 PC - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Engineering Lab
Environment
7 20CEP317 PC - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Engineering lab
8 20CER349 Project PR - - - 4 2 4^ - - -
Career Development
9 20xxx3xxx MNG 3 - - - 3* 3 40/60 60/40 100
Course*
10 20CEI319 Survey Camp TR - - - - 4 - 60 40 100
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and CH
17 3 4 4 26 26
system)
*MNG Subjects/credits
**Students will undergo 2-3 weeks survey camp after examinations of 4th semester and the same will be concluded before
start of5th semester. The subject code will be 20CEY319 and will cater 4 MNG credits to students.
^Self Study course

228
SN 20CEt- TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 311 Geotechnical Engineering 2 1 0 0 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Course Code(s)
PRE- Student should have basic knowledge of
REQUISITE Solid/Structural Mechanics
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the study to understand the various physical and engineering properties
of the soil. It also helps students to understand the classification of the soil according to various
classification system. It also emphasize the students to understand the compaction
characteristics and shear strength parameters of the soil.
b. Course Objectives
To familiarize students with fundamentals of soil mechanics and their applications in civil
engineering
c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Understanding of the identification and classification of soil based on standard
geotechnical engineering practice
CO2 The understudies will become able to learn various physical and engineering properties
of different types of soil.
CO3 Applying the concept of effective stress and its influence on soil behaviour and solve
practical problems related to permeability and seepage including flow net diagram.
CO4 The course learners will become able to evaluate the shear strength parameters of the
soil and optimum values through compaction
CO5 The subject learners will become able to compute and analyze the consolidation
settlements and appreciate the use of modern technology in the field of geotechnical
engineering.
CO6

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Soil Properties, Permeability of Soils Contact Hours:
10
<Chapter Name Soil Properties: General types of soils- soil structure, clay minerals,
1> Basic definitions, phase diagrams along with various relationships, water
content and its determination, specific gravity and its determination, unit
weight and its determination, density index, weight volume relationships,

229
 sensitivity and thixotropy, index properties of soil and their determination,
sieve analysis; dry and wet, consistency limits, purpose of soil
classification, classification based on grain size, plasticity chart, Indian
Standard Classification System, texture classification, AASHTO
classification, numerical problems.
<Chapter Name Permeability of Soils: Introduction, Darcy's law and its validity, discharge
2> and seepage velocity, factors affecting permeability, laboratory and field
determination of permeability, permeability of stratified soil deposits,
Laplace’s equation, flow net determination and its properties, seepage
pressure, quick sand, exit gradient, basic principle of total and effective
stress and pore pressure, numerical problems.
<Chapter Name
3>
Unit-2 Vertical Stress Distribution in soils, Compaction Contact
Hours:10
<Chapter Name Vertical Stress Distribution in soils: Stress distribution in soil,
1> assumptions made to elastic theories, Stress distribution under point, line,
circular and rectangular loads, Newmark’s chart of stress distribution,
Westergaard’s equation, approximate methods for stress distribution,
concept of pressure bulb, contact pressure diagrams for various types of
soils, numerical problems.
<Chapter Name Compaction –Introduction and objective of compaction, factors affecting
2> compaction, role of optimum moisture content, laboratory and field
measurement of maximum dry density, zero air void curve, effect of
moisture and compactive effect in compaction, compaction in field,
compaction of cohesionless soils, moderately cohesive soils and clays,
field control of compaction, numerical problems.
<Chapter Name
3>
Unit-3 Consolidation, Shear Strength, Soil Investigation Contact
Hours:10
<Chapter Name Consolidation: Introduction, types of consolidation, components of total
1> settlement, consolidation process, one-dimensional consolidation test,
normally consolidated and over consolidated clays, determination of
coefficients of consolidation, soil liquefaction and its causes, numerical
problems.
<Chapter Name Shear Strength: Introduction, Mohr stress circle, Mohr-Coulomb failure-
2> criterion, effective and total stress shear strength parameters, shear strength
characteristics of clays and sands, determination of shear parameters using
direct shear test, triaxial shear test and vane shear test along with their
merits and demerits, Lambe’s p‐q diagram, numerical problems.
<Chapter Name Soil Investigation: Objective of soil investigation for new and existing
3> structures, depth of exploration for different structures, spacing of bore
holes, methods of soil exploration- auguring and boring - wash boring and
rotary drilling, types of soil sample, essential features and application of
the following types of samplers- open drive sampler, stationery piston

230
 sampler, geophysical exploration by seismic and resistivity methods.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1 Ranjan Gopal and Rao, A.S.R., “Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics”, New Age
International Publishers, New Delhi .ISBN-10: 8122440398
T2 Punmia B.C., “Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering”, Laxmi Publications
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.ISBN 13: 9789353164874
T3Venkatramaiah, C., “Geotechnical Engineering”, New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi. ISBN:
9788122423389

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1 Terzaghi, K., Peck, R.B., and Mesri, G., (1996). Soil Mechanics in Engineering
Practice, 3rd Edition, WileyISBN13: 9780074623527.
R2 Lambe and Whiteman, (1981). Soil Mechanics..ISBN 13: 978-8174092953
f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA

231
 One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3
CO2 3 1
CO3 3 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 3

232
SN 20CET- TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 312 Design of Steel Structures 2 1 0 0 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should possess basic Knowledge of 20CET-312
REQUISITE Elementary Engineering Physics, Statics and
Mathematics, Solid/Structural Mechanics,
Structural Analysis, and Properties of Steel
CO- IS Codes 800-2007
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the design study Steel structural Elements, connections and its
properties which is widely utilized in all structure engineering applications. The students are
then introduced to tension, compression members and plate girder and railway bridge design
processes and their classification. The course further emphasizes on the concept of Elementary
Engineering Physics, Statics and Mathematics, Solid/Structural Mechanics, Structural Analysis,
and Properties of Steel.
b. Course Objectives
To develop an ability amongst the students to design Steel Structures Elements

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Student will become familiar with various types of steel fasteners.
CO2 Students will be able to learn design procedure of members under tension
CO3 Students will be able to learn design procedure of members under compression.
CO4 Students will be able to design the beams and columns.
CO5 Students will be able to analyze the column bases.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Structural Connections and Tension Members Contact Hours:
15
<Chapter Name Riveting and bolting, their types, failure of riveted joint. Bolted
1> connections, advantages and disadvantages of bolted connections, stresses
in bolts, design of bolted connections, types of welded joints and design
of welded joint subjected to axial loads.
<Chapter Name Tension Members: Introduction, Types of sections, net area, net effective
2> area for angles, tees, design of tension members, tension splice

233
<Chapter Name
3>
Unit-2 Compression members and Flexural Members Contact Hours:
15
<Chapter Name Compression Members: Axially loaded columns, effective length,
1> slenderness ratio, allowable stresses, general specifications, design of
axially loaded members, laced and battened columns and their design,
built up compression members, eccentrically loaded columns and their
design, column splice and its design, columns.
<Chapter Name Flexural Members: Design criteria, permissible-stresses, laterally
2> supported beams and their design laterally unsupported beams and their
design, web buckling, web crippling, encased beam members subjected to
bending and compression.
<Chapter Name
3>
Unit-3 Column Bases and Design of roof trusses Contact Hours:
15
<Chapter Name Column Bases: Introduction, slab base, gusseted base, column base
1> subjected to moment, grillage foundation
<Chapter Name Design of roof trusses: Loads, general arrangement and stability, design
2> considerations, design of purlins, design of roof trusses, industrial
building frames, bracings.
<Chapter Name
3>

e. TEXT BOOKS
T1. IS 800: 2007,"Indian standard- General construction in Steel-code of practice”.ISBN :
800:2007
T2. Limit State Design of Steel Structures by S.K. Duggal ISBN 13: 9789353164874
T3. Limit State Design of Steel Structures by S.S. BhavikattiI. K. International Pvt Ltd, 2009
ISBN: 9380026617, 9789380026619
T4. Design of steel structures (Vol. 2): Ram Chandra Scientific publishers ISBN:
9788172336547
T5. Design of steel structures: L S Negi Tata McGraw-Hill EducationISBN-13:
9780074623053

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1.M.Raghupathi “Design of Steel Structures” Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. Gary W.,
"Steel Designer's Manual", Prentice Hall. ISBN13: 9780074623527.
R2.Vazirani.V.N and Ratwani.M.M,“Steel Structures”, Khanna Publications New Delhi,
1992.ISBN 13: 978-8174092953
R3.6(1) (Handbook for structural engineers-Structural steel sections) permitted in
Examination

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

234
 The performance of students is evaluated as follows:
Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3

235
 CO5 3 2

SN 20CET- Design of Concrete Structure-1 L T P S C CH Course

313 Type*
3 Name of the Course (s) 3 1 0 0 4 <PC>
Course Code(s)
PRE- Student should have knowledge of Strength of
REQUISITE Materials & Structural Analysis.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the basic concepts of materials used to make reinforced concrete
structures. The engineering properties of materials will be studied as per Indian Standards, i.e
IS: 456-2000. The wide utility of IS 456-2000 will be learnt for design of Structural elements.

b. Course Objectives
To learn about Design procedure of different structural element.
To make students aware with the basic concepts and principles of structural design.
To make students aware with design specifications & IS Codal provisions.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to understand material properties and design methodologies for
Concrete Structures
CO2 Student can perform the assessment of serviceability criteria for Reinforced Concrete
Beams and Slabs.
CO3 Student will be able to design for Reinforced Compression members under various
conditions of loading
CO4 Students develop the ability to design Isolated footings and retaining walls based on
stability criteria
CO5 Students will be able to analyze and design Reinforced concrete elements subjected to
torsion

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Introduction Contact Hours:
15

236
Introduction Reinforced concrete, definition, properties of materials, grades of
concrete and reinforcing steel, stress strain curves, permissible
stresses, concrete structural systems-slabs, beams, columns and
foundations, design philosophies working stress design, ultimate
strength and limit state design method, limitations of working stress
method and ultimate strength method. Introduction, Limit States,
Characteristic values, characteristic strength, characteristic loads,
design values for materials and loads, factored loads. Limit State of
Collapse (Flexure) Types of failures.

Limit state of Introduction- assumptions for analysis and design of singly reinforced,
collapse(shear, doubly reinforced sections, and flanged sections for shear, development
bond, torsion and length, structural components subjected to torsion, flexure, continuation of
flexure) reinforcement (beyond cut-off points).
Unit-2 Limit State Design Method Contact Hours:
15
Limit state of Columns and their classification, reinforcement in columns, assumptions,
collapse short and long (both tied and helical) columns subjected to axial load,
(compression) short columns subject to axial, uni-axial and biaxial bending.
Design of slabs Design of One – Way Simply Supported Slab, One – Way Continuous
Slab (With appropriate checks), Design of Two – Way Simply Supported
Slab, Continuous Slab (With appropriate checks), Design and detailing of
reinforced concrete staircase.
Unit-3 Special Concrete Structures Contact Hours:
15
Retaining walls Stability criteria of retaining walls, general design considerations, design
of cantilever type retaining walls.
Foundations Introduction, types of foundations, depth of wall footing, Design of
masonry wall footings, isolated footings.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

Limit State Design A.K.Jain, Nem Chand and Bros [ISBN: 9788185240664]
Pillai &MenonReinforcedConcreteDesign, Oxford Publishers [ISBN (13): 978-0-07-
014110-0]
P.C.Vergese“Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete”, PHI Publishers [ISBN:
978-81-203-2039-0]
M.L Gambhir“Design of Reinforced Concrete Technology”, PHI Publishers [ISBN: 978
- 81-203-3193-8]
Reinforced Concrete Structures S N SINHA, Tata McGraw- Hill [ISBN (13): 978-0-07-
047332-4]

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components

237
 Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr. Type ofWeightage ofFrequency ofFinal Weightage inRemarks
No. Assessment Task actual conduct Task Internal
Assessment
(Prorated Marks)
1. Assignment* 10 marks of One Per Unit 10 marks As applicable to
each course types
assignment depicted above.
2. Time Bound12 marks forOne per Unit 4 marks As applicable to
Surprise Test each test course types
depicted above.
3. Quiz 4 marks of each2 per Unit 4 marks As applicable to
quiz course types
depicted above.
4. Mid-Semester 20 marks for2 per semester 20 marks As applicable to
Test** one MST. course types
depicted above.
5. Presentation*** Non-Graded: Only for Self
Engagement Task Study MNG
Courses.
6. Homework NA One per lecture Non-Graded: As applicable to
topic (of 2Engagement Task course types
questions) depicted above.
7. Discussion NA One perNon-Graded: As applicable to
Forum Chapter Engagement Task course types
depicted above.
8. Attendance and NA NA 2 marks
Engagement
Score on BB

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1 1 3
CO2 3 1 2 2
CO3 3 1 1 3

238
 CO4 3 1 3
CO5 1 3 1 3 1 1

SN 20CET- Environmental Engineering L T P S C CH Course

314 Type*
5 Name of the Course (s) 3 0 0 0 3 3 <PC>
Course Code(s)
PRE- Knowledge of Engineering Chemistry and water
REQUISITE resources
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
Processes and methods for design and operation of treatment systems for water
andwastewater, drinking water distribution systems and waste water collection systems,
including stormwater. The components of distribution and collection systems,
waterneeds, composition of wastewater, drinking water quality, disinfection, effluent water
quality, quality and environmental hygiene, process theory for water and wastewater,
andselected methods for treatment of drinking water and wastewater
b. Course Objectives
To familiarize students about quality parameters, tests and standards of water and waste
water

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students can understand parameters and standards of water and wastewater quality
CO2 Students will be able to analyze demand of water and problems associated with it
CO3 Students will be able to estimate and interpret the quantity of drinking water and
domestic wastewater generated
CO4 Student will be able to give inputs in designing components of water supply system
CO5 The student will be able to design and maintain wastewater treatment plants under
various loading conditions.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Water Supply & Waste Water Contact Hours:
15
Water Supply & Water demand, per capita demand, variations in demand, population
Waste Water forecasting and water demand estimation. Types of pumps and their
characteristics; pumping stations, Pipes for transporting water and
their design, Pump operating curves and selection of pumps, water

239
 distribution systems and appurtenances; Water supply network design
operation and maintenance of water supply systems. Design of
balancing and service reservoirs.
System of sewerage, choice of sewerage system. Generation and
estimation of community Sewage, flow variations, storm water flow,
types of sewers. Design of sewers and storm water sewers, construction
& maintenance of sewers, sewer appurtenances, sewage pumping and
pumping stations Principles of house drainage systems of plumbing,
traps, sanitary fittings, drainage lay out for residence.

Unit-2 Water Quality Assurance and Sewerage Effluents Contact Hours:

Control 15
Water Quality Impurities in water, sampling of water, physical, chemical and
Assurance and bacteriological water quality parameters, drinking water quality
Sewerage standards as per BIS and criteria. Design of plain sedimentation,
Effluents Control coagulation and flocculation, filtration – slow, rapid and pressure.
Disinfection units, fluoridation and deflouridation, and water
desalination and demineralization, taste and odour removal.
IS standards for domestic and industrial sewage, sampling, physical,
chemical and microbiological analysis of sewage, biological
decomposition of sewage, BOD and BOD kinetics, effluent disposal
limits. Primary treatment; screening (theory), grit chamber (theory and
design), floatation units, sedimentation tanks (theory and design),
Secondary treatment units; ASP (theory and design), Sequencing batch
reactors (theory and design), Trickling filters (theory and design)
Anaerobic systems; Anaerobic filters (theory), UASB (theory),
Anaerobic lagoons, Sludge Handling and disposal; thickening,
stabilization, dewatering, drying and disposal.

Unit-3 Water Transmission and Distribution and Contact Hours:

Wastewater Conveyance 15
Water Need for Transport of water and wastewater-Planning of Water System
Transmission and –Selection of pipe materials, Water transmission main design- gravity
Distribution and and pumping main; Selection of Pumps- characteristics-economics;
Wastewater Specials, Jointing, laying and maintenance, water hammer analysis;
Conveyance water distribution pipe networks Design, analysis and optimization
–corrosion prevention – minimization of water losses – leak detection
Storage reservoirs.
Planning factors – Design of sanitary sewer; partial flow in sewers,
economics of sewer design; out falls mixing conditions; conveyance of
corrosive wastewaters

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

Water Supply Engineering by Arun Kr. Jain, Ashok Kumar Jain, and B.C. Punmia
Water Engineering: Hydraulics, Distribution and Treatment by Lawrence K. Wang]
Water, waste water and storm water infrastructure management by Neil s Grigg

240
 Water, sanitary and waste services for buildings by A F E wise and J.A Swaffield
f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr. Type ofWeightage ofFrequency ofFinal Weightage inRemarks
No. Assessment Task actual conduct Task Internal
Assessment
(Prorated Marks)
1. Assignment* 10 marks of One Per Unit 10 marks As applicable to
each course types
assignment depicted above.
2. Time Bound12 marks forOne per Unit 4 marks As applicable to
Surprise Test each test course types
depicted above.
3. Quiz 4 marks of each2 per Unit 4 marks As applicable to
quiz course types
depicted above.
4. Mid-Semester 20 marks for2 per semester 20 marks As applicable to
Test** one MST. course types
depicted above.
5. Presentation*** Non-Graded: Only for Self
Engagement Task Study MNG
Courses.
6. Homework NA One per lecture Non-Graded: As applicable to
topic (of 2Engagement Task course types
questions) depicted above.
7. Discussion NA One perNon-Graded: As applicable to
Forum Chapter Engagement Task course types
depicted above.
8. Attendance and NA NA 2 marks
Engagement
Score on BB

241
g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1 1 1 3
CO2 3 1 2 2
CO3 1 1 1 3
CO4 3 1 3
CO5 1 3 1 3 1 1

242
SN 20CET- Irrigation Engineering & Hydraulic L T P S C CH Course
315 Structures Type*
4 Name of the Course (s) 3 0 0 0 3 3 <PC>
Course Code(s)
PRE- Knowledge of different techniques used for
REQUISITE irrigation and hydraulic structure
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIl
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the different type of irrigation techniques used for optimizing
water use for different crops. And to learn design of different type of canals and
hydraulic structure which are used for effective irrigation purpose by minimizing the water
losses

b. Course Objectives
To develop understanding about need for irrigation and water requirement of crops.
To develop understanding about irrigation methods and irrigation engineering works like
weir / barrage, storage and outlet works.
To develop understanding about regulating and cross drainage works.
To develop understanding about importance of drainage in irrigated areas.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to learn the irrigation methods and duty-delta relation for crops
CO2 To make aware the students about canal irrigation and its various theories
CO3 Students will be able to design canals irrigation system
CO4 Students will be able to analyze the Losses in Canals and determine the uplift pressures
CO5 Students will be able to analyze and design the Hydraulic Structures and River Training
Works

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Irrigation Techniques, Water Requirement and Canal Contact Hours:
Irrigation 15
Irrigation Definition, Need, Purpose, benefits, ill effects and scope of irrigation.
Techniques Sources of water for irrigation. Advantages and disadvantages of

243
 irrigation, techniques of water distribution in the farms. Sprinkler
irrigation advantages & limitations, drip irrigation advantages
&limitations, suitability
Water Factors affecting water requirement, consumptive use of water, crop
Requirement Of period, duty and delta of a crop, relationship between duty, delta and base
Crops period, kharif -rabi ratio, paleo-irrigation, kor-watering, cash crops and
crop rotation
Canal Irrigation Flow classifications in canals. Basic resistance equation for open channel
flow. Chezy, Manning, Bazin and Kutter formulae. Energy and specific
Energy in an open channel; Alternate depths and Sequent depths.
Classification of water and surface profiles of gradually varied flow with
examples. Classifications of canals, canal alignment. Silt theories-
Kennedy's theory, Lacey’s theory. Design of unlined canals based on
Kennedy & Lacey's theories. Suspended and bed loads.
Unit-2 Lined canals, Losses in canals and Drainage Contact Hours:
15
Lined Canals: Types of lining, selection of type of lining, Economics of lining,
maintenance of lined canals, silt removal, strengthening of channel banks,
measurement of discharge in channels, design of lined canals, methods of
providing drainage behind lining. Losses in canals-Evaporation and
seepage
Losses in Canals, Losses in canals- Evaporation and seepage, water logging, causes and
Water Logging ill-effects of water logging- anti water logging measures. Drainage of
and Drainage: land, classification of drains – surface and subsurface drains Design
considerations for surface drains, Advantages and maintenance of tile
drains.

Theories of Seepage force and exit gradient, salient features of Bligh‘s Creep theory,
seepage Lane‘s weighted Creep theory and Khosla‘s theory, Determination of
uplift Pressures and floor thickness.
Unit-3 River Training and Hydraulic Structure Contact Hours:
15
River training Objectives, classification of river-training works, Design of Guide
works: Banks, Groynes or spurs. Recommendations of Approach embankments
and afflux embankments, pitched Islands, Artificial cut-off objects an
design Considerations. River control – objective sand methods

Hydraulic Types of head works, functions and investigations of diversion head work,
Structures types of weirs main components of weir, Causes of failure of weir. Canal
Regulators: Off take alignment, cross-regulators–their functions,
Distributaries head regulators, canal escape. Canal Falls: Necessity and
location, types of fall sand their description, selection of type of falls
Cross – Drainage works: Definitions, choice of type, Aqueducts their
types and design, siphon aqueducts– their types, super passages, canal
siphons and level crossing..

244
e. Textbooks / Reference Books
Santosh Kumar Garg; Irrigation engineering and hydraulic structures – Khanna
publishers, (ISBN: 13- 8174090479)
S.R. Sahasrabudhe; Irrigation Engineering & Hydraulic Structure – Katson Publishing
House,
(ISBN: 9789350141311, 9789350141311)
Garg S.K; Irrigation Engineering & Hydraulic structures - Khanna Publishers, (ISBN:
13- 8174090479)
G.L. Asawa; Irrigation and water resources engineering-New Age International,
(ISBN:9788122416732)
N.N Basak; Irrigation Engineering- McGraw-Hill HED (ISBN: 0074635387)

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr. Type ofWeightage ofFrequency ofFinal Weightage inRemarks
No. Assessment Task actual conduct Task Internal
Assessment
(Prorated Marks)
1. Assignment* 10 marks of One Per Unit 10 marks As applicable to
each course types
assignment depicted above.
2. Time Bound12 marks forOne per Unit 4 marks As applicable to
Surprise Test each test course types
depicted above.
3. Quiz 4 marks of each2 per Unit 4 marks As applicable to
quiz course types
depicted above.
4. Mid-Semester 20 marks for2 per semester 20 marks As applicable to
Test** one MST. course types
depicted above.
5. Presentation*** Non-Graded: Only for Self
Engagement Task Study MNG
Courses.

245
6. Homework NA One per lecture Non-Graded: As applicable to
topic (of 2Engagement Task course types
questions) depicted above.
7. Discussion NA One perNon-Graded: As applicable to
Forum Chapter Engagement Task course types
depicted above.
8. Attendance and NA NA 2 marks
Engagement
Score on BB

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 1 1 1 3
CO2 3 2 2 2
CO3 2 1 1 3
CO4 3 1 3
CO5 1 3 1 3 1 1

246
SN 20CEP- Geotechnical Engineering Lab L T P S C CH Course
316 Type*
5 Name of the Course (s) BE Civil 0 0 2 0 1 2 <PC>
Course Code(s)
PRE- Basic Knowledge for Geotechnical Tests
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the specific field investigations in which students learn the
practices of collection of soil samples for testing and observe soil behaviour. The students are
then introduced to the methods for Identification and classification of soils based on standard
geotechnical engineering practice. The course further introduces them to determine
engineering as well as index properties and shear strength of soils
b. Course Objectives
To give an exposure to the students on practical problems related to geotechnical field
that are expected to develop an ability to work
To relate the practical work done with real world applications and problem solving.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 The understudies will become able to perform specific field investigations including
collection of soil samples for testing and observation of soil behaviour/ building
damage
CO2 The students will become able to identify and classify soil based on standard
geotechnical engineering practice
CO3 The course learners will become able to attribute engineering properties of soils
CO4 The understudies will learn to determine index properties of soils
CO5 The students will become able to plan and generate solutions for problems associated
with soil exploration

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Contact Hours:
06
Experiment 1

247
 Determination of water content of soil solids by oven drying and
calcium carbide method.
Experiment 2 Determination of specific gravity of soil solids by pycnometerand
density bottle method
Experiment 3 Determination of in-situ density and dry unit weight by core cutter
method
Unit-2 Contact Hours:
08
Experiment 4 Determination of in-situ density by sand replacement method
Experiment 5 Dry and wet sieve analysis of given sample of soil.

Experiment 6 Determination of grain size distribution by hydrometer analysis

Experiment 7 Determination of liquid limit of soil by Casagrande’s and penetrometer
method and plastic limit of soil sample
Unit-3 Contact Hours:
06
Experiment 8 Determination of compaction properties of soil by standard Proctor test
and modified Proctor test and plot of zero air voids line
Experiment 9 Determination of shear parameters of soil by direct shear method.

Experiment 10 Determination of shear parameters of given soil by triaxial shear method.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

A Laboratory Manual on Soil Mechanics: Testing and Interpretation by R. K. Sharma,
I.K. Internationals, ISBN- 10: 9789385909351, ISBN-13: 978-9385909351.
Soil Mechanics Lab Manual by Michael E. Kalinski, 2nd Edition, ISBN-
10: 0470556838, ISBN-13: 978-0470556832
f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct 12

248
 2 Report 10

3 Viva- Voce 8

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1 1 1 3
CO2 3 1 2 2
CO3 1 1 1 3
CO4 3 1 3
CO5 1 3 1 3 1 1

249
SN 20CEP- Environmental Engineering Lab L T P S C CH Course
317 Type*
Name of the Course (s) BE Civil 0 0 2 0 1 2 <PC>
Course Code(s)
PRE- Basic Knowledge for Environment Sciences
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the practical solutions relating to water and waste water quality.
This can be achieved by experimenting water for various properties like turbidity, BOD,
COD, hardness, chloride content, fluoride content, dosage of coagulant. These all tests will
demonstrate the ability of water to be used for various purposes

b. Course Objectives
To determine the quality characteristics of water and compare the results obtained
withpermissible standards.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 The student will be able to get knowledge and understanding of common environmental
experiments relating to water and wastewater.
CO2 The student will be able to analyze the correct experiment for a given environmental
problem and will to able to analyze the problem.
CO3 The student will be able to design the experiment and analyse the results.
CO4 The student will be able to write the technical reports with reference the analyzed data.
CO5 The student will be able apply the laboratorial knowledge to identification of problem
in realistic scenarios and will be able provide solutions for issues in technical design of
STP/ETP.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Contact Hours:
06
Experiment 1 To determine the color and turbidity of given water sample.
Experiment 2

250
 To determine the total solids, suspended solids and total dissolved solids
of a given water sample.
Experiment 3 To determine the alkalinity of water sample.

Experiment 4 (a) To Study the pH of given water sample by Electrometric method.

(b)To Determine the Acidity of the given water sample.

Unit-2 Contact Hours:

08
Experiment 5 To determine the Hardness of given water sample including
determination of
(a) Total hardness.
(b) Calcium Ions.
(c) Magnesium Ions.

Experiment 6 To determine the chloride content of the given water sample.

Experiment 7 To determine the fluoride content of the given water sample.

Unit-3 Contact Hours:

06
Experiment 8 To determine the optimum dosage of coagulant required for a given
sample of raw water.

Experiment 9 To determine the residual chlorine of the given sample.

Experiment 10 To determine the B.O.D. of a given sewage sample.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

251
Internal Evaluation Component
Sr.No. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks
Assessment conduct Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct 12

2 Report 10

3 Viva- Voce 8

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1 1 1 3
CO2 3 1 2 2
CO3 1 1 1 3
CO4 3 1 3
CO5 1 3 1 3 1 1

252
SN 20CER349 TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Project 0 0 0 4 2 4 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20CER349
PRE- Students should possess basic Knowledge
REQUISITE of Civil Engineering
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description

b. Course Objectives
1. Enhance the capability of the students independently articulate and apply the engineering
knowledge to solve the open ended complex theoretical engineering problems
2. Promote the spirit of peer group and Experiential learning to handle and solve the real life
complex problems
3. To develop an attitude of collective working and responsibility sharing in an
interdisciplinary team.
4. To inculcate problem solving ability relating open ended complex problem solving
c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Apply mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and an engineering
specialization to the conceptualization of engineering models.
CO2 Identify, formulate, research literature and solve complex engineering. problems
reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics and engineering
sciences
CO3 Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in
multi-disciplinary settings.
CO4 Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or
processes
CO5 Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community.

253
d. Syllabus
Open ended, complex, theoretical, engineering problem, etc. of student
interest are to be allocated to group of students from the project basket
prepared by the faculty.
This is a group project with one faculty member as guide.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment
2 Exam
3 Quiz/Test
4 Homework
5 Case study
6 Discussion
7 Presentation

254
 2
2

3OSP

255
2

2OSP
3
2

1OSP
gninraeL gnol-efiL
3

ecnanif dna tnemeganam tcejorP

2

3
noitacinummoC
krow maet ro laudividnI

3
scihtE
ytilibaniatsus dna tnemnorivnE
yteicos dna reenigne ehT
egasu loot nredoM

2
smelborp xelpmoc fo snoitagitsevni tcudnoC

3
snoitulos fo tnempoleved/ngiseD
CO-PO Mapping

2
3
sisylana melborP

3
egdelwonK gnireenignE

CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
g.
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code: Aptitude 0 2 0 0 2 26 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20TDY352
Course Code(s)
PRE- Aptitude

REQUISITE
CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

a. Course Description

This course deals with the aptitude required by student.

b. Course Objectives
To develop analytical and logical thinking and the habit of drawing conclusions based on
quantitative information.
To apply mathematical methodologies to open-ended real-world problems

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 To define, understand the basic concepts of work, time and efficiency, speed and
distance & use of proportionality in work problems, algebra, manipulations with
algebraic formulas, and the concept of bankers gain, true discount & banker’s
discount and understand the concept of logical reasoning.
CO2

To apply the concepts of Time & work, Problems on trains, linear & circular races,
boats & streams and its applications in real life scenarios.
CO3 To apply the concept of direction sense, coding decoding, clock and calendars.

CO4 To improve concept of analytical and verbal reasoning, understanding of discount

in real life scenarios and geometry applications in 2D as well as 3D

CO5

256
 To develop the ability to apply the concepts of time speed distance, boats &
streams, probability and its applications in real file scenarios and the chain rule

using the concept of direct-indirect proportionality.

d.-Syllabus

Unit-1 Unit-I

 Time & Work: Basic problems based on above using LCM method; Basic
work problems based on efficiency of manpower; Data Interpretation;
Problems based on data sufficiency
 Chain Rule: Solving problems by using concept of direct and indirect
proportion; Problems based on data sufficiency
 Pipes and Cistern: Application of Time and work on Pipes and Cistern;
Concept of negative work; Basic and complex problems on above; Data
Interpretation; Problems based on data sufficiency
 Time, Speed & Distance: Questions based on average speed, relative
speed; Data Interpretation; Problems based on data sufficiency
 Linear & Circular Races: Concept of race; Concept of meeting points;
Concept of meeting at starting point & dead heat ends; Basic problems on
above; Problems based on data sufficiency
 Problem on Trains: Problems on trains running in opposite or same
direction, Basic problems on trains crossing a pole, platform etc; Data
Interpretation; Problems based on data sufficiency
 Boats & Rivers: Concept of downstream & upstream; Basic questions
based on speed of boat w.r.t. speed of river; Data Interpretation; Problems
based on data sufficiency

Unit-2 Unit-II

 Algebra: Polynomials & algebraic equations; Linear equations & quadratic

equations; Problems based on data sufficiency
 Coding- Decoding: Concept of EJOTY to learn alphabet; How to solve
abstract problems; Passage Based problems; Problems based on data
sufficiency.
 Direction Sense: Concept of left & right turn (direction);Clock &
anticlockwise movement with East, West, North and South direction; Basic
problems based on above concepts; Complex problems based on above
concepts; Passage Based problems; Problems based on data sufficiency.
 Clocks & Calendars: Concept of angles traversed by hour and minute
hand; Fundamental problems on above concept; To find day of week on a
given date; Problems based on data sufficiency.

257
Unit-3 Unit-III

 Syllogism: Concept of venn diagram; Basic problems of syllogism using

venn diagram; Passage based problems; Problems based on data
sufficiency.
 Cubes & Dice: Solving problems related to cube cutting painting; Basic
problems related to dice faces in different shapes and sizes; Problems based
on data sufficiency.
 Puzzle: Solving the puzzles; Arrangement problems of matrix.
 Permutation and Combination: Fundamental concept of counting: AND
and OR; Relation and difference between Permutation and Combination;
Different properties of P and C; Applications of the same on different
problems; Problems based on data sufficiency.
 Probability: Introduction to different types of events; Concept of sample
space and experiment; Application of these concepts on different problems
related to coins, dice, cards and balls; Addition theorem; Problems based
on data sufficiency.
 Logarithm: Properties of logs; Application of these properties in different
problems; Problems based on data sufficiency.
 Sequence and Series: Introduction to AP, GP and HP; Relationship
between mean of AP, GP and HP; Sum and nth term of each; Applications
of above mentioned concepts.
 Geometry and Area: Area and perimeter of different 2-D figures;
Different properties of 2-D figures; Problems based to above mentioned
concepts; Problems based on data sufficiency.
 Surface Area and Volume: Concept of curved and total surface area of
different 3-D problems; Concept of volume of 3-D figures; Different
properties of 3-D figures; Problems based on above mentioned concepts
Problems based on data sufficiency.
 True Discount and Banker's Discount: Basic problem on true discount;
Application of banker’s gain; Problem on bankers discount.

Text Books
1) CU DCDP – Acing Quantitative Aptitude for Campus Placements-Part2(6th Edition-2020)
2) CU-DCPD – Acing Reasoning Ability for Campus Placements(3rd Edition-2020)
3) CU-DCPD – Interpreting Data for Campus Placement(3rd Edition-2020)
4) CU-DCPD – Deciphering Data Sufficiency for Campus Placements (1st Edition-2021)

Reference Books
1) Guha Abhijit: Quantitative Aptitude for Competitive Examinations , Tata McGraw Hill Publication
2) Aggarwal R.S: A Modern Approach to Verbal and Non Verbal Reasoning 2012

258
 Theory
Components Continuous Internal Semester End Examination
Assessment (CAE) (SEE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr. Type Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in

No. of Assessment Task conduct Task Internal Assessment

1 Quiz 6 marks of each quiz 2 per Unit 6 Marks

12 Marks of each
2 Surprise Test 1 per Unit 4 Marks
Surprise Test

12 marks of each
3 Asssignment 1 per Unit 6 Marks
assignment

4 MST 40 Marks of each MST 1 per unit 20 Marks

Non-Graded:
5 Hometask NA 1 per lecture
Engagement Task

Non-Graded:
6 Discussion Forum NA 1 per Chapter
Engagement Task

Attendance and
7 Engagement Score on NA NA 4 marks
BB

CO/PO PO PO PO PO PSO PSO

PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9
MAPPING 1 10 11 12 1 2
TDY352.1 3 — — — — 3 — — — — — — — —
TDY352.2 3 — — — — 2 — — — — — — — —
TDY352.3 2 — — — — 3 — — — — — — — —
TDY352.4 3 — — — — 3 — _ _ _ — _ — —
TDY352.5 3 — — — — 2 — _ _ _ — _ — —
TDY352
2.8 2.6
Consolidated

259
 Survey camp L T P C
BE Civil - - - 2
20CEI319 Pre-Requisite: Knowledge of survey theory
practical(s)
Objectives
The main objective of this survey camp allocated for civil engineering students is to
consolidate and update their basic knowledge of different surveying techniques
relevant to civil engineering works. Working in actual field conditions enhances
their theoretical and practical knowledge and increases their confidence that is
beneficial to their professional practice in the near future
Subject Outcome
Student will be able to conduct survey and collect field data and prepare a
1
topographic map.
Student will be able to communicate verbally during outdoor laboratory exercises
2 and record field measurements and other data in the manner common to the
surveying profession.
Student will be able to create computer solutions for common surveying problems
3
utilizing spreadsheet software.
Student will be able to prove good understanding of concepts and their applications
4
in the laboratory.
5 Student will be to write clear field reports.

Contents of syllabus
Student will draw a topographic sheet of given area using surveying techniques and theory
concepts of a given are under guidance of specialized faculty member.

(20CEI319) Survey Camp

PO→
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO↓
CO1 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 3 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 3 2 3
CO4 3 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3 3 3 2 2

260
 Semester-6
Course Evaluation
SN Code Course Name L T P S C CH
Type Internal External Total
1 20CET351 Hydrology and Dams PC 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
Smart Building and
2 20CET352 PC 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
Automation
3 20CET353 Professional Practice PC 2 1 - - 3 3 40 60 100
Construction
4 20CET354 PC 2 - - - 2 2 40 60 100
Management
Structural Software
5 20CEP355 PC - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Lab
Smart Building and
6 20CEP356 PC - - 2 - 1 2 60 40 100
Automation Lab
7 20CER389 Project PR - - - 4 2 4^ 60 40 100
8 20CEX359 MOOC’s* MC - - - 4 4* 4^ - - -
9 20CEOxxx Open Elective UOE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
10 20TDY351 Softskills MNG 3 - - - 3* 3 40/60 60/40 100
11 20CExxxx Programme Elective-I PE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
12 20CExxxx Programme Elective-II PE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and CH
20 3 4 4 29
system)
*MNG Subjects/credits
^Self Study course
^^Not part of scheme
Note: Program Electives have been listed separately

261
SN 20CET351 TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Hydrology and Dams 2 0 0 0 2 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20CET351
PRE- Students should have knowledge of Fluid
REQUISITE Mechanics, Hydraulics and Irrigation
Engineering.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

d. Course Description
The course begins with the study to understand the various rainfall patterns and various
analytical methods to find the amount of the rainfall over the basin. The course further
emphasizes to plot the various hydrographs, hyetograph and S-curve hydrograph related with
the various rainfall data as it helps to calculate the various flood discharge corresponding to
various rainfall data values. The course also involves the study of various types of dams and
various failure patterns related with different types of dam.

e. Course Objectives
1. To develop basic understanding about precipitation, infiltration, evapo-transpiration,
hydrograph, capacity of reservoir.
2. To enable the students for estimation of runoff, infiltration, evaporation, floods and
reservoir capacity.

f. Course Outcomes
CO1 Infer the importance of hydrological cycle and its attributes.

CO2 Speculate the infiltration rate and capacity.

CO3 Estimation of the peak flows and runoff from catchment.

CO4 Deduce the site selection and investigation of a dam.

CO5 Compute reservoir capacity using mass curve. Compute dependable flow using flow
duration curve for the requirement of irrigation.

262
 g. Syllabus
Unit-1 Precipitationn, Interception, Evapo- Contact
Transpiration and Infiltrationn Hours:15
Precipitation Importance of hydrological data in water resources planning.
Hydrological cycle. Mechanics of precipitation, types and causes,
measurement by rain gauges, Gauge net-works, hyetograph, averaging
depth of precipitation over the basin, mass-rainfall curves, intensity
duration frequency curves and depth area-duration curves.

Interception, Evapo- Factors affecting interception. Evaporation from free water surfaces
Transpiration and and from land surfaces, transpiration, Evapo-transpiration. Infiltration-
Infiltration Factors affecting infiltration, rate, infiltration capacity and its
determination.

Unit-2 Runoff, Peak Flows, Introduction to Dams Contact

Hours:15
Runoff Factors affecting runoff, run-off hydrograph, unit hydrograph theory, S
-curve hydrograph, Synder’s synthetic unit hydrograph.
Peak Flows Estimation of Peak flow-rational formula, use of unit hydrograph,
frequency analysis, Gumbel’s method, design flood and its hydrograph,
Principles of flood routing through a reservoir by ISD method
(description only).
Introduction to Choice of type of dam, site selection, investigation, foundation
Dams treatment.

Unit-3 Gravity Dams, Arch and Buttress Dams, Earth Contact

Dams Hours:15
Gravity Dams Non-overflow and overflow section, Forces acting, Stability factors,
stresses on the faces of dam, Elementary profile of a dam.
Arch and Buttress Classification of arch dam-constant radius constant angle and variable
Dams radius types, cylinder theory, expression relating central angle and
cross-sectional area of arch. Types of buttress dams, advantages of
buttress dams.
Earth Dams Components of earth dams and their functions, Phreatic line
determination by analytical methods.

h. Textbooks / Reference Books

TEXT BOOKS
T1 Subramanya K “Engineering Hydrology” Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2001.”.ISBN
:800:2007
T2 Wilson E M “Engineering Hydrology” ELBS, English Language Book
Society/Macmillan Education Ltd. London, 1999.ISBN 13: 9789353164874

REFERENCE BOOKS

263
 R1 Ven Te Chow, D.R. Maidment and L.W Mays, Applied Hydrology, McGraw Hill
International Edition, New YorkISBN13: 9780074623527.
R2 Pence V M “Hydrology – Principles and Practices” Prentice Hall, New Jersy. ,
1998.ISBN 13: 978-8174092953
R3 Karanth K R “Hydrology” Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi 2001.

i. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter

264
 2

3OSP

265
2

2OSP
2

1OSP
gninraeL gnol-efiL
ecnanif dna tnemeganam tcejorP
noitacinummoC
krow maet ro laudividnI
scihtE
ytilibaniatsus dna tnemnorivnE

2
yteicos dna reenigne ehT
egasu loot nredoM

2
smelborp xelpmoc fo snoitagitsevni tcudnoC
j. CO-PO Mapping

1
snoitulos fo tnempoleved/ngiseD

1=addressed to small extent

2= addressed significantly
3=major part of course
sisylana melborP

1
1
egdelwonK gnireenignE

CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
SN 20CET352 TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Smart Building and 2 0 0 0 2 2 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Automation
20CET352
PRE-
Nil
REQUISITE
CO-
Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the theoretical study of characteristics of smart buildings, green
buildings which is widely utilized in all modern buildings. The students are then introduced to
fire alarm system, CCTV and security system which is essential for any building. The course
also includes the concept of HVAC and EPBX system.
b. Course Objectives
1. To enable students to establish a broad knowledge on the concepts of smart buildings.
2. To enable students to understand the impacts these services systems/technologies on the
building and people
3. To analyze current philosophy, technology, terminology and practices used in building
automation.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Identify the benefits, impacts and driving forces of intelligent buildings and its
subsystems.

CO2 Understand basic features of an intelligent building and the required services system to
support these features.

CO3 Select hardware and software for HVAC system.

CO4 Evaluate different fire standards, FAS Components, FAS loops, Architectures.

CO5 Interpret energy management system.

266
 d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Smart Building, energy management Contact
Hours:10
Smart building Features and benefits of smart buildings. Concept and application of
characteristics building management system(BMS) and Automation, requirements and
design considerations and its effect on functional efficiency of building
automation system, Architectures and components of BMS.

Energy ASHRAE Symbols, Energy Management: Energy Savings concept &

Management methods, lighting control, Building efficiency improvement, Green
System Building (LEED) Concept, Components of GREEN building, Rain water
Harvesting for buildings &Examples. Green Rating for Integrated Habitat
Assessment - GRIHA
Building IBMS (HVAC, Fire & Security) project cycle, Project steps BMS.
Management Verticals: Advantages & Applications of BMS, Examples Integration:
System IBMS Architecture, Normal & Emergency operation. Advantages of BMS
Unit-2 Fire alarm, CCTV and security system Contact Hours:8
Fire Alarm Fundamentals: What is Fire? Fire modes, History, Components, and
System Principles of Operation.FAS Components: Different fire sensors, smoke
detectors and their types, Fire control panels, design considerations for the
FA system. Field Components, Panel Components, Applications. FAS
Architectures: Types of Architectures, Examples.FAS loops:
Classification of loops, Examples. Fire Standards: FAS Design procedure
in brief, NFPA 72A, BS 5839, IS Concept of IP enabled fire & alarm
system, design aspects and components of PA system.
Access Control System: Access Components, Access control system
Design.

CCTV Camera: Operation & types, Camera Selection Criteria, Camera

Applications, DVR Based system, DVM, Network design, Storage design.
Components of CCTV system like cameras, types of lenses, typical types
of cables, controlling system. CCTV Applications.

Security Systems Fundamentals: Introduction to Security Systems, Concepts.

Perimeter Intrusion: Concept, Components, Technology, Advanced
applications. Security Design: Security system design for verticals.
Concept of automation in access control system for safety, Physical
security system with components, RFID enabled access control with
components, Computer system access control – DAC, MAC, RBAC.

Unit-3 HVAC and EPNX System Contact

Hours:10
HVAC system Fundamentals: Introduction to HVAC, HVAC Fundamentals, Basic
Processes (Heating, Cooling etc.)
Basic Science: Air Properties, Psychometric Chart, Heat Transfer
mechanisms, Examples.

267
 Human Comfort: Human comfort zones, Effect of Heat, Humidity, and
Heat loss.
Processes: Heating Process & Applications (I.e. Boiler, Heater), Cooling
Process & Applications (I.e. Chiller), Ventilation Process & Applications
(i.e. Central Fan System, AHU, and Exhaust Fans), Unitary Systems
(VAV, FCU etc).
Control Theory: Instrumentation Basics, Field components & use, DDC
&applications.
Control Panel: HVAC Control Panel, MCC Basics, Panel Components
Communication: Communication Basics, Networks, BAC Net, Modbus,
LON.

EPBX System EPBX System: Design consideration of EPBX system and its components,
integration of all the above systems to design BMS.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

TEXT BOOKS
T1. Smart Buildings by Jim Sinopoli, Butterworth-Heinemann imprint of Elsevier,2nd
ed.,2010 2010.ISBN 0978614402,9780978614409
T2. Understanding Building Automation Systems (Direct Digital Control, Energy
Management, Life Safety, Security, Access Control, Lighting, Building Management
Programs) by Reinhold A. Carlson, Robert A. Di Giandomenico, pub. byR.S.
MeansCompany, 1991.ASIN: B000JSK2J2
T3. Intelligent Building Systems by Albert Ting-Pat So, WaiLok Chan, Kluwer Academic
publisher,3rd ed., 2012. ISBN 978-1-4615-5019-8

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1.Clements-Croome, Derek, Intelligent Buildings: An introduction, Routledge, 2014 ISBN:
9781135008369 1135008361
R2.Shengwei Wang, Intelligent Buildings and Building Automation, Spon Press, 2 ISBN:
9780415475716
R3.Jim Sinopoli, Smart Building Systems for Architectures, Owners and Builders, Elsevier,
2010 ISBN: 978-1-85617-653-8

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60

268
 Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter

269
 2

3OSP

270
2

2OSP
1OSP
1

gninraeL gnol-efiL
ecnanif dna tnemeganam tcejorP
1

noitacinummoC
krow maet ro laudividnI
scihtE
ytilibaniatsus dna tnemnorivnE

2
1
yteicos dna reenigne ehT
egasu loot nredoM

3
1
smelborp xelpmoc fo snoitagitsevni tcudnoC
g. CO-PO Mapping

snoitulos fo tnempoleved/ngiseD

2
3
sisylana melborP

3
egdelwonK gnireenignE

CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
SN 20CET353 TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Professional Practice 2 1 0 0 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20CET353
PRE- Basic knowledge of building materials
REQUISITE
CO- Basic knowledge of mathematics and
REQUISITE properties of different materials which are
used in construction, labour rates, market
rates of materials.
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the theoretical and practical study of building materials and its rate
which is widely utilized in all engineering applications. The students are then introduced to
industries project quantity and its cost processes. The course further emphasizes on the concept
of cost of project calculated, work on tenders and Contracts and also develops their technical
skills.

b. Course Objectives
1.To give an exposure to the students the basic concepts and underlying principles of
Professional Practices methods and their applications.
2.To determine the quantities of different items of different projects, their specification, rate
analysis and use of contracts and tenders in civil works.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Estimating & costing of the various civil engineering works.

CO2 Interpret various estimation techniques and their application.

CO3 Determine the rates, quantities of items along with the methods to work on tenders and
Contracts.

CO4 Observe the arbitrations involved in the construction practices.

CO5 Persuade their technical skills and skills to quickly adapt to the industries and
workplace.

271
 d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Quantity Estimation Contact
Hours:15

Quantity Units of measurement, Purpose and methods of Estimation, Types of

Estimation estimates, Approximate estimates and detailed estimates, Estimation of
quantities for buildings, roads, canals, Estimation of quantity of steel bars
in circular slabs, spherical dome and other geometries by KC’s mesh
formula, IS 1200 Method of measurement, Measurement book.

Unit-2 Rate Analysis and Costing, Specifications and Contact

Tenders Hours:15
Rate Analysis Schedule of rates, Market rates, Assessment of Man-hours and
and Costing machineries for common civil works, Rate analysis of all the items, Cost
estimates.
Specifications Technical specifications, General & detailed Specifications, Types of
and Tenders Constructions, Tender notices, Earnest Money, Detail of Security, Type
of tender, Tendering Procedures, E-Tendering, Digital signature
Certificates, Encrypting, Decrypting.

Arbitration Definition, Acts and legal decision making process.

Unit-3 Discrete Contracts and Valuation Contact
Hours:15
Contracts Contracts, Types of contracts, Formation of contracts, Contract
conditions, General conditions of contract, Mobilization advance, Secured
advance, Performance Bank Guarantee, Retention money, Penalty clause,
Defect liability period, Escalation Clause, R.A Bills & Final Bill,
Contract for labour, material, Drafting of contract documents based on
IBRD/ MORTH standard bidding documents, Construction contracts.
Valuation Definition, Various types of Valuations, Valuation method, Valuation of
Land, Buildings, Valuation of plants and machineries.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

TEXT BOOKS
T1. B.S Patil - “Civil Engineering Contract and Estimates", 2006 ISBN13:978036713368
T2. B.N.Datta “Estimating and Costing” UBSPD, New Delhi. 28TH EDITION ISBN-10:
8174767703; ISBN-13: 978-8174767707
T3. G.S. Birdie “Estimating and Costing”, Dhanpat Rai Publication New Delhi. ISBN-10:
9384378135; ISBN-13: 978-9384378134
T4. D.N Banerjee - "Principles and Practices of Valuations" V Edition Eastern Law House,
1998 ISBN: 9788171772940

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1.Handbook of Consolidated Data - 8/2000 Volume 1, TNPWD ISBN: 978-81317 00679

272
 R2.Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996
R3.Standard Bid Evaluation Form, Procurement of Goods or Works, The World
Bank, April 1996
R4.Standard data book for analysis and rates, IRC New Delhi, 2003
f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter

273
 3OSP

274
3

2OSP
3

1OSP
gninraeL gnol-efiL
ecnanif dna tnemeganam tcejorP
1
noitacinummoC
krow maet ro laudividnI
scihtE
g. CO-PO Mapping

ytilibaniatsus dna tnemnorivnE

1
1
yteicos dna reenigne ehT
egasu loot nredoM
smelborp xelpmoc fo snoitagitsevni tcudnoC
snoitulos fo tnempoleved/ngiseD

1=addressed to small extent

2= addressed significantly
3=major part of course
1
sisylana melborP

3
egdelwonK gnireenignE

CO1
CO2
CO3
CO4
CO5
SN Course Construction Management L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 20CET- Construction Managment 2 0 0 0 2 2 PC
354
Course Code(s) 20CET-
354
PRE- Basic concepts related to construction project and
REQUISITE its management
CO-
REQUISITE
ANTI-
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the basics of Project management. The students are then introduced to
PERT and CPM and their classification. The course further emphasizes on the use of Machinery
in Construction management.

b. Course Objectives
 Topreparestudentsforentry-levelmanagementpositionsinindustry.
 Tostudyandunderstandthevarioussafetyconceptsandrequirementsappliedtoconstructio
nprojects.
 Tostudytheconceptsofqualityandassuranceandcontroltechniquesinconstruction

c.Course Outcomes
CO1 Integrate ethical decision-making into the construction industry.
CO2 Adopt any construction project and study how the management tasks are performed
and how the progress is monitored.
CO3 Manage a quality construction project from start to completion while maintaining
budget, schedule and safety requirements.
CO4 Apply various techniques and methods to efficiently and effectively plan and control
construction projects.
CO5 Interpret accident causinghazards.
CO6 Adapt the upcoming and new management techniques and strategies

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Basics of ProjectManagement Contact Hours: 10

275
Introduction DefinitionProject,CharacteristicsofaProject,Projectmanagerandroleoftheprojectm
to Project anager,OrganizationalBreakdownStructure(OBS),Projectphasesandstages,WorkB
reakdownStructure(WBS),ConstructionResources.
ProjectMan DefinitionProjectPlanningandProjectMonitoring,ImportanceofProjectPlanningR
agement elationshipbetweendurationandcost,ProjectDurationandCostControl.
ProcurementManagement,StoreManagement,InventoryControlManagement,Job
SiteLayout.UnderstandingTaskDependenciesinProjectManagement,Resourcesall
ocation,Projectdurationandprojectcontrol,ActivitiesNetwork,Networklevelof
detail, networkactivities,NetworkDesign,NodalNetworks,ExamplesofNetwork

Unit-2 PERT AND CPM Contact Hours: 08

TimeEstima Introduction,Uncertainties,TimeEstimates,FrequencyDistribution,Mean,Varianc
tes eandStandardDeviation,ProbabilityDistribution,BetaDistribution,ExpectedTime

TimeComp Introduction,EarliestExpectedTime,FormulationforTE,LatestAllowableoccurrenc
utation etime,FormulationforTL,CombinedTabularcomputationsforTEandTL.
NetworkAn Slack,CriticalPathandexamples
alysis
CPM Introduction, process,networks, Activity
NetworkAn TimeEstimate,EarliestEventTime,Latestallowableoccurrencetime.
alysis CombinedtabularcomputationsforTEandTL.Startandfinishtimesofactivity,Float,C
riticalactivitiesandcriticalpath,Examples
CostModel Introduction,ProjectCost,IndirectProjectCost,DirectProjectCost,SlopeofDirectCo
stCurve,CostOptimization
Unit-3 ExcavatingandTransportingEquipment Contact Hours:08
Excavatinga TypesofTractors,bulldozer,powershovel,dragline,clamshells,hoe,scrapers,trenchi
ndTransport ngmachinesanditstypes
ingEquipme
nt
Haulingand OnHighwayVehicles&OffHighwayVehicles
ConveyingE
quipmen
RockDrillin PercussionDrillanditstypes,AbrasionDrill
gMachines
Examples illustratingthecostofowningandoperatingofequipment,determinationofgradabilityo
ftractors,OutputofBulldozers,Powershovels,Hoe

276
e. Textbooks / Reference Books
T1PrasannaChandra“Projects-
Planning,Analysis,selection,financing,implementationandreview”McGrawHillPvt.Ltd.8thEdi
tion [ISBN (13): 978-93-329-0257-2]
T2 HaroldKerzner“ProjectManagement-
AsystemsapproachtoPlanning,Schedulingandcontrolling”WileyPublication10thEdition
[ISBN: 978-0-470-46484-7]
T3
U.KShrivastava“ConstructionPlanningandManagement“GalgotiaPublicationsPvt.Ltd.2015
[ISBN (13): 9788175152465]
T4
Dr.B.CPunmiaandK.KKhandelwal“ProjectPlanningandControlwithPERTandCPM”Laxm
iPublicationsPvt.Ltd.2012 [ISBN: 978-81-318-0962-2]
T5JimmieW.Hinze“ConstructionSafety”PrenticeHall[ISBN (13): 978-0131186514]
REFERENCE BOOKS
R1
Shivanisakre,Prof.Abhijit.N.BhirudPlanningandSchedulinginConstructionthroughModelApproac
hIJRITCCISSN:2320-8169Volume:3Issue:5
R2 K.KChitkara“ConstructionProjectManagement” McGrawHill2ndEdition [ISBN (13): 978-
93-392-0544-7]

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks/4 marks

277
 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 2
CO2 3 3
CO3 1 1 2 1 2
CO4 1 3
CO5 2

278
SN Course Structural Software Lab L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 20CEP- Structural Software Lab 0 0 2 0 1 2 PC
355
Course Code(s) 20CEP-
355
PRE- Basic concepts related to Software Structural Lab
REQUISITE
CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the basics of structural software lab . The students are then introduced to
CE systems and their classification. The course further emphasizes on the latest software tools
for modelling, analysis and design of Civil Engineering systems.

b. Course Objectives
To design the complicated structure with easy methods with the help of STAAD Pro software

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Apply the software tools in analysis and design of Civil Engineering systems
CO2 Identify the available open source software tools used for specific problems in Civil
Engineering
CO3 Interpret the latest software tools for modelling, analysis and design of Civil Engineering
systems.
CO4 Apply the knowledge of material specification.
CO5 Restate the techniques and methods of analysis.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Contact Hours:
10
<Experiment [1] Overview of Structural analysis and design
Name 1>
< Experiment[2] Calculating shear forces and bending moment values for various supports
Name 2>
and load types.

<Experiment [3] STAAD Pro v8i, STAAD editor, Coordinate system(global and local)
Name 3>
Unit-2

279
 Contact Hours:
08
<Experiment [4] Creating a new project in STAAD Pro: Units, Model generation (nodes and
Name 4>
member)

<Experiment [5] Model editing tools: Translational repeat, Circular, Move, Mirror,
Name 5>
Rotation, Insert note

<Experiment [6] Single and multiple members: Add beam Point to point, Between
Name 6>
midpoints, Perpendicular intersection, Curved member

<Experiment [7] Model editing tools: Connect beam along, Stretch selected members, Insert
Name 7>
selected members, Merge selected members, Split beam, Break beam

selective node.

Unit-3 Contact
Hours:08
<Experiment [8] Create modeling models by using structure: Support
Name 8>
specification/conditions, Member properties specification, Member offset.

<Experiment [9] Material specification: Group specification, loading: Nodal load, Member
Name 9>
loads, adding self weight, wind load, creating load combination, automatic

load combination, moving loading, repeat load.

<Experiment Introduction to analysis: perform analysis, design of column, design of

Name 10>
beam design of continuous beam, design of truss bridge.

e.Textbooks / Reference Books

 Learning Bentley STAAD Pro V8i for Structural Analysis by Sham Tikoo
Dream tech Press India Pvt. Ltd
 Design of RCC Buildings using STAAD Pro V8i with Indian Examples English by Author T S
Sarma.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40

280
 Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sr.No. Type of Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in Remarks

Assessment conduct Task Internal

Assessment

1 Conduct 12

2 Report 10

3 Viva- Voce 8

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2 1 3 1
CO2 2 3 1 2
CO3 2 3 2 3 2
CO4 1 2 1 1
CO5 1 2

281
SN Course Smart Building and Automation Lab L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 20CEP- Smart Building and Automation Lab 0 0 2 0 1 2 PC
356
Course Code(s) 20CEP-
356
PRE- Nil
REQUISITE
CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the basics of Smart Building and Automation lab . The students are then
introduced to FAS Components. The course further emphasizes on the latest software tools for
HVAC , analysis and design of Civil Engineering systems.

b. Course Objectives
 To enable students to understand the operation, principle and characteristics of various
service systems/technologies of an intelligent buildings such as the building automation
system, intelligent vertical transportation systems, communications, structured cabling
etc..
 To enable students to establish a broad knowledge on the concepts of intelligent
buildings.
 To enable students to understand that intelligence of a building can be achieved by
integration and optimization of building structure, services systems, information
technology, management and valued-added services.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Identify benefits, impacts and driving forces of intelligent buildings and its subsystems
CO2 Analyze current philosophy, technology, terminology and practices used in building
automation
CO3 Evaluate different fire standards, FAS Components, FAS loops, Architectures
CO4 Selection of hardware and software for HVAC system.
CO5 Evaluate energy management system.

282
 d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Lighting and ventilation Contact Hours:
10
Lighting and Demonstrate the illumination (lighting) control and electric power control
ventilation system; demonstrate the heating, ventilation and Air-conditioning
(HVAC), access control system, Fire detector (ionization, optical, heat,
beam and smoke) and alarm
[10]
Unit-2 Biometirc and CCTV System Contact Hours:
08
Biometirc and[11] Study of biometric system; demonstrate the close circuit system
CCTV System
(CCTV), control panel system, P.A. system
Unit-3 Alarm and Monitoring system Contact
Hours:08
Alarm and Demonstrations of Alarm monitor system, security automation system
Monitoring [12]
system

e. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Assessment Weightag Frequency Final Remarks
No e of actual of Task Weightage
. conduct in Internal
Assessmen
t
1 Mid term test 20 marks 1 per 20 marks
MST semester
2 Student Engagement in 5 marks

283
 Simulation/Demonstration/Performan 5 marks 5 marks
ce and Controls/Pre-Lab Questions. for each for each
experimen experimen
t t
3 Post Lab Quiz Result. 5 marks 5 marks 5 marks
for each for each
experimen experimen
t t
4 Worksheet completion including 1o marks 10 marks 10 marks
writing for each for each
learning objectives/Outcomes experimen experimen
t t
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion forum/short 4 marks One per 4 marks
assignment/Portfolio for each Experimen
experimen t
t

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 4 marks

f. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2
CO2 3 1 1 1 2 2
CO3 3
CO4 3 1 1
CO5 1 2

284
SN Course Project L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 20CER- Project 0 0 0 8 4 8 Project
389
Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should possess basic Knowledge of Civil
REQUISITE Engineering
CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the basics of Project . The students are then introduced to the steps of
project building. The course further emphasizes on the projects.

b. Course Objectives
 Enhance the capability of the students independently articulate and apply the engineering
knowledge to solve the open ended complex theoretical engineering problems
 Promote the spirit of peer group and Experiential learning to handle and solve the real life
complex problems
 To develop an attitude of collective working and responsibility sharing in an
interdisciplinary team.
 To inculcate problem solving ability relating open ended complex problem solving

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Apply mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and an engineering
specialization to the conceptualization of engineering models.
CO2 Identify, formulate, research literature and solve complex engineering. problems
reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics and engineering
sciences
CO3 Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in
multi-disciplinary settings.
CO4 Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or
processes.
CO5 Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community.

285
 d. Syllabus
Open ended, complex, theoretical, engineering problem, etc. of student interest are to be
allocated to group of students from the project basket prepared by the faculty.
This is a group project with one faculty member as guide.
e. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

f. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 3

286
20CEX359 MOOCS L T P S C CH
Version 1.00 - - - 4 4* 4^

Pre-requisites/ Student should have knowledge of Basic Civil Engineering.

Exposure
Co-requisites

a.Course Description

MOOCs integrate social networking, accessible online resources, and are facilitated by leading
practitioners in the field of study. Most significantly, MOOCs build on the engagement of
learners who self-organize their participation according to learning goals, prior knowledge and
skills, and common interests. The characteristics of the MOOC: massification, heterogeneity of
profiles, professions, educational levels and origin, to encourage informal learning by means of
social technology.

b.Course Objective

1.This creates an excellent opportunity for students to acquire the necessary skill set for
employability through massive online courses where the rare expertise of world-
famous experts from academics and industry are available.

2.MOOCs offer a chance for individuals to learn more about the digital form
for learning and teaching.

c.Course Outcomes

 MOOCs offer a chance for individuals to learn more about the digital form for learning
and teaching
 International experience and globalization
 linking up communities from across the globe in the context of a MOOC
 Mixing internal and external cohorts
 Accreditation and [micro] credentialing
 Cross/co-curricular opportunities
d. Links to join courses

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce01/preview

287
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce02/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce03/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce04/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce05/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce06/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce07/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce08/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce09/preview

288
SN Disaster Management L T P S C CH Course
20CEO409/20CEO372 Type*
1 Name of the Course (s) 3 - - - 3 3 Open
Elective
Course Code(s)
PRE-REQUISITE NIL
CO-REQUISITE NIL
ANTI-REQUISITE NIL

a.Course Description

The course begins with the theoretical study natural disaster, manmade disasters,
components of disaster management and ends with reconstruction work

b.Course Objectives

To Impart General knowledge of various types of Disaster and its Management.

c.Course Outcomes

CO1 Students will be able to understand disaster phenomenon, its different contextual
aspects, impacts and public health consequences.
CO2 Students will be able to increase their knowledge and understanding of the
International Strategy for Disaster Reduction and to increase skills and abilities for
implementing the Disaster Risk Reduction Strategy.
CO3 Students will be able to develop the mitigate methods for various disasters
CO4 Students will be able to increase their skills and ability to design, implement and
evaluate research on disasters.
CO5 Students will be able to investigate disaster mitigation factors.

e. Syllabus

Unit-1 Natural disaster and manmade disaster Contact Hours:

15
Natural Disasters Meaning and nature of ‘Natural Disasters’, their types and effects. Floods,
Drought, cyclone, earthquakes, landslides, avalanches, volcanic eruptions,
heat and cold waves, climatic change, global warming, sea level rise,
ozone depletion.
Manmade Nuclear disasters, chemical disasters, biological disasters, building fire,
Disasters Coal fire, forest fire, oil fire, air pollution, water pollution, deforestation,
industrial waste water pollution, road accidents, rail accidents, air
accidents, sea accidents.

289
Unit-2 Principles/Components of Disaster Management Contact Hours:
15
Disaster Organizational structure for disaster management, disaster management
Management schemes/sops, flood control, drought management, land use planning,
inter-linking of rivers, role of union/states, role of armed forces/other
agencies in disasters, important statutes/ legal provisions, ieds/bomb threat
planning, NBC threats and safety measures, forest fires, oil fires, crisis in
power sector, accidents in coal mines, terrorism and emergency
management, school awareness and safety programmes, case studies.
Unit-3 Operations Management (OM) Contact Hours:
15
Damage Risk assessment and disaster response, quantification techniques, NGO
Assessment management, SWOT analysis based on design & formulation strategies,
insurance& risk management, role of financial institutions in mitigation
effort, group dynamics, concept of team building, motivation theories and
applications, psychological and social dimensions in disasters, trauma and
stress, emotional intelligence, electronic warning systems.
Trends in Disaster Recent trends in disaster information provider, geo informatics in disaster
Information studies, remote sensing & biotechnology, laser scanning applications in
disaster management, statistical seismology, quick reconstruction
technologies, role of media in disasters, management of epidemics, bio-
terrorism, forecasting / management of casualties.

f. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1 Bryant Edwards (2005): Natural Hazards, Cambridge University Press, U.K.

T2. Carter, W. Nick, 1991: Disaster Management, Asian Development Bank,
Manila.
T3. Central Water Commission, 1987, Flood Atlas of India, CWC, New Delhi.
T4. Central Water Commission, 1989, Manual of Flood Forecasting, New Delhi.
T5. Government of India, 1997, Vulnerability Atlas of India, New Delhi.
T6. Sahni, Pardeep et.al. (eds.) 2002, Disaster Mitigation Experiences and
Reflections, Prentice Hall of India, New Delh
T7. Bryant Edwards (2005): Natural Hazards, Cambridge University Press, U.K.
T8. Kasperson, J.X., R.E. Kasperson, and B.L. Turner III (Eds.), 1995, Regions at
Risk: Comparisons of Threatened Environments, United Nations University
Press, Tokyo
T9. Singh Satendra (2003): Disaster Management in the Hills, Concept Publishing
Company, New Delhi.

References
R1. www.nidmindia.nic.in
R2. http://www.cambridge.org.in
R3. Bryant Edwards (2005): Natural Hazards, Cambridge University Press,U.K.

290
 R4. Roy, P.S. (2000): Space Technology for Disaster management: A RemoteSensing&
GIS Perspective, Indian Institute of Remote Sensing (NRSA) Dehradun.
R5. Sharma, R.K. & Sharma, G. (2005) (ed) Natural Disaster, APH
PublishingCorporation, New Delhi.
R6. www.GIS. Development.net

g. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

291
 h. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 1
CO3 3 2
CO4 2 2
CO5 3 2

292
S 20CEO Construction Bye laws & Practices L T P S C C Course
N 373 H Type*
1 Name of the Course (s) 3 - - - 3 3 Open
Elective
Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should have knowledge of Building
REQUISIT Materials.
E
CO- NIL
REQUISIT
E
ANTI- NIL
REQUISIT
E

a. Course Description

The course begins with the introduction of different types of building components.
Thereafter the construction bye laws and practices for different building components are
discussed.

b. Course Objectives

● To learn about conventional & fast construction techniques used in civil engineering.
● To provide the knowledge such that student should be able to understand the
construction aspects of building& fundamentals of building construction

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Students will be able to get basic knowledge of functioning of different building
components.
CO2 Students will be able to apply different building bye laws
CO3 Students will be able use modern tools for building Practices.
CO4 Students will be to develop solutions pertaining to the construction process and
techniques.
CO5 Students will be able to investigate about different construction processes.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Introduction to building Components and Bye Laws Contact Hours:

15
Introduction

293
 Type of buildings, Components of building, principles of site selection,
planning regulation & bye laws, principles & essential factors of
planning, main consideration of Architectural design, site & soil
Investigation.

Foundation Type of Shallow Foundations, Type of Deep Foundations, Factor

affecting the selection of foundation, Foundation near existing adjacent
structure, Foundations for black cotton soil , Framed & Non framed
Structure.
Brick masonry Technical Terms used in Brick Work , Type of Bricks& Brick work ,
Size & Weight of Brick , Bonds in Brickwork , Bonds at connections ,
Points to be taken care while Brick Work , Defects in Brick Masonry, ,
Load Bearing & Non Load bearing Walls , Cavity Walls , type of
partitions..
Unit-2 Damp proofing and Scaffolding Contact Hours:
15
Damp proofing & Causes of Dampness, Effects of Dampness, Methods of damp proofing,
termite proofing Type of termites & Methods of Termite Treatment, Water Leakage &
Type of Water Proofing, Laying of Brick Bat Water proofing

Scaffolding , Scaffolding, Component Parts of Scaffolding, Type of Scaffolding,

shoring & Shoring, Types of Shoring, Points to be taken care while doing
underpinning scaffolding & Shoring, Methods of Under Pinning, Type of Form Work,
Selection of Form work, Removal of form work

Unit-3 Practice for Doors, windows, and Plastering work. Contact Hours:
15
Doors & Technical Terms used in Doors & Windows, Type of Doors, Type of
windows windows, Aluminium & UPVC doors & windows, Door & Window
Lintels

Floors & roofs Types of Floors , Construction Procedure of Floors , Classification of

Roofs , Construction of RCC Slab, Technical Terms used in staircase ,
Type of Staircase , Special Considerations while construction of
Staircase.
Plastering, Material Used In Plastering , Type of Plastering , 20 mm , 15mm , 12
pointing work & mm , 6mm Thick Plaster , Methods of Plastering , Types of Pointing ,
painting work distempering, white washing and colour washing of plastered surfaces.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1 Building Construction by S.K. Sharma

T2 Building Construction by Sushil Kumar

294
 REFERENCE BOOKS
R1 Building Construction by B.C. Punmia
R2 Building Construction by Rangwala
f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Compone Continuous Semester End
nts Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total 100
Marks

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

295
g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1
CO2 3 1 3
CO3 3 2
CO4 3
CO5 3 3

296
SN 20CEO426 Infrastructure Planning & L T P S C CH Course
Management Type*
1 Name of the Course (s) 3 - - - 3 3 Open
Elective
Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should possess basic knowledge of
REQUISITE sciences
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

a.Course Description

The course moves along infrastructure planning which includes Infrastructure

development through PPP route and along with Monetary and Risk Management
Framework for Infrastructure Projects.

b.Course Objectives

To introduce students with Infrastructure engineering and impart basic knowledge of civil
systems.

c.Course Outcomes

CO1 Student will understand the role of infrastructure in development and its various
components.
CO2 Student will be able to explain PPP projects and economics related to infrastructure
and risk management framework
CO3 Student will be connect to organizing, enforcing bodies and laws for planning and
development.
CO4 Student will be able to evaluate risks, risk management frameworks of Indian projects.
CO5 Student will be able to develop urban and rural infrastructure management systems.

d.Syllabus

Unit-1 Introduction and infrastructure planning Contact Hours:

15

297
Introduction to Definition of basic terminologies, role of infrastructure in economic
Infrastructure development, types of infrastructure, measurement of infrastructure
Planning capacity, bases for quantification of demand and supply of various types
of infrastructure, Indian scenario in respect of adequacy and quality.
Infrastructure Goals and objectives of infrastructure planning; Identification and
Planning: quantification of the casual factors influencing the demand for
infrastructure; review and application of techniques to estimate supply and
demand for infrastructure; use of econometric, social and land use
indicators and models to forecast the demand and level of service of
infrastructure and its impact on land use; critical review of the relevant
forecasting techniques; infrastructure planning to identify and prioritize
preferred areas for development; Integration of strategic planning for
infrastructure at urban, regional and national levels; case studies in
infrastructure planning.
Unit-2 Infrastructure development through PPP route: Contact Hours:
15
Infrastructure Introduction, Benefits of PPP mode of procurement; Types of PPP Models
development and their contractual structures, Stakeholders’ perspectives: Granting
through PPP route authority, Funders and Concessionaire Government’s role in successful
PPP projects, Financial and Economic Appraisal of BOT Projects; VFM
evaluation, PPP procurement process; Lifecycle of PPP projects,
Contractual package of PPP project; Bankable concession agreement,
Case study of Procurement process of Indian PPP projects.
Unit-3 Monetary and Risk Management Framework for Contact Hours:
Infrastructure Projects &Infrastructure Management: 15
Monetary and The Stages of an Infrastructure Project Lifecycle, an Overview of
Risk Management Infrastructure Project Finance. Relation to nation’s GDP. Finance sources
Framework for and funding procedure of infrastructure projects, Introduction to risk
Infrastructure management concept, Mapping and Facing the Landscape of risks in
Projects Infrastructure Projects; Economic and Demand Risks, Political Risks,
Socio-Environmental Risks, Cultural Risks in International Infrastructure
Projects -their Case studies, Risk analysis techniques, Risk mitigation
strategies, Case studies for Risk allocation frameworks of Indian projects.
Infrastructure Concepts, Common aspects of urban and rural infrastructure management
Management: systems; pavement and bridge management systems, integrated
infrastructure management, Case studies and examples.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. Grigg, Neil, Infrastructure Engineering and Management, Wiley Publications, 1988.
T2. Haas, Hudson, Zaniewski, Modern Pavement Management, Krieger, Malabar, 1994.
T3. Hudson, Haas, Uddin, Infrastructure Management: Integrating Design, Construction,
Maintenance, Rehabilitation, and Renovation, McGraw Hill, 1997.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

298
 The performance of students is evaluated as follows:
Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 2 2
CO4 2
CO5 3 3 3

299
SN 20CEO427 Construction Project Management. L T P S C CH Course
Type*
1 Name of the Course (s) 3 - - - 3 3 Open
Elective
Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should have Knowledge of
REQUISITE Mathematics& Statistics
CO-
REQUISITE
ANTI-
REQUISITE

a.Course Description

The course begins with the theoretical study of construction management, duties of
various top managers and ends with managing quality in various projects

b.Course Objectives

To impart the students, the knowledge of handling time bound projects and various
techniques of project management and its benefits.

c.Course Outcomes

CO1 Students will be able to get basic knowledge of construction project management,
scope of projects and planning.
CO2 Students will be able to analyse practical problems encountered in the construction
projects
CO3 Students will be able to apply quality and safety techniques required in construction.
CO4 Students will be able to development solutions for project management
CO5 Students will be able to conduct investigations related to construction process

d.Syllabus

Unit-1 Introduction to project management, construction Contact Hours:

scheduling and CPM 15
Project Basic forms of organization with emphasis on Project and matrix
Management structures; project life cycle, planning for achieving time, cost, quality,
safety requirements of projects, project feasibility reports based on socio-
techno-economic, environmental impact analysis, project clearance
procedures and necessary documentation for major works like dam, multi-
storey structures, ports, tunnel, Qualities. Role and responsibility of
project Manager, Role of PMC (Project Management Consultants) on

300
 major projects.
Construction Work break down structure, activity cost and time estimation in CPM,
Scheduling PERT, PERT Introduction, Earliest Expected Time, Formulation for TE,
Latest Allowable occurrence time, Formulation for TL, Combined Tabular
computations for TE and TL.
.
CPM Introduction, process, networks, Activity Time Estimate, Earliest Event
Time, Latest allowable occurrence time, Combined tabular computations
for TE and TL, Start and finish times of activity, Float, Critical activities
and critical path, Examples
Unit-2 construction management and safety management Contact Hours:
15
Construction Site mobilization, demobilization aspects, various Resources management
Management based on funds availability, organizing and monitoring of the construction
work with respect to cost-time schedules, co-coordinating, communicating,
reporting technique, Application of Management Information Systems to
construction, monitoring and control mechanisms, Training of
Construction Manager.

Construction Role of various parties, duties and responsibilities of top management, site
Safety managers, supervisors etc. role of safety officers, responsibilities of general
Management: employees, safety committee, safety training, incentives and monitoring,
Writing safety manuals, preparing safety checklists and inspection reports.
Unit-3 Study of various quality standards in construction Contact Hours:
15
Quality Necessity for improving Quality in the context of Global Challenges,
Concept of Quality Control, Quality Assurance, Quality Management and
Total Quality Management (TQM).

Study of various Quality Standards related to building materials and other inputs for
Quality Standards construction processes, methods and techniques for construction outputs,
in Construction products and services such as BIS, Indian standards, Managing Quality in
various project stages from concept to completion by building quality into
design of structures, Inspection of incoming material and machinery, in
process quality inspections and tests.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1 ConstructionManagementandPlanningbySenguptaandGuha-TataMcGrawHill
publication.
T2 Project Management–K Nagrajan–New age International Ltd.
T3 Professional Construction Management barrie-Paulson-McGraw Hill Institute
Edition.
T4 Project Management–Ahuja H.N.–John Wiely, New York.

301
 T5 Construction Project Management Planning, Scheduling and Controlling-Tata Mc
Graw Hill, New Delhi
T6 Construction Management–Roy, Pilcher
T7 Construction Management–O’ Brien.
T8 “Safety Management in Construction Industry”–A manual for project
managers.NICMAR Mumbai.
R1 Construction Safety Handbook–Davies V.S. Thomas K, Thomas Telford, London
R2 Quality Planning and Analysis-J M Juran and Frank Gryna
R3 Total Quality Control-A V Fiegenbaum

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

302
g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1
CO2 3 1 2
CO3 3 3
CO4 3
CO5 3 3

303
SN Course TITLE OF THE COURSE L T P S C CH Course Type

1 Code: SOFT SKILLS 0 0 2 0 1 26 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>

20TDY351
Course Code(s)
PRE- Soft Skills
REQUISITE
CO- NA
REQUISITE
ANTI- NA
REQUISITE

a.Course Description

This course deals with the softskills required by student.

b.Course Objectives
 Instill confidence in the students to overcome hesitation and become proactive public
speakers through various activities.
 Strengthen the hold over English language and grammar and utilize the same in
professional communication.
 Augment creative and rational thinking skills of the students and give them insight
about the core elements of the placement process; Group Discussions and Personal
Interviews.

c.Course Outcomes

CO1 Understanding the importance of confidence and communication skills in having a good
personality, by applying the same in different situations.
CO2

Augmentation of speech proficiency and vocabulary of the students

and help them achieve their career goals.
CO3 Understanding and application of analytical,critical and reasoning skills in different situations.

CO4 Evaluation of the ability of a student to perform in front of an audience.

304
CO5 Creation of professional aura mapped with global industry needs for proficiently performing in

recruitment drives.

d.-Syllabus

Unit-1 Unit-I (Skill Enhancement)

 Session Exordium
 Case Studies
 Speak your mind
 Prove me Wrong
 Phrase it Out

Unit-2 Unit-II (Lexical Opulence)

 Situational GD
 Reading Comprehension
 Video Analysis
 Descriptive Writing
 Interview Mirror

Unit-3 Unit-III (Emloyability

Resonance)

 ED Talk
 Abstract Topic GD’s
 Rebuild Resume
 Case study based GD
 Collaboration Skills

Reference
5) High School English Grammar And Composition by Wren & Martin
6) How to prepare for Verbal Ability and RC - Arun Sharma & Meenakshi Upadhyay
7) How to Win Friends and Influence People -Dale Carnegie 1995 Levine & Crom

305
 8) The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change -Stephen R. Covey
2004

Practical
Components Continuous Internal Semester End Examination
Assessment (CAE) (SEE)
Marks 60 40
Total Marks 100

e.Internal Evaluation Component

Sr. Type Weightage of actual Frequency of Final Weightage in

No. of Assessment Task conduct Task Internal Assessment

30 marks of each
1 Live Assignment* One Per Unit 25 marks
assignment

2 Quiz 6 marks of each quiz 1 per Unit 6 marks

WriteX: Written Test

3 10 marks of each test 1 per semester 15 marks
as substitute for MST

30 marks per
4 Presentations** 1 per semester 10 marks
presentation/PI
Non-Graded:
5 Homework NA One per lecture
Engagement Task

Group Discussion Non Graded:

6 NA One per Chapter
Forum Engagement Task

Attendance and
7 Engagement Score on NA NA 4 marks
BB

CO/PO PO
PO 2 PO 3 PO 4 PO 5 PO 6 PO 7 PO 8 PO 9 PO 10 PO 11 PO 12 PSO 1 PSO 2
MAPPING 1
CO1 — — — — — 1 — — 2 1 — 2 — —
CO2 — — — — — — — — 3 3 — 2 — —
CO3 — — — — — — — — 3 2 — 3 — —
CO4 — — — — — — — 1 — — 1 1 — —

306
 CO5 — — — — — — — 2 2 — — 2 — —

SN 20CEA- TITLE L T P S C CH Course

361 Type*
1 Design Of Concrete Structure-II 3 0 0 0 3 0 <PC>
20CEA-361
PRE- Student should have Knowledge about basic
REQUISITE concepts of reinforced concrete structures
CO- IS 456-2000
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course begins with the theoretical study of RCC structural elements as relevant Indian
standard specifications which is widely utilized in civil engineering applications. The students
are then introduced to Foundations and their classification. The course further emphasizes on
the of Design of counter fort type retaining wall, Design of spherical and conical domes, design
of Rectangular and cylindrical underground water tanks, Design of Intz type tank and design of
flat slabs.
b.Course Objectives
1.To study behaviour and design of RCC structural elements as relevant Indian standard
specifications.
2.To make students aware with design specifications & IS Codal provisions
c.Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to learn and understand the principles for designing the complex
concrete structures.
CO2 Students will be able to apply different principles to concrete structures.
CO3 Students will learn to analyze and design the concrete structures.
CO4 Students will learn the applications of different concrete structures.
CO5 Students will be able to conduct numerical investigation of concrete structures

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (FOUNDATIONS) Contact
Hours:15
<Foundations > Combined footings, rectangular, trapezoidal, strip, strap, raft footings

307
Unit-2 (RETAINING WALLS AND DESIGN OF Contact
DOMES) Hours:15
<Retaining General design considerations, Design of counter fort type retaining wall.
Walls >
<Design Of Introduction to different type of domes, Design of spherical and conical
Domes> domes, Meridional and hoop stress in spherical and conical domes.
Unit-3 (WATER TANKS AND FLAT SLABS) Contact
Hours:15
<Water Tanks> General Design Requirements, design of Rectangular and cylindrical
underground water tanks, Design of Intz type tank, design examples.
<Flat Slabs> Advantages of flat slabs, general design considerations, approximate
direct design method, design of flat slabs, design examples.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1 Varghese P. C. ―Reinforced Concrete Structures, Tata McGraw Hill, ISBN 81-

203-0860-3
T2 M G Shah, C M Kale, RCC Theory and Design, Revised 1984/400, Mac Millan /
New Delhi, ISBN 978-0333-90458-9
T3 V.N Vazrani, M MRatwani, Design of Reinforced Concrete Strucutres, KP / Delhi ,
ISBN 978-81-7409-232-8
REFERENCE BOOKS
R1 Dr B C Punmia, A K Jain, R C C Designs Nem Chand and Bros., Roorkee. ISBN 81-
7008-090-8
R2 Syal I.C. and Goyal ―Behaviour, Analysis and Design of R.C.C. Structural
Elements, A.H. Wheelers, New Delhi , ISBN 81-209-2353-0.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency of Final Weightage Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct Task in Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks of 10 marks of

308
 One
assignment per
chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks for 20 marks for one MST-1, MST-
MST. one MST. MST. 2
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 2 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks for per semester
one MST
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture topic Engagement
(of 2 Task
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement
Task
7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1 1 3
CO2 3 1 2 2
CO3 3 1 1 3
CO4 3 1 3
CO5 1 3 1 3 1 1

309
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 Design of Metal Buildings 3 0 0 0 3 0 <PC>
20CEA362 20CEA-362
PRE- Students should have basic Knowledge of
REQUISITE Elementary Engineering Physics, Statics and
Mathematics, Solid/Structural Mechanics, Structural
Analysis, DSS-I
CO- IS800-2007.
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course begins with the theoretical study of Foot Bridge, roof trusses, industrial sheds which
is widely utilized in civil engineering applications. The students are then introduced to design of
components of aluminium cold framed sections and composite materials. The course further
emphasizes on the concept of Elements of a plate girder and design of a plate girder.
b.Course Objectives
To develop knowledge and ability among students to design various Steel Structures.
c.Course Outcomes
CO1 On completion of this course, the students are expected to learn Students will become
able to design metal structures namely foot bridge
CO2 On completion of this course, the students are expected to learn Students will become
able to design metal structures roof trusses, industrial shedsbased upon
criteria/limitations given by Indian Standard
CO3 On completion of this course, the students are expected to learn Students will become
able to design railway bridge.
CO4 Student will become familiar with the design of components of Crane supporting
structures.
CO5 Student will become familiar with the design of components of aluminium cold framed
sections

d. Syllabus

310
Unit-1 Introduction to metal buildings Contact
Hours:15
Introduction Introduction to metal buildings along with various standard terms and
definitions, Codes, Specifications and Load applications (Indian /
American),
cold form Introduction to cold form sections, Design of Anchor bolt and base plate,
sections Design of End plate moment connections, Design of bracing end
connections.
Unit-2 Foot Bridge and Railway Bridge Contact
Hours:15
Foot Bridge Design of steel foot bridge with parallel booms and carrying wooden
decking, using welded joints.
Railway Bridge Design of single-track Railway Bridge with lattice girders having parallel
Chords (for B.G.).
Unit-3 Crane supporting structures Contact
Hours:15
Crane supporting Introduction to plate girder, Elements of a plate girder, design of a plate
structures girder, curtailment of flanges, various types of stiffeners. Introduction to
arrangement of gantry girder and crane girder, Specifications and load
applications, design of gantry girder.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. Design of steel structures (Vol. 2): Ram Chandra ISBN 978-81-8940141-2
T2. Design of steel structures: L S Negi , ISBN 007-462305-2

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1. Edwin Hgaylod, Charles N. Gaejord Tomes E Design of Steel Structures ISBN
978-0-07-070247-9
R2. S.K.Duggal Design of Steel Structures 14 th RP, 2012 / 371 978-81-7371-4771
McGraw Hill N.Delhi
R3. IS 800: 2007 (General construction in steel-Code of practice) *
R4. SP: 6(1) (Handbook for structural engineers-Structural steel sections) *
*permitted in Examination

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60

311
 Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency of Final Weightage Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct Task in Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks of 10 marks of One
assignment per
chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks for 20 marks for one MST-1, MST-
MST. one MST. MST. 2
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 2 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks for per semester
one MST
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture topic Engagement
(of 2 Task
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement
Task
7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1 3
CO2 3 1 2 1
CO3 3 3 1 1 3
CO4 3 1 1 3
CO5 3 3

312
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 20CEB363 Railways, Tunnels and Waterways 3 0 0 0 3 3 <PC>

20CEB-363
PRE- Basics of Transportation Engineering-2
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The subject deals with concepts of railways, tunnels and water transportation system
b.Course Objectives
The goal of this course is to learn about railways tunnel and waterway.
c.Course Outcomes
CO1 Student will be able to classify the basic design requirements of super elevation,
signaling and interlocking of railway tracks.
CO2 Student will be able to interpret the necessity of ventilation, artificial lighting and
efficient drainage in tunnels.
CO3 Student will be able to explain various type of harbors, desirable features and aspects
to be considered in designing and planning of port facilities.
CO4 Student will be able to classify the different modes of transportation and describe
their geometrics.
CO5 Students will find errors in site selection of tunnel, airport and water ways.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 RAILWAYS Contact
Hours:15
Introduction Introduction, History, Recent developments, component of railway
tracks, gauges, problems caused by gauge change, basic requirement of
an ideal alignment, cross section of permanent way, rail, sleepers,

313
 ballast, track fittings, points and crossing, train resistance and tractive
power, curves and super elevation, switches and crossing, signalling and
interlocking, high speed tracks, track stresses.
Unit-2 TUNNELS Contact
Hours:15
TUNNELS Advantages, types, size and shape of tunnels, alignment, portals and
shafts, problems in tunneling, methods of tunneling in hard rock and soft
ground, necessity of tunnels, ventilation, lighting and drainage; dust
control and safety
Unit-3 WATERWAYS Contact
Hours:15
Definition of Definition of Basic Terms: Planning and Design of Harbours:
Basic Terms: Requirements, Classification, Location and Design Principles – Harbour
waterways Layout and Terminal Facilities, Coastal Structures, Inland Water
Transport – Wave action on Coastal Structures and Coastal Protection
Works. Nature of water transportation, , desirable features of harbour
site, planning and design of port facilities.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

TEXT BOOKS
T1 Chandra S., and Aggarwal, “Railway Engineering”, M.M. Oxford University Press,
New Delhi, 2007 isbn no 9781680152883.
T2 Saxena, S.C., and Arora, S.P., “A Text Book of Railway Engineering”, Dhanpat Rai
and Sons, Delhi, 1997 isbn no ISBN € 978-81-89928-83-4.
T3 Rangawala, Railway Bridge And Tunnel Engineering charotar publishing house,
2016 ISBN-13: 978-9385039133

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1 S.C. Saxena, Tunnel Engineering, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New Delhi ISBN-10:
938318230X
R2 Oza and Oza, Elements of Dock and Harbour Engineering, Charotar Publishing
House, 1996 isbn no 978-93-85039-25-6.
R3 M.M. Agarwal, Railway Engineering, Prabha & Co. 2007 isbn no ISBN-10:
8190061356.
f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

314
Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency of Final Weightage Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct Task in Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks of 10 marks of One
assignment per
chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks for 20 marks for one MST-1, MST-
MST. one MST. MST. 2
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 2 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks for per semester
one MST
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture topic Engagement
(of 2 Task
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement
Task
7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2
CO2 2 1 1 1 1
CO3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO4
CO5 3 1 2 1 2 1 1

315
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Code Type*
1 20CEB364 Pavement Design 3 0 0 0 3 3 <PC>
20CEB-364
PRE- Basics of Transportation Engineering
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course begins the road user characteristics and traffic forecasting. Student will learn traffic
control signals, capacity, LOS and traffic safety.
b. Course Objectives
1.To know the traffic and traffic flow characteristics.
2.To study various traffic surveys, capacity and LOS.
3.To understand the Traffic Signs and markings and some safety regulation measures.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to interpret traffic forecasting, parking requirements and accident
analysis.
CO2 Students will be able to evaluate signalised and unsignalized road intersections.
CO3 Students will understand traffic regulations, and accident study analysis
CO4 Student will be able to justify pre-timed signalized intersection, and determine the
signal splits.
CO5 Students will be able to design an actuated signalized intersection with proper
measurements of traffic safety.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Road user and their characteristics

316
 Contact
Hours:15
Road users and traffic studies volume, speed, origin-destination (O-D) and delay studies;
their analysis and interpretations of traffic studies; traffic forecasting;
characteristics
Unit-2 Capacity and level of service analysis Contact
Hours:15
Capacity and traffic characteristics at un-signalized and signalized intersections; design,
level of service capacity and LOS of signalized intersections; actuated signal control,
analysis signal coordination;
<Chapter Name
2>
<Chapter Name
3>
Unit-3 Traffic control Contact
Hours:15
Traffic control signs, markings, street furniture; traffic regulations; parking studies;
nature of traffic problems and their solutions; traffic safety: accidents-data
collection and analysis; causes and prevention.
<Chapter Name
2>
<Chapter Name
3>

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1 Traffic engineering and Transportation planning”, by Dr. L. R. Kadiyali, 7 th edition,
Khanna Publishers, (ISBN: 13- 978-9386173133)
T2 Highway Engg.-Khanna S.K. and Justo C. E. G. New Chand Publication,
(ISBN: 9788185240633)
T3 O’Flaherty C A, “Transport Planning and Traffic Engineering”, Butterworth
Heinemann, Elsevier, Burlington, MA
(ISBN:10- 0340662794)

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1 Fundamentals of Transportation Engineering – C.S.Papacostas, Prentice Hall India
Publication (ISBN: 13- 978-0133448702)
R2 Principles of Highway Engineering and Traffic Analysis –
F.L.Mannering&W.P.Kilareski, John Wiley Publishers, (ISBN: 978-1-119-30502-6)
R3 Traffic Flow Fundamentals – A.D.May, , Prentice Hall India Publication (ISBN:13-
978-0139260728)
R4 Fundamentals of Traffic Engineering – McShane& Rogers, (ISBN:13- 978-
0136135739)
f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

317
 Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency of Final Weightage Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct Task in Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks of 10 marks of One
assignment per
chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks for 20 marks for one MST-1, MST-
MST. one MST. MST. 2
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 2 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks for per semester
one MST
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture topic Engagement
(of 2 Task
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement
Task
7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2 1
CO2 2 2 1 1 3
CO3 3 2 1 2 2

318
 CO4 3 3 2 2 2 1 2
CO5 3 3 2 2 1 3

SN Course Air Pollution Control L T P S C CH Course

Code Type*
1 3 0 0 0 3 3 < PC>
20CEC-365
PRE- Knowledge of Basic Physics and Environmental
REQUISITE Sciences.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course deals with basic pollution control devices involved with Civil Engineering.
b. Course Objectives
1.To Impart knowledge of Air Pollution control with new mitigation techniques.
2.To make students aware with the basic concepts and principles of pollution control.
c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to understand the concepts of air pollution and will be able to
identify relationship between air pollution and meteorology.
CO2 Students will be able to analyze the problems associated with air pollution and its
management and suggest solution for the same.
CO3 Students will be able to identify the methods for control and mitigation of air pollution.
CO4 Students will be able to design Air Pollution Control Devices.
CO5 Students will be able to analyze the problems in air pollution control method and will
be able to provide solution to the same.

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Introduction Contact

Hours:10

319
Introduction: Structure and composition of Atmosphere – Definition, Scope and Scales
of Air Pollution – Sources and classification of air pollutants and their
effect on human health, vegetation, animals, property, climate change and
green house effect, Ambient Air Quality and Emission standards – Air
Pollution Indices – Emission Inventories – Ambient and stack sampling
and Analysis of Particulate and Gaseous Pollutants, Salient features of the
Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act – 1981.
Meteorology Effects of meteorology on Air Pollution - Fundamentals, Atmospheric
stability, Inversion, Wind profiles and stack plume patterns- Atmospheric
Diffusion Theories – Dispersion models, Software application, Plume rise,
Effective stack height .
Unit-2 (Name of the Unit) Contact
Hours:10
Control of Factors affecting Selection of Control Equipment – Gas Particle
Particulate Interaction, – Working principle, Design and performance equations of
Contaminants Gravity Separators (cyclone) , Centrifugal separators Fabric filters,
Particulate Scrubbers, Electrostatic Precipitators – Operational
Considerations - Process Control and Monitoring – Costing of APC
equipment – Case studies for stationary and mobile sources.
Control of Factors affecting Selection of Control Equipment – Working principle,
Gaseous Adsorption, condensation, Incineration, Bio scrubbers, Bio filters –
Contaminants: Process control and Monitoring - Operational Considerations -Costing of
APC Equipment – Case studies for stationary and mobile sources.
Unit-3 (Name of the Unit) Contact
Hours:10
Indoor Air Sources types and control of indoor air pollutants, Inorganic gaseous
Quality pollutants, Respirable particulates, Bioaerosols, sick building syndrome
Management: types – Radon Pollution and its control – Membrane process - UV
photolysis – Internal Combustion Engines Sources and Effects of Noise
Pollution – Measurement – Standards –Control and Preventive measures.
Air Pollution Planning for conducting Air pollution survey – Air Acts in India and
Survey and Global problems of Air pollution and remedial measures. Case studies.
Legislation –
Global Problems:

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. Lawrence K. Wang, Norman C. Parelra, Yung Tse Hung, Air Pollution Control.
T2. Noel de Nevers, Air Pollution Control Engineering, McGraw Hill, New York, 1995.
T3. David H.F. Liu, Bela G. Liptak ‘Air Pollution’, Lweis Publishers, 2000.

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1. Environmental Pollution & Control Prof. N.H. Gopal Dutt
R2. Environmental Pollution Control Engineering C.S. Rao.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

320
 The performance of students is evaluated as follows:
Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency of Final Weightage Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct Task in Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks of 10 marks of One
assignment per
chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks for 20 marks for one MST-1, MST-
MST. one MST. MST. 2
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 2 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks for per semester
one MST
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture topic Engagement
(of 2 Task
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement
Task
7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 1 2
CO3 2 2 1 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 2 2 3

321
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Code Marine Pollution Control 3 0 0 - 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20CEC-366 Course Code(s)
PRE- Knowledge of Basic Environmental
REQUISITE Engineering.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course deals with basic pollution control devices involved with Civil Engineering.

b. Course Objectives
1. To impart knowledge of different sources of marine pollution.
2. To make students aware with the global and regional agreements and initiatives
addressing marine pollution.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to understand the concepts of the nature of pollution and its
possible sources.

CO2 Students will be able to analyse the methods for measuring pollution.

CO3 Students will be able to identify the methods for pollution sources, relative risk, and
potential effects on human and marine life, as relevant to coastal zone management.
CO4 Students will be able to learn about the wave theory.
CO5 Students will be able to learn about transport and transformation of chemicals in
water/sediment systems and within marine organisms

322
 d. Syllabus
Unit-1 COASTAL ENGINEERING & WAVE Contact Hours:
HYDRODYNAMICS 10
COASTAL Introduction to the coastal features – Beaches, Estuaries, Lagoons –
ENGINEERING Principles of Marine Geology – Sea water Classification -The
oceans and climate.

WAVE Wave Theory, Waves in shallow waters – Refraction, Diffraction

HYDRODYNAMICS and Shoaling, Approximations for deep and shallow water
conditions – Tidal Classification – General circulation of ocean
waters - Ocean currents - Coastal sediment transport – Onshore
offshore sediment transport - Beach formation and coastal processes
- Tsunamis, storm surge.

Unit-2 MARINE POLLUTION, MONITORING AND Contact Hours:

MODELLING OF POLLUTION 10
MARINE Sources of Marine Pollution – Point and non point sources,
POLLUTION Pollution caused by Oil Exploration, Dredging, Offshore Structures,
SOURCES AND Agriculture Impacts of pollution on water quality and coastal
EFFECTS ecosystems – Marine discharges and effluent standards.

MONITORING Basic measurements – Sounding boat, lead lines, echo sounders –

AND MODELLING current meters - tide - use of GPS – Measurement of coastal water
OF POLLUTION characteristics – sea bed sampling – Modelling of Pollutant
transport and dispersion - Oil Spill Models – Ocean Monitoring
satellites – Applications of Remote Sensing and GIS in monitoring
marine pollution-Risk Assessment.

Unit-3 MARINE POLLUTION CONTROL Contact Hours:

10
MARINE Coastal Zone Regulation – Total Maximum Daily Load applications
POLLUTION – Design of out falls- Pollution Control strategies – Selection of
CONTROL optimal Outfall locations - National and International Treaties,
Protocols in Marine Pollution – ICZM and Sustainable
Development.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. Marine Pollution (5th Edition) R.B. Clark, C. Frid and M Atttrill Oxford Science
Publications,2001
T2. Marine pollution Dr.P.C.Sinha ,Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd, 1998.
T3. Problems of Marine Pollution : India and Canada, Raghavan, Sudha , Eastern Book
Corporation, Delhi, India,
T4. Laws, E.A., Aquatic pollution, an introductory text. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York,

323
2000.

R1. Marine Pollution & Control Prof. N.H. Gopal Dutt

R2. Marine Pollution Control Engineering C.S. Rao

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me

324
 CO1 3 2 - - - 2 2 - - - - - - -
CO2 - 3 - 3 2 2 - - - - - 1 1 2
CO3 - 2 - 2 1 - - - - - 2 - 2 - -
CO4 - - 3 3 - - - - - - 2 - 2 2 2
CO5 - - 3 3 - - - - - - 2 - 2 2 3

SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*

1 Code Foundation Engineering 3 0 0 0 3 45 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20CED-367 Course Code(s)
PRE- Basics Soil Mechanics and Concepts of
REQUISITE Geotechnical Engineering
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course begins with study of types of slope failures and various earth pressures
acting on a foundation. The students are then introduced to various classifications of
foundations and the reasons for their use for a particular soil. The course further
emphasizes on the concept of Machine foundation, its utilization in different
circumstances

b. Course Objectives
1. To prepare civil engineering students for a career as foundation designer.
2. To make students able to determine allowable bearing pressures and load carrying
capabilities of different foundation systems.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to know the methods of soil exploration and the methods of the
stress distribution
CO2 Students will be able to know the different types of foundation such as pile foundation
and shallow foundation and the reasons for their use for a particular soil
CO3 Students will be able to perform analysis of different types of foundations
CO4 Students will apply appropriate techniques for ensuring the stability of foundatio

325
CO5 Students will be able to conduct soil investigations on the different types of foundations

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Stability Analysis & Earth Pressure Contact Hours:
Stability Introduction, stability of finite and infinite slopes, types of slope failures,
Analysis various types of factors of safety and their determination by method of
slices, Swedish circle, friction circle, Bishop’s method, Taylor’s stability
number, location of critical circle.
Earth Pressure Different types of earth pressures, Rankine’s theory and Coulomb’s theory,
influence of water table, surcharge, application of Rankine’s and
Coulomb’s theory to cohesionless and cohesive soils, Cullman’s graphical
method, stability considerations for retaining walls, design of retaining
walls.

Sheet pile wall Different types of sheet pile walls; free and fixed earth support, design
principles of anchored bulk heads, arching in tunnels, open cut strutting
and sheeting.
Unit-2 Shallow & Pile Foundation Contact Hours:
Shallow Types of shallow foundations, shallow foundation and its types Pre
Foundation stressing in foundations, Prandtl analysis, Terzaghis analysis and
assumptions made, types of shear failures,effect of shape, depth and
inclination and water table on bearing capacity, plate load test and standard
penetration test, static and dynamic cone penetration test, causes of
settlement of structures, immediate and consolidation settlement, total and
differential settlement, methods of minimizing total and differential
settlements.

Pile Foundation Necessity of piles, types of piles and their uses. merits and demerits
ofdifferent types based on composition, types of pile driving hammers &
their comparison, Engineering News formula and Hiley’s formula for
determination ofallowableload,pile load test, determination of point
resistance and frictional resistance of a single pile by static formula, piles
in clay, safe load on a friction and point bearing pile, settlement of pile
groups in clay and negative skin friction, piles in sand spacing of piles in a
group- settlement of pile group- factors affecting capacity of a pile group,
efficiency of pile group, bearing capacity of a pile group in clay.
Unit-3 Caissons and Wells Contact Hours:
Caissons and Major area of use of caissons advantages and disadvantages of open box
Wells and pneumatic caissons, essential part of a pneumatic caisson,
components of a well, allowable bearing pressure, conditions for stability
of a well, Terzaghi’s analysis for lateral stability of a well, forces acting
on a well foundation, sinking of a well and problems related to them along
with remedial measures.
Machine Basic definition of theory of vibration terms, analysis of theory of single
Foundations degree system for free vibrations (without derivation), damped free
vibration, forced vibrations with constant harmonic excitation (frequency

326
 response curves), dynamic soil properties (Equivalent spring constants),
determination of Cu (coefficient of elastic uniform compression) by cyclic
plate load test and block vibration test.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

K.R.Arora, Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering, Standard Publishers distributors,
ISBN-10: 8180141128, ISBN-13: 978-8180141126.
P. Purshotama Raj, Geotechnical Engineering, ISBN-13: 978-1-299-48758-1, ISBN: 1-
299-48758-0.
R.B. Peck, W.E. Hanson, T.H.Thornburn, Foundation Engineering, John Wiley, ISBN:
978-0-471-67585-3.
B.M. Das, Principles of Foundation Engineering, ISBN-13: 978-0495668107
ISBN-10: 0495668109.
R1 Murthy V.N.S., 1993, A Text Book of Soil Mechanics of Foundation Engineering, Sai
Kripa Technical Consultants, Bangalore, ISBN-10: 8123913620 ISBN-13: 978-
8123913629.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA

327
 6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1 1 2
CO2 3 1 1 1 1
CO3 3 1 3
CO4 3 1 1 2 1
CO5 3 1 1 3

328
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Code Soil Dynamics 3 0 0 - 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20CED-368 Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should have Knowledge about
REQUISITE Soil Mechanics and Foundation
Engineering.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course deals with dynamic loads–dynamic behaviour of soils involved with Civil
Engineering.

b. Course Objectives
1. To understand the basics of dynamics–dynamic behaviourofsoils.
2. To understand effects of dynamic loads and the various design methods.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to understand the nature of dynamic loads and vibration theories
considering dynamic soil properties and behaviour for foundation design.
CO2 Students will be able to analyse influence of vibrations by applying principles of
vibration based on the nature of vibration, properties and behaviour of soil
CO3 Evaluation of the geotechnical parameters to solve environmental vibration problems in
order to suggest remediation methods
CO4 Applying different methods for designing foundations for machines considering
vibration environment
CO5 Formulating solutions to the problems related to liquefaction in the foundation design

d. Syllabus

329
 Unit-1 Theory of Vibration Contact Hours:
10
Theory of Introduction–Nature of dynamic loads–vibrations of single degree freedom
Vibration system–free vibrations of spring–massy stems–forced vibrations–viscous
damping, Transmissibility–Principles of vibration measuring instruments
effect of Transient and Pulsating loads–vibrations of multi degree freedom
system.
Unit-2 Dynamic Soil Properties and behavior Contact Hours:
10
Dynamic Soil Dynamic stress–strain characteristics–principles of measuring dynamic
Properties and properties–Laboratory Techniques–Field tests–Factors affecting dynamic
behavior properties-Typical values-Dynamic bearing capacity–Dynamic earth
pressure, Casestudy on Liquefaction of soil. Environmental vibration
problems during construction.
Unit-3 Foundations for Reciprocating Machines Contact Hours:
10
Foundations for Types of Machines and Foundations–General requirements–Modes of
Reciprocating vibration of a rigid foundation, block method of analysis–Linear Elastic
Machines weight less spring method–Elastic half–space method–Analog models;
Design of Block foundation—Codal Provisions

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. Kameswara Rao, N.S.V., "Dynamics soil tests and applications", Wheeler Publishing,
NewDelhi, 2000.
T2. Moore, P.J.," Analysis & Design of Foundations for Vibrations", Oxford & IBH, 2006.
T3.KrammerS.L.”GeotechnicalEarthquakeEngineering",Prenticehall,InternationalSeries,Pearso
nEducation(Singapore)Pvt.Ltd.,2004.
T4. Prakash, Sand Puri, V.K., Foundations for machines, McGrawHill, 1987.

R1. Srinivasulu. P. &Vaidyanathan .C. (1998), Hand book on Machine Foundations, Mc Graw
Hill Publications.
R2. S. Prakash & V.K. Puri (1997), Soil Dynamics and Design Foundation, Mc Graw Hill
Publications.
R3. I.S. Code ProvisionaI . S. 2974, 1987 Part I to IV –Practice of Design and Construction of
Machine Foundations.
R4. ShashiKGuhati&ManojDatta(2005), Geotechnical Engineering, Mc Graw Hill Ltd.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60

330
 Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2 3 2 2
CO2 2 3 3 2
CO3 2 3 2 2
CO4 2 3 3 3
CO5 2 3 2 3

331
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Code Advanced Hydraulics 3 0 0 0 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20CEE 369 Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should possess basic knowledge
REQUISITE of the fundamental concepts, advanced
principles and application of hydraulic
analysis and design.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course deals with the principles and application of hydraulics involved with Civil
Engineering Structural Elements.

b. Course Objectives
1. To make students familiar with the procedures and underlying theory employed by
hydraulic engineers for designing and analyzing open-channel and closed conduit
systems.
2. Principles derived from fluid dynamics along with empirical knowledge is used to
solve problems encountered by hydraulic engineers responsible for (1) water-supply
management, (2) water-excess management, and (3) environmental restoration.
c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Ability to compute water surface elevations in open channels
CO2 Ability to inspect and categorize water surface profiles
CO3 Ability to apply continuity, momentum, and energy equations to solve problems
involving hydraulic jump
CO4 Ability to solve problems by applying the concept of specific energy

332
CO5 Ability to solve problems involving critical depth

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Basic Principles Contact Hours:
10
Introduction Laminar flow, Navier’s-Stokes equation of motion for laminar Flow;
Laminar flow between two parallel plates, laminar flow through pipes,
Dimensional Analysis & Modal Studies. Velocity distribution in turbulent
flow; shear stress due to turbulence, turbulent flow in circular pipes,
resistance of smooth and artificially roughened pipes, General resistance
diagram
Basic Principles Open channel flow and its classifications, and properties, energy and
momentum principles, Critical flow computation and its applications,
transitions with sub critical and super critical flows. Uniform flow,
roughness coefficient, computation of uniform flow in prismatic channel,
design of non- erodible channels for uniform flow, most efficient channel
section, compound sections

Unit-2 Boundary Layer Theory Contact Hours:

10
Boundary Layer Introduction, Development of boundary layer over a flat plate, boundary
Theory layer thickness, displacement, momentum and energy thicknesses,
Application of momentum equation to boundary layer flow, local and
mean drag coefficients, Hydro-dynamically rough and smooth surfaces,
boundary layer separation and its control, Forces on Immersed bodies:
Drag and lift, drag on flat plate, sphere, cylinder and disc, development of
lift, Magnus effect and circulation, theoretical lift on rotating cylinder.

Unit-3 Hydraulic Machines Contact Hours:

10
Pipe Flow Losses in pipe flow, pipes in series, pipes in parallel, branching pipes,
Problems siphons, multi-reservoir problems, pipe networks, unsteady flow in pipes,
water hammer analysis.

Hydraulic Turbines: classification of tribunes, Impulse and Reaction turbines,

Machines characteristic curves, draft tubes, Pumps: classification of pumps,
centrifugal pump, efficiency and power, Output of centrifugal pumps,
characteristics curves.

Gradually Theory and analysis, gradually-varied flow computations in prismatic

varied flow channels, gradually varied flow in non-prismatic channels. Rapidly varied
flow: Theory of hydraulic jump, evaluation of jump elements in
rectangular and non-rectangular channel, location of jump on horizontal

333
 floor, channel controls and transitions, free over fall, thin plate weirs,
broad crested weirs, and sluice gates.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. P.N. Modi and S.N. Seth, “Hydraulics”, Standard Book House, Delhi, India.
T2. S. Ramamnitham, “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics”, Dhanpat Rai & Sons,
Delhi, India.
T3. Shames, “Hydraulics and Mechanics of fluids”, Mc Eraw-Hill, Auckland, N.
Land.
T4. V.L. Streeter, “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics”, Mc Graw-Hill, N.Y.,USA. 5.
R.J. Garde, “Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics” RPH, Roorkee, India.

R1.Subramanya, “Flow in Open channels”

R2. K G Ranga Raju, “Flow through open channel”
R3. V.T chow “Open channel Hydraulics”
R4. Bakhmeteff, “Hydraulics of open channel”
R5. Henderson, “Open channel flow”
f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2

334
 questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3
CO4 3 2
CO5 3 2 2 2

335
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Code Watershed development and 3 0 0 - 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Management
20CEE-371 Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should have Knowledge about the
REQUISITE basic scientific unit for planning and
management of water resources.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course deals with planning and management of water resources involved with Civil
Engineering.

b. Course Objectives
To understand the basics of available resources of a watershed for optimum production with
minimum hazards to natural resources.

c.Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to understand the various aspects of water resources development
and management on watershed basis
CO2 Students will be able to analyse technical aspects of watershed management;
perspectives on water management; skills of analyzing the complex issues in water
management and on specific knowledge on issues of watershed management.
CO3 Students will be able to understand the logical progression with possible case studies
and advancements in various areas
CO4 Students will be able to understand the optimum development of land, water and plant
resources to meet the basic needs of the people in a sustained manner
CO5

336
 Students will be able to understand the modern techniques in watershed management
such as remote sensing, Geographical Information System and numerical modeling

d.Syllabus
Unit-1 Introduction and Basic Concepts Contact Hours:
10
Introduction and Concept of watershed, introduction to watershed management, different
Basic Concepts stakeholders and their relative importance, watershed management policies
and decision making.
Sustainable Sustainable integrated watershed management, natural resources
Watershed management, agricultural practices, integrated farming, Soil erosion and
Approach & conservation; Watershed Management Practices in Arid and Semiarid
Watershed Regions, Case studies, short term and long term strategic planning.
Management
Practices
Integrated Introduction to integrated approach, Integrated water resources
Watershed management, conjunctive use of water resources, rainwater harvesting;
Management roof catchment system.

Unit-2 Watershed Modeling& Techniques Contact Hours:

10
Watershed Standard modeling approaches and classifications, system concept for
Modeling watershed modeling, overall description of different hydrologic processes,
modeling of rainfall‐runoff process, subsurface flows and groundwater
flow
Social Aspects of Community participation, Private sector participation, Institutional issues,
Watershed Socio-economy, Integrated development, Water legislation and
Management implementations, Case studies.
Use of modern Applications of Geographical Information System and Remote Sensing in
techniques in Watershed Management, Role of Decision Support System in Watershed
watershed Management.
management
Unit-3 Management of Water Quality Contact Hours:
10
Management of Water quality and pollution, types and Sources of pollution, water quality
Water Quality modeling, environmental guidelines for water quality
Storm Water Storm water management, design of drainage system, flood routing
and Flood through channels and reservoir, flood control and reservoir operation, case
Management studies on flood damage.
Drought Drought assessment and classification, drought analysis techniques,
Management drought mitigation planning.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

337
 Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2 3 2 2
CO2 2 3 3 2
CO3 2 3 2 2
CO4 2 3 3 3
CO5 2 3 2 3

338
SN 20CEF- TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 372 Contract Management 3 0 0 0 3 45 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20CEF-372
PRE- Basic Concepts of Construction Project
REQUISITE Management
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a.Course Description
The course begins with the theoretical study of administering tenders and contracts which is
widely utilized in all types of constructions. The students are then introduced to constructional
disputes and how to predict, prevent, avoid and resolve them. The course further emphasizes on
the security and labour laws.

b.Course Objectives
1.To study the elements of concluding and administering contracts.
2.To achieve awareness on arbitrations and legal procedures.
3.To study labor regulations and their impact on managing of contracts.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 One kind of contracts should be used rather than another.

CO2 Potential possibilities of construction disputes and how to predict, prevent, avoid and
resolve them.
CO3 The various terms related to Social Security and labour laws.

339
d.Syllabus
Unit-1 Tendering Concepts Contact
Hours:15
Tendering Tendering Process of civil engineering structure, tender documents,
Concepts requirements for tendering, Methods of inviting tenders, Evaluation of
Tender from Technical and financial aspects, Earnest Money Deposit
(EMD), Security deposits, Two Cover System, Preparation of the
Documentation, bidding models and bidding strategies, Local Competitive
Bidding, National Competitive Bidding and International Competitive
Bidding.

Functions of Contracts in civil engineering structure- Introduction to

Contract Contract agreements, Terms involved in Contract agreements, Elements of
Agreements Contracts, Types of Contracts, Standard Contract Document, Conditions of
Contract, Parties to a Contract, Formulation of Contract, Contract Start-Up,
Managing Relationships, Integrity in Contract Management, Managing
Risks, Managing Change; Contract Closure and Review, Ending a
Contract, Post-Implementation Review; Managing Performance.

Unit-2 Appointment of Arbitrator Contact

Hours:15
Arbitrator Appointment of arbitrator, power and duties of arbitrator, dispute review
board, Violations, Certificates, Forms and Schedules.
Definition of Contract administration, Duties and responsibilities of parties
Construction Claims, compensation and disputes, Dispute resolution techniques,
Administration Arbitration and Conciliation Act 1996, Arbitration case studies.

Unit-3 Performance Parameters Contact

Hours:15
Performance Notice to proceed, rights and duties of various parties, notices to be given,
Parameters Contract Duration and Price, Delays, penalties and liquidated damages;
Force Majeure, Suspension and Termination. Changes & variations,
Payments; Contract Management in Various Situations, Contract
Management in National Competitive Bidding Works, Contract
Management in International Competitive Bidding Works Contracts.

Other Contracts Contract of Supply of Goods, Design, Supply and Installation Contracts,
and Legal View Contract Management in Consultancy, Legal Aspects in Contract
Management, Managing Performance, Introduction, Monitoring and
measurement.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

John G. Betty, 2003. Engineering Contracts, McGraw Hill.ISBN-10: 0077077792,

ISBN-13: 978-0077077792

340
 Gajaria G.T., 2006 Laws Relating to Building and Engineering Contracts in India,
ISBN-10: 8187162063 ISBN-13: 978-8187162062
Jimmie Hinze, 2001, Construction Contracts, McGraw Hill, ISBN-10: 0073397857,
ISBN-13: 978-0073397856
Joseph T. Bockrath, Contracts, 2000 the Legal Environment for Engineers and
Architects, McGraw Hill, ISBN-10: 0073397849, ISBN-13: 978-0073397849.
Lecture Notes, Legal Aspects for Civil Engineers, Short Term Course organized by
SRMEC, 29th May to 4th June, 2002.
Oxley, R. and J. Poskitt, 1996,Management Techniques applied to the Construction
Industry, Wiley-Blackwell Publishers, ISBN-10: 0632038624, ISBN-13: 978-
0632038626.

R.J. Carter and S.K. KIRBY, 2006, Practical procurement, Cambridge Academic
publisher ASIN: B007THFRQ4.
S.K.KIRBY, 2018 Practical Contract Mangement, ISBN-10: 190349995X,ISBN-
13: 978-1903499955.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)

341
 5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1
CO2 3 3 1 3 2 1 1
CO3 3 2 3 3 3

342
SN 20CEF- TITLE L T P S C CH Course
373 Type*
1 Repair and Rehabilitation of 3 0 0 0 3 45 PC
Structures
20CEF-373
PRE- Basic Knowledge of Building construction, Quality
REQUISITE Control and Testing of structures
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a.Course Description
The course begins with the theoretical study of various types of deterioration of concrete
structures, their analysis and evaluation using NDT. Various failures and their causes in
different types of structures.Various types of materials and methods for repairs and
rehabilitation and also some case studies for more practical applications of studied techniques
and materials.

b.Course Objectives
To familiarize the students with deterioration of concrete in structures, equip them with
concepts of NDT (Non-Destructive Tests) and evaluation.
To make them understand failures and their causes in structures and familiarize them with
different materials and techniques for repairs.

c.Course Outcomes
CO1 Explain poor construction practices and deterioration of concrete in structures
CO2 Carryout analysis using NDT and evaluate structures
CO3 Assess failures and causes of failures in structures
CO4 Selection of materials for repair and rehabilitation
CO5

343
 Describe repair techniques and implement them on various structural failure and
damage.

d.Syllabus
Unit-1 Deterioration of RCC, Non Destructive Testing Contact Hours:
15
Deterioration of Deterioration of concrete in structures: Physical processes of deterioration
RCC like Freezing and Thawing, Wetting and Drying, Abrasion, Erosion, Pitting,
Chemical processes like Carbonation, Chloride ingress, Corrosion, Alkali
aggregate reaction, Sulphate attack Acid attack, temperature and their
causes, Mechanism, Effect, preventive measures. – Cracks:Cracks in
concrete, type, pattern, quantification, measurement & preventive measures.

Non Destructive Non destructive test methods for concrete including Rebound hammer,
Testing Ultrasonic pulse velocity, Rebar locator, Corrosion meter, Penetration
resistance and Pull out test, Core cutting- Corrosion: Methods for corrosion
measurement and assessment including half-cell potential and resistivity,
Mapping of data.

Unit-2 Building failure, Materials for repair and Contact Hours:

rehabilitation 15
Building failure Definition of building failure-types of failures- Causes of Failures- Faulty
Design, Accidental over Loading, Poor quality of material and Poor
Construction practices- Fire damage – Methodology for investigation of
failures-diagnostic testing methods and equipments-repair of cracks in
concrete

Materials for Properties of corrosion resistant steel, Admixtures- types of admixtures-

repair and purposes of using admixtures- chemical composition- Natural admixtures-
rehabilitation Fibres- wraps- Glass and Carbon fibre wraps- Steel Plates-Concrete
behavior under corrosion, disintegrated mechanisms- moisture effects and
thermal effects – Visual investigation- Acoustical emission methods-
Corrosion activity measurement- chloride content – Depth of carbonation-
Impact echo methods- Ultrasound pulse velocity methods- Pull out tests.
Unit-3 Grouting, Jacketing, Shotcereting, Investigation of Contact Hours:
structures 10
Grouting Grouting, Jacketing, Shotcereting, externally bonded plates, Nailing,
Shoring, Underpinning and under water repair; Materials, Equipments,
Precautions and Processes, Epoxy injection, Grouting and Guniting

Investigation of Distress, observation and preliminary test methods. Case studies: related to
structures rehabilitation of bridge piers, dams, canals, heritage structures, corrosion
and erosion damaged structures.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

344
 B.L. Gupta, Amit Gupta, 2017, Maintenance & Repair of Civil Structures, Standard
Publishing, ISBN-10: 8180141020, ISBN-13: 978-8180141027.
B. Vidivelli, 2009, Rehabilitation of Concrete Structures, Standard Publishers, ISBN-
10: 8180141101, ISBN-13: 978-8180141102.
Reference Books
V.K. Raina, 2019 Concrete Bridge Practice Construction, Maintenance & Rehabilitation,
Shroff Publishers; Second edition ISBN-10: 9352038309, ISBN-13: 978-9352038302

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

345
g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 2 2 2
CO2 3 3
CO3 3 3 1 2 3
CO4 2 1 3
CO5 3 1

346
 Semester-7
Evaluation
S Cours
Code Course Name L T P S C CH Interna Externa
N e Type Total
l l
Programme Elective-
1 20CExxxx PE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
III
Programme Elective-
2 20CExxxx PE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
IV
3 20CEOxxx Open Elective UOE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
4 20CER449 Project PR - - - 8 4 8^ 60 40 100
5 20CEI412 Industrial Training TR - - - - 4 - - 100 100
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and CH
9 8 17
system)
*MNG Subjects/credits
^Self Study course
^^Not part of scheme
**Students will undergo 4-6 weeks Industrial Training after examinations of 6th semester and the same will be concluded
before start of 7th semester.
Note: Program Electives have been listed separately

347
SN 20CEA- TITLE L T P S C CH Course
413 Type*
1 Pre-Stressed Concrete Structures 3 0 0 0 3 3 PC
20CEA-413
PRE- Students should have basic knowledge about
REQUISITE reinforced cement concrete and design of various
members as per limit state method
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a.Course Description
The course begins with the concept of Pre-stressed concrete and materials which is widely
utilized in all engineering applications. The students are then introduced to analysis of pre stress
members. The course further emphasizes on the design of pre-stressed concrete members

b.Course Objectives
Toexplaintheeffectsofpre-stressonthebehaviourofconcretebeamsandidentifysituationswhenpre-
stressisneeded.
Todeterminethecombinedstressesinducedbypre-stressandappliedloads.
Todefineanddeterminethedifferenttypesoflossesofpre-stressedconcrete.
Tomakestudentsfamiliarwiththeconceptsofdesignoftypicalpre-
stressedconcretestructuralelements.

c.Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to understand the concepts of pre
CO2 Students will be able to find out the deflections which arise in pre
CO3 To be able to analyze and design pre
CO4 Students will be able to design the pre
CO5 Students will be able to understand the concepts of circular pre

d.Syllabus
Unit-1 Pre-stressed Concrete and Materials, Pre- Contact Hours:
stressing Systems, Losses of Pre-stress 15
Concept of Pre-stressed Introduction, basic concepts of pre-stressing, terminology,
Concrete and Materials advantages and applications of pre-stressed concrete. High strength
Concrete, permissible stresses in concrete, high strength steel,
permissible stresses in steel.
Pre-stressing Systems

348
 Pre-tensioning and post tensioning systems, various types of
tensioning devices, Lec-Macall systems, MagnelBlaton post
tensioning, Freyssinet systems, Gifford Udal system.

Losses of Pre-stress Types of losses of pre-stress, loss due to elastic deformation of

concrete, loss due to shrinkage of concrete, loss due to creep of
concrete, loss due to relaxation of stress in steel, loss due to friction,
loss due to anchorage slip, total loss in pre-tensioned and post
tensioned members.

Unit-2 AnalysisofPre-stressandbendingstresses, Shear Contact Hours:

and Torsional Resistance 15
AnalysisofPre- Basic assumptions, resultant stresses at a section, concept of load
stressandbendingstresses balancing, cracking moment. Factors influencing deflections, short
term deflections of un-cracked members, deflections of cracked
members, prediction of long term deflections

Shear and Torsional Ultimate shear resistance of pre-stressed concrete members, pre-
Resistance stressed concrete members in torsion, design of reinforcements for
torsion, shear and bending.

Unit-3 Limit-State Design Criteria for pre-stressed Contact Hours:

concrete members 10
Grouting Introduction to limit state, Inadequacies of working stress and
ultimate load methods, different limit states, design load and
strengths, design of pre-stressed concrete sections for flexure,
design of pre-stressed concrete One-way slabs.

Investigation of Circular pre-stressing, general features of pre-stressed concrete

structures tanks, analysis of pre-stressed concrete tanks and design of pre-
stressed concrete tanks.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

Krishna Raju N., Pre-stressed concrete, Tata McGraw Hill Company, New Delhi 1998
Indian Standard Code of Practice for Pre-stressed Concrete, I.S.: 1343 – 2012
Malik S.K. and Gupta A.P., Pre-stressed concrete, Oxford and IBH publishing Co. Pvt.
Ltd. 1997.
Rajagopalan, N, “Pre-stressed Concrete”, Alpha Science, 2002
Reference Books
Ramaswamy G.S., Modern pre-stressed concrete design, Arnold Heinimen, New Delhi,
1990
Lin T.Y. Design of pre-stressed concrete structures, Asia Publishing House, Bombay
1995.
David A.Sheppard, William R. and Philips, Plant Cast precast and pre-stressed concrete
– A design guide, McGraw Hill, New Delhi 1992.

349
 f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External
The performance of students is evaluated as follows:
Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3

350
 CO5 3

SN 20CEA- TITLE L T P S C CH Course

414 Type*
1 Design of Bridge Structures 3 0 0 0 3 3 PC
20CEA-414
PRE- Students should possess basic Knowledge of
REQUISITE Elementary Engineering Physics, Statics and
Mathematics.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A.Course Description
The course begins with the worldwide design, development
and construction of bridges represents the most challenging achievement in civil engineering. ...
This course provides basic principles of strength, serviceability, detailed design of reinforced
concrete bridges and pre-stress concrete bridges.

b.Course Objectives
To develop an understanding of and appreciation for basic concept s in proportioning and design
of bridge in terms of aesthetics, geographical location and functionality.
To help the student develop an intuitive feeling about the sizing of bridge elements i.e. develop a
clear understanding of conceptual design.
To understand the load flow mechanism and identify loads on bridges.
To carry out a design of bridge starting from conceptual design, selecting suitable bridge,
geometry to sizing of its elements.

c.Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the concept of planning and investigation for bridges and design
superstructures for various types of RCC bridges.

CO2 Analyzeand design various types of substructures and foundations.

CO3 Explain the behaviorof beam type bridges, integral bridges, arch bridges and cable
supported bridges.

d.Syllabus
Unit-1

351
 Introduction and Site Investigation for bridge, Contact Hours:
Standard Specifications for Road and Railway bridges 15
Introduction and Introduction, components of a bridge, classification of bridges, Site
Site Investigation selection, data drawing, design discharge, linear waterway, economical
for bridge span, location of piers and abutments, vertical clearance above HFL scour
depth. Traffic projection, investigation report choice of bridge type,
selection of Bridge cross-section and longitudinal form, Characteristics of
each type.
Standard Introduction to bridge codes, Width of carriageway, Clearances, Dead
Specifications for load, I.R.C. standard, live loads, Impact effect, Wind load, Longitudinal
Road and Railway forces, Centrifugal forces, Horizontal forces due to water current,
bridges Buoyancy effect, Earth pressure, Deformation stresses, Erection stresses,
Temperature effects, and Seismic force. Various Loads to be considered
for the Design of Road and Railway bridge; General design
consideration; Traffic aspects.

Unit-2 Reinforced Concrete Bridges, Culverts, Substructure Contact Hours:

and Foundation 15
Reinforced Types of RCC bridges; Culverts-Box Culvert, Pipe Culvert, Solid slab
Concrete Bridges bridge, T-beam girder bridges, Hollow girder bridges, Balanced
cantilever bridge Continuous girder bridges, Rigid frame bridges, Arch
bridges, Pre-stressed concrete bridges. (Design not included).

Culverts Design of R.C.C slab culvert (Design of deck slab), Pipe culvert and Box
culvert basedonvariety of IRC vehicle loading.

Substructure and Piers and abutments (Design not included), materials for piers and
Foundation abutments, Types of foundations; Shallow, Pile, and Well foundations.
Relative merits of piles and well Foundations, Pneumatic Caissons, Box
Caissons.
Unit-3 Pre-stressed Concrete Bridges, Bearings, Joints Contact Hours:
& Appurtenances 15
Pre-stressed Introduction to pre-stressed concrete, types of Pre-tensioned and Post-
Concrete Bridges tensioned Bridges (design not included).

Bearings, Joints C Importance of Bearings, Different types of bearings-Expansion

& Appurtenances Bearings, Fixed Bearings, Elastomeric Bearings, Expansion joints,
Wearing Course, Approach Slab, Footpath, Handrails

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

Victor D J “Essentials of Bridge Engineering” Oxford and IBH Publishers,
NewDelhi,2012.
JagdeeshT.R. and Jayaram M.A. “Design of Bridges” PHI, NewDelhi,2012
KrishnarajuN.”Design of bridges” Oxford and IBH Publishers, New Delhi.

352
 Reference Books
Codes: I.R.C 20:2010, IRC6:2000, IS456:2000
f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 1
CO3 3 1 3

353
 CO4 3 1 1 3 1
CO5 3 1 1 3

SN 20CEB- TITLE L T P S C CH Course

415 Type*
1 Urban Transportation Planning 3 0 0 0 3 3 PC
20CEB-415
PRE- Basics of Transportation Engineering
REQUISITE
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a.Course Description
The course begins with the concept of transport planning and trip generation which is widely
utilized in all engineering applications. The students are then introduced to urban transportation.
The course further emphasizes on the modal split and transport related land use models.

b.Course Objectives
To determine the demands of public transport.
To determine data collections, trips and generations.
To determine the transit systems in public transportation
.

c.Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to identify the transport problems in our country.
CO2 Students will be able to identify the concept of trip generation and trip distribution
using gravity and opportunity models.
CO3 Students will be able to evaluate and prioritization techniques and formulation of
Transit systems.
CO4 Students will be able to convince the requirement of smart urban transport system and
thus help in formulating the policies.
CO5 Students will be able to evaluate the requirement of mass rapid transport system in our
country

d.Syllabus
Unit-1 Transport Planning Process, Transportation Survey, Contact Hours:
Trip Generation, Trip Distribution 15
Transport Status of transportation in India. Objectives and scope of transport
Planning Process planning. Urban, regional and national transport planning. Transport

354
 planning process, various stages.

Transportation Definition of study area. Zoning. Types of surveys. 0-D surveys.

Survey Inventories of existing transport facilities, land use and economic
activities.

Trip Generation Factors affecting trip generation. Trip generation estimation by multiple
linear regression analysis, brief review of category analysis, advantages
and limitations of these methods.

Trip Distribution Methods of trip distribution. Basic concepts of uniform factor method ,
average factor method and opportunity model. Trip distribution by gravity
model.Opportunity Models, Time Function Iteration Models. By- pass
Trips.

Unit-2 Urban Transportation Problem Travel Demand, Contact Hours:

Traffic Assignment, Smart Urban Transport System 15
Urban Urban Issues, Travel Characteristics, Evolution of Planning Process,
Transportation Supply and Demand – Systems approach. Travel Demand: Trends,
Problem Travel Overall Planning process, Long term vs Short term planning
Demand
Traffic Principles of assignment. Assignment techniques. All or nothing
Assignment assignment. Brief review of multipath assignment, capacity restraint
assignment and diversion curves.

Smart Urban elements and requirements, Para-Transit Systems, Street Transit System,
Transport System Rapid Transit System, Route Development, Stop Location & Stopping
Policy, Schedule Development, Concept of High-occupancy vehicle lane;
carpools, vanpools, High-occupancy toll lane.

Unit-3 Modal Split, Transport Related Land-Use Models, Contact Hours:

Mass Rapid Transit Systems 15
Modal Split General considerations for modal split. Factors affecting modal split.
Briefintroduction to various methods of modal split.

Transport Related Development of Land - Use models, The Lowry ModelApplication of

Land-Use Models Lowry Model.

Mass Rapid Problems of Urban Transport. Introduction to MRTS.

Transit Systems Requirements of MRTS. Types of MRTS. MRTS in India.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

Dr. L.R. Kadiyali; Traffic Engineering & Transport Planning – Khanna Publishers.
ParthaChakroborty&Animesh Das; Principles of Transportation Engineering – PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd.

355
 Sustainable Transport (Wood head Publishing in Environmental Management) 1st
Edition by R Tolley (Editor)
Reference Books
Introduction to Transportation Planning – M.J. Bruton; Hutchinson of London Ltd.
Introduction to Urban System Planning - B.G. Hutchinson; McGraw Hill.
Cycle Infrastructure by Stefan Bendiks(Author), AglaeDegros(Author)
Urban Bikeway design guide by National Association of City Transportation Officials

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non-Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA
8 Attendance NA NA 2 marks

356
g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1
CO2 2 1 1
CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1
CO4 2 2
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 1 1

357
S Course TITLE L T P S C C Course
N Code H Type*
1 Name of the Course (s) 3 0 0 0 3 3 <PC>
20CEB416 Design of Bridge Structures Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should possess basic Knowledge of 20CEB416
REQUISI Elementary Engineering Physics, Statics and
TE Mathematics
CO- IRC 6:2000, IS 456:2000
REQUISI
TE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISI
TE

*Course Type
Program Elective, University Open Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research
Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar, Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG,
Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description
The course begins with the worldwide design, development
and construction of bridges represents the most challenging achievement in civil engineering.
This course provides basic principles of strength, serviceability, detailed design of reinforced
concrete bridges and pre-stress concrete bridges.

b. Course Objective
1. To develop an understanding of and appreciation for basic concept s in
proportioning and design of bridge in terms of aesthetics, geographical location
and functionality.
2. To help the student develop an intuitive feeling about the sizing of bridge
elements i.e. develop a clear understanding of conceptual design.
3. To understand the load flow mechanism and identify loads on bridges.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Understand the concept of planning and investigation for bridges and design
superstructures for various types of RCC bridges.
CO2 Analyze and design various types of substructures and foundations.
CO3 Explain the behavior of beam type bridges, integral bridges, arch bridges and
cable supported bridges.
CO4 Explain the design of bridge starting from conceptual design, selecting suitable
bridge, geometry to sizing of its elements.

358
CO5 Explain the designofPre-stressed Concrete Bridges Bearings, Joints &
Appurtenances

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Introduction and Site Investigation for bridge and Contact
Standard Specifications for Road and Railway Hours:15
bridges
Introduction and Introduction, components of a bridge, classification of bridges, Site
Site selection, data drawing, design discharge, linear waterway, economical
Investigation for span, location of piers and abutments, vertical clearance above HFL scour
bridge depth. Traffic projection, investigation report choice of bridge type,
selection of Bridge cross-section and longitudinal form, Characteristics of
each type.

Standard Introduction to bridge codes, Width of carriageway, Clearances, Dead

Specifications load, I.R.C. standard, live loads, Impact effect, Wind load, Longitudinal
for Road and forces, Centrifugal forces, Horizontal forces due to water current,
Railway bridges Buoyancy effect, Earth pressure, Deformation stresses, Erection stresses,
Temperature effects, and Seismic force. Various Loads to be considered
for the Design of Road and Railway bridge; General design consideration;
Traffic aspects.

Unit-2 Design Of Reinforced Concrete Bridges, Culverts Contact Hours:

and Foundation 15
Reinforced Types of RCC bridges; Culverts-Box Culvert, Pipe Culvert, Solid slab
Concrete bridge, T-beam girder bridges, Hollow girder bridges, Balanced cantilever
Bridges bridge Continuous girder bridges, Rigid frame bridges, Arch bridges, Pre-
stressed concrete bridges. (Design not included).

Culverts Design of R.C.C slab culvert (Design of deck slab), Pipe culvert and Box
culvert based on variety of IRC vehicle loading.

Substructure Piers and abutments (Design not included), materials for piers and
and Foundation abutments, Types of foundations; Shallow, Pile, and Well foundations.
Relative merits of piles and well Foundations, Pneumatic Caissons, Box
Caissons.

Unit-3 Pre-stressed Concrete Bridges and Contact Hours:

Bearings, Joints & Appurtenances 15

Pre-stressed Introduction to pre-stressed concrete, types of Pre-tensioned and Post-

Concrete tensioned Bridges (design not included).
Bridges

359
Bearings, Joints Importance of Bearings, Different types of bearings-Expansion Bearings,
& Appurtenances Fixed Bearings, Elastomeric Bearings, Expansion joints, Wearing
Course, Approach Slab, Footpath, Handrails

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1 Victor D J “Essentials of Bridge Engineering” Oxford and IBH Publishers,

NewDelhi,2012.

T2 Jagdeesh T.R. and Jayaram M.A. “Design of Bridges” PHI, NewDelhi,2012

T3 KrishnarajuN.”Design of bridges” Oxford and IBH Publishers, New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1 Codes: I.R.C 20:2010, IRC6:2000, IS456:2000

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Compone Continuous Semester End
nts Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total 100
Marks

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task

360
 topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 1
CO3 3 1 3
CO4 3 1 1 3 1
1
CO5 3 1 3

361
S Course TITLE L T P S C C Course
N Code H Type*
1 Name of the Course (s) 3 0 0 0 3 3 < PC >
20CEC- Green Construction Methods Course Code(s)
417 20CEC-417
PRE- Students should possess basic knowledge of
REQUISI construction project management and types of
TE contracts.
CO- NIL
REQUISI
TE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISI
TE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description

The course begins with the concept of green building which is widely utilized in all engineering
applications. The students are then introduced to design features for green building construction.
The course further emphasizes on the energy management and eco friendly materials.

b. Course Objectives

1. Introduction to Sustainable construction concepts and practices.

2. Introduction to cost/benefit of green construction methods.
3. Detailed study of guidelines, regulations and standards.
4. Introduction to green construction rating systems

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Student will be able to understand how the design and construction of a building impacts
the regional environment and the health and safety of the constructors and its end users.
CO2 Student will be able to identify and use construction materials and methods that support
and contribute to the strengthening of their regional environment and local economy.
CO3 Students will be able to use the technical skills and modern engineering tools necessary
for engineering practice to improve the building performance and durability.
CO4 Students will be able to identify the problems in construction to develop energy efficient
designs
CO5 Student will be able to practice the efficient use of natural and man-made resources in
both commercial and residential building construction
CO6

362
 Student will be able to understand how the design and construction of a building impacts
the regional environment and the health and safety of the constructors and its end users.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Green Buildings Contact Hours:
15
Introduction to Definition - Green Building, Benefits of sustainable construction,
Green Buildings Components/features of Green Building – Site selection, Energy
Efficiency, Water Efficiency, Material Efficiency, Indoor Air Quality.
Rating Systems Different rating like LEED, GRIHA & IGBC systems and their special
and Certification features. Criteria, compliance, appraisal for rating systems.
for Green
Building
Unit-2 Green Building Construction Contact Hours:
15
Design Features Site selection strategies, landscaping, building form, orientation, building
for Green envelope and fenestration – material and construction techniques, roofs,
Building walls, fenestration and shaded finishes, advanced passive heating and
Construction cooling techniques, Waste reduction during construction.

Water and Compliance, fixtures, rainwater harvesting and techniques, water and
Wastewater wastewater management, solid waste management.
Management in
sustainable
construction
design

Unit-3 Energy Management and Air Quality Contact Hours:

15
Energy Appliances, compliance energy performance, solar water heating system,
Management use of renewable energy option. High performance glass, other energy
saving options, provisions of ECBC, insulating material.

Eco-friendly Various types of eco-friendly materials, use of recycled materials like: fly
Materials ash bricks, recycled ceramic tiles, recycled glass tiles, porcelain tiles,
natural terracotta tile, wood, steel, aluminium and renewable materials,
Brief introduction to Precast and modular construction units, Bio-concrete

Indoor Air Natural air ventilation systems, different types of low VOC materials, day
Quality lighting.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. Sustainable Construction: Green Building Design and Delivery, Second Edition, Charles
J. Kibert, Wiley, ISBN: 0470114205.

363
 T2. Chilogioji, M.H., and Oura, E.N., “Energy Conservation in Commercial and Residential
Buildings” - Marcel Dekker Inc., New York and Basel,2005.

Reference Books

R1.The Rough Guide to Climate Change, Second Edition, Robert Henson, Rough Guides
Ltd, ISBN: 1858281059.

R2.LEED 2009 for New Construction and Major Renovation Rating System (Short Version),
US, Green Building Council.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Compone Continuous Semester End
nts Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total 100
Marks

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

364
 7 Presentation NA NA NA

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 1 2 2 1
CO2 3 3 3 1 1 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 2 2 2
CO5 2 3 2 3

365
S Course TITLE L T P S C C Course
N Code H Type*
1 Name of the Course (s) 3 0 0 0 3 3 < PC>
20CEC- Solid Waste Management Course Code(s)
418 20CEC-418
PRE- Students should have basic knowledge of
REQUISI Environmental Science
TE
CO- Nil
REQUISI
TE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISI
TE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description

The course would cover-general introduction including definition of solid wastes–municipal

waste, biomedical waste, hazardous waste, e-waste; legal issues and requirements for solid
waste management; sampling and characterization of solid waste; analysis of hazardous waste
constituents including QA/QC issues; health and environmental issues related to solid waste
management; steps in solid waste management-waste reduction at source, collection techniques,
materials and resource recovery/recycling, transport, optimization of solid waste transport,
treatment and disposal techniques (composting, vermi-composting, incineration, non-
incineration thermal techniques, refuse derived fuels, land-filling); economics of the onsite vs.
offsite waste management options (individual vs. common treatment/disposal practices,
integrated waste management; and waste minimization and concepts of industrial symbiosis and
industrial ecology.

b. Course Objectives

To impart basic knowledge to students about solid waste management system.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to interpret problems related to solid waste and its management.
CO2 Student will be able to characterize the waste, on the basis of the physical, chemical and
biological qualities, to segregate it.
CO3

366
 Student will be able to plan waste minimization and design the storage, collection,
transportation, processing and disposal of municipal solid waste & hazardous waste.
CO4 Students will be able to select and implement the appropriate method for solid waste
collection, transportation, redistribution and disposal.
CO5 Students will be able to plan and set up a solid waste management system for decision
makers.
CO6 Set up a municipal solid waste management system.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Classification and Characterization of Waste Contact Hours:
15
Sources & Solid waste sources – Nature and characteristics – Quantities and
Classification Qualities –– Potential of disease – Nuisance and other problems. Types of
solid and hazardous wastes - Need for solid and hazardous waste
management –integrated solid waste management, Elements of integrated
solid waste management.

Waste Waste generation rates and variation - composition, physical, chemical

Characterization and biological properties of solid wastes – hazardous characteristics ––
and Source waste sampling and characterization plan - source reduction of wastes –
Reduction: Waste exchange – Extended producer responsibility - Recycling and reuse

Unit-2 Storage, Collection and Transport of Wastes Contact Hours:

15
Storage, Handling and segregation of wastes at source – storage and collection of
Collection and municipal solid wastes – Analysis of collection systems - Need for
Transport of transfer and transport – Transfer stations optimizing waste allocation–
Wastes compatibility, storage, labeling and handling of hazardous wastes –
hazardous waste manifests and transport

Unit-3 Waste Processing andDisposal Contact Hours:

15
Waste Objectives of waste processing–Material separation and processing
Processing technologies – methods of Composting – thermal conversion technologies
Technologies and energy recovery – incineration – solidification and stabilization of
hazardous wastes - treatment of biomedical wastes.

Waste Disposal Waste disposal options–Disposal in landfills – Landfill classification,

types and methods – site selection - operation of sanitary landfills, secure
landfills and landfill bioreactors– leachate and landfill gas management –
landfill closure and environmental monitoring – Rehabilitation of open
dumps – landfill remediation

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

367
T1.GeorgeTchobanoglous, Hilary Theisen and Samuel A, Vigil, “Integrated Solid Waste
Management, Mc-Graw Hill International edition, New York, 1993.
T2.Michael D. La Grega, Philip L Buckingham, Jeffrey C. E vans and Environmental Resources
Management, Hazardous waste Management, Mc-Graw Hill International edition, New York,
2001.

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1.CPHEEO, “Manual on Municipal Solid waste management, Central Public Health
R2.Environmental Engineering Organization , Government of India, New Delhi, 2000.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Compone Continuous Semester End
nts Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total 100
Marks

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA

368
g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 2 2 2 1
CO2 3 3 2 2 1 1 2
CO3 2 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 2 2 3

369
S Course TITLE L T P S C C Course
N Code H Type*
1 Geosynthetics and Reinforced Soil 3 0 0 0 3 3 < PC>
Structures
20CED- Course Code(s)
419
PRE- 20CED-419
The students must have basic knowledge of
REQUISI
Geotechnical Engineering.
TE
CO- NIL
REQUISI
TE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISI
TE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description

The course begins with the concept of Geosynthetics which is widely utilized in all engineering
applications. The students are then introduced to properties of Geosyntheticsand Reinforced Soil
Structures. The course further emphasizes on Design aspects and application.
.

b. Course Objective

1. To make students understand the utility of Geosynthetics in soil stabilization.

2. To make students understand the designing and applications of Reinforced soil
structures

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Students will be able to Identify and classify the geosynthetic sand learn their suitability
in various situations.
CO2 Students will be able to apply different methods and techniques related to soil
stabilization and soil reinforcement.
CO3 Students will be able to analyses and design various reinforced soil structures

370
CO4 Students will be able to provide the engineering solutions related to the soil
reinforcement using geosyntheic materials.
CO5 Students will be able to investigate different properties of the geosynthetic materials.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Introduction to Geosynthetics Contact
Hours:15
Geosynthetics Geosynthetics :Types of geosynthetics; geotextiles, geogrids, geonets,
geomembranes, geocomposites, their functions, reinforcement,
separation, filtration, drainage, barrier functions

Raw materials Polyamide, polyester, polyethylene, polypropylene, poly vinyl chloride,

and woven; monofilament, multifilament, slit filament, non-woven;
manufacturing mechanically bonded and chemically bonded, thermally bonded.
methods
Unit-2 Properties of Geosynthetics and Reinforced Soil Contact Hours:
Structures 15
Properties of Mass per unit area, thickness, specific gravity, hydraulic properties,
Geosynthetics apparent open size, permittivity, transmissivity, uniaxial tensile strength,
burstand puncture strength, soil geosynthetic friction tests, durability,
abrasion resistance, ultra violet resistance, applications of geosynthetics.

Culverts : Materials used in reinforced soil structures, fill materials, reinforcing

materials; metal strips, geotextiles, geogrids, geomembranes,
geocomposites and geojutes, geofoam, natural fibers-facing elements
Reinforced Soil Piers and abutments (Design not included), materials for piers and
Structures abutments, Types of foundations; Shallow, Pile, and Well foundations.
Relative merits of piles and well Foundations, Pneumatic Caissons, Box
Caissons.

Unit-3 Design aspects and application Contact Hours:

15
Design aspects Design aspects of reinforced earth, design and applications of reinforced
and application earth of various structures; retaining walls, foundations, pavements,
embankments and slopes, drains, liners for liquid containment.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1 Engineering with Geosynthetics by G. Venkatappa Rao and G.V.S Suryanarayana

Raju–Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1990
T2 Construction and Geotechnical Methods in Foundation Engineering by Robert M.
Koerner–McGraw Hill, NewYork, 1985

371
 T3 Designing with Geosynthetics by Robert M. Koerner, Prentice Hall, New Jersey,
UAS, 1989.

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1.Jewell, R. A., Soil Reinforcement with Geotextile, CIRIA, London, 1996.
R2.John, N.W.M., Geotextiles, John Blackie and Sons Ltd., London, 1987.
R3.Jones, C.J.F.P., Earth Reinforcement and Soil Structures, Earthworks, London,
1982

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Compone Continuous Semester End
nts Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total 100
Marks

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of One
of assignment
per chapter
2 Exam 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one MST-1, MST
MST. for one MST. -2
MST.
3 Quiz/Test 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per
for one MST semester
4 Homework NA One per Non-Graded:
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
5 Case study NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

7 Presentation NA NA NA

372
g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 1
CO3 3 1 3
CO4 3 1 1 3 1
1
CO5 3 1 3

373
S Course TITLE L T P S C C Course
N Code H Type*
1 Geotechnical Landfill Design and 3 0 0 0 3 3 < PC>
Management
20CED- Course Code(s)
420 20CED-420
PRE- Geotechnical Landfill
The students must have basic knowledge of
REQUISI Design and Management
Geotechnical Engineering.
TE
CO- NIL
REQUISI
TE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISI
TE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description

The course deals with environmental effects on soil involved with Civil Engineering.

b. Course Objective

To understand various problems associated with environmental effects on soil and methods to
evaluate them.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Understanding of the reasons of contamination of soil to provide solutions for waste
disposal sites.
CO2 Investigation on the factors affecting permeability to promote safe disposal of waste.
CO3 Design and stability of engineering landfill site to provide control measures for
groundwater contamination using various techniques.
CO4 Managing site selection and planning of landfill sites resulting into sustainable
development.

374
CO5 Lifelong learning for taking actions on groundwater contamination for monitoring and
treating hazardous waste.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Introduction to Geo-environmental Contact Hours: 10
engineering and Sources
Introduction Introduction to Geo-environmental engineering–environmental
to Geo- cycle–sources, production and classification of waste–causes of soil
environmental pollution–factors governing soil pollutant interaction–failures of foundations
engineering due to pollutants–case studies. Selection of waste disposal sites: Site
selection–selection criteria and rating
Sources and Physical,Chemicalandbiologicalcharacteristicsofsolidwastes;Soilwasteinteractio
effects of n;Contaminanttransport;Laboratoryandfieldevaluationofpermeability;Factorsaff
subsurface ectingpermeability;Wastedisposalonland.
contaminati
on
Unit-2 Waste containment and stabilization Contact Hours: 10
Waste Waste containment principles; Types of barrier materials, Hazardous waste
containment control and storage system–stabilization/solidification of wastes, mechanism of
and stabilization
stabilization:

Environmen :Sittingcriteria;;Planninganddesignaspectsrelatingtowastedisposalinlandfills,ina
tal shpondsandtailingpondsandinrocks.Detection,control and remediation of
monitoring subsurface contamination; Engineering properties and geotechnical reuse of
aroundlandf waste, demolition waste dumps; Regulations; Case studies
ills
Unit-3 Municipal and hazardous waste landfill and Contact Hours: 10
types
Contaminan Mechanisms: Municipal and hazardous waste landfill: Types Dry cell, wet cell,
t transport bioreactor,
through
porous
media
Remediation Rational approach to evaluate and remediate contaminated sites–monitored
of natural attenuation– exist and in situ remediation–solidification,
contaminate bio–remediation, incineration, soil washing, electro-kinetics, soil heating,
d soils verification, bioventing–Groundwater remediation–pump and treat, air sparging,
reactive well.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

375
T1.K.R.ReddyandHDSharma,“GeoenvironmentalEngineering:SiteRemediation,wastecontainmen
t,andemergingwastemanagementtechnologies”,JohnWilley,2004
T2.RN.Yong,“GeoEnvironmentalEngineering:ContaminatedGround:FateofPollutionsandRemedi
ation”,ThomsonTelford,2000.
T3.RoweR.K.,"Geotechnical and Geo-environmental Engineering Handbook" Kluwer Academic
Publications, London, 2000

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1.LNReddyandH.I.Inyang,“GeoenvironmentalEngineering:PrinciplesandApplicatio
ns”,MarcelDek,2000.
R2.Mohamed, A. M. O.,"Principles and Applications of Time Domain Electrometry
in Geoenvironmental Engineering" Taylor and Francis, New York, 2006.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Compone Continuous Semester End
nts Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total 100
Marks

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task

376
 topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2
CO4 3 2 2 2

CO5 3 3

377
SN 20CEE- DesignofHydraulicStructures L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 422 Name of the Course (s) 3 0 0 0 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Version 1.00 Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should have knowledge of Irrigation
REQUISITE Engineering
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course begins with the concept of weirs and energy dissipation deviceswhich is widely
utilized in all engineering applications. The students are then introduced to distributary
regulators and Canal Falls. The course further emphasizes on cross-drainage works and canal
outlets

b. Course Objectives
1. To understand the process of routing water from canals to the fields through various
infrastructure
2. To introduce the students with various theories of seepage
3. To introduce students with design of important irrigation structures.
c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to learn design methods of various irrigation structures such as
weir, falls, siphon etc.
CO2 Students will be able to apply different principles to irrigation structures
CO3 Students will earn to analyze and design the hydraulic structures
CO4 Students will learn the application of canal falls and its design aspects.
CO5 Students will be able to investigate different parameters affecting the functionality of
hydraulic structures.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Weirs and Energy Dissipation Devices Contact Hours:
15
Design of Weirs:

378
 Weirs versus barrage, design considerations with respect to surface flow,
hydraulic jump and seepage flow. Design of barrage or weir.
Energy Use of hydraulic jump in energy dissipation, Factors affecting design,
Dissipation Types of energy dissipaters and their hydraulic design.
Devices:
Diversion Head Functions and investigations: component parts of a diversion head work and
Works: their design considerations, silt control devices.

Unit-2 Distributary Regulators and Canal Falls Contact Hours:

15
Distributary Off-take alignment, cross-regulators – their functions and design,
Regulators: Distributary head regulators, their design, canal escape.

Canal Falls Necessity and location, types of falls and their description, selection of type
of falls, Principles of design, Design of Sarda type falls, straight glacis falls
and Inglis falls.

Unit-3 Cross-Drainage Works and Canal Outlets Contact Hours:

15
Cross-Drainage Definitions, choice of type, Hydraulic design consideration, Aqueducts their
Works: types and design, siphon aqueducts – their types and design considerations,
super passages, canal siphons and level crossing.

Canal Outlets Essential requirements, classifications, criteria for outlet behaviours,

flexibility, proportionality, sensitivity, sensitiveness, etc. Details and design
of non-modular, semi-modular and modular outlets.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures by S.K. Garg, Khanna
Publishers
T2. Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulics Structures: S.R.Sahasrabudhe, S.K.
Kataria& Sons
T3. Theory and Design of Irrigation Structures Vol.I and II: R.S.Varshney, Nem
Chand and Brothers
R1.Hydraulic Structures, P. Novak, A. I. B. Moffat, C. Nalluri and R.Narayanan,
Taylor and Francis, U. K.
R2.Hydraulics of Spillways and Energy Dissipators, R. M. Khatsuria, Marcel Dekker
Publishing, New York.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory

379
 Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 1 1 1
CO2 3 1 2
CO3 3 1 1
CO4 1 2

380
 CO5 1 3

SN 20CEE- Sustainability in River Basin L T P S C CH Course Type*

1 423 Name of the Course (s) 3 0 0 0 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should possess basic Knowledge,
REQUISITE Fluid Mechanics and Irrigation Engineering.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
This course links engineering sciences with social and economic sciences under the frame of
sustainability with focus on water resources management at river basin level.

b. Course Objectives
1. To make students familiar with River Basin Sustainability basic concepts.
2. To make students aware of needs of sustainability in river basin.
3. To make students learn the techniques applied for obtaining sustainability in river basin.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 The students will be able to identify, understand and evaluate problems related to river
basin.
CO2 The students will be able to analyze the status and challenges in river basin
management.
CO3 The student will be able to identify various factors affecting the sustainability of river
basin.
CO4 The student will be able to evaluate and assess different criteria for sustainability of
river basin
CO5 The student will be able to carry of investigations to assess the impacts of various
activities on sustainability of river basin and suggest possible solutions.

d. Syllabus

381
Unit-1 Random Variables and Distributions Contact Hours: 15
Concept Sustainability indicators, resources depletion, growth models. Planetary System
s of Boundaries, footprints, prosperity. Globalization, inter-connected world
sustaina takeholdersin sustainability.
bility:
Natural Anthropogenic,Climatechange,climatevariability,Hydrologicalcycle,waterbalance,ca
waterre tchmentterminology,Riverbasinmanagement.Wateravailability,surplus,Waterscarcity
sources: ,watercrisisStreammorphologyandlanduseNutrientcycles
Unit-2 Status and challenges Contact Hours: 15
Status Water and society, poverty, demography, Water governance, integrity, account
and ability, Pollution, water related diseases, sourcewater protection, Water and
challeng land use, wetlands, desertification, Dams, diversions, artificial rainfall,
es Economic and financial instruments in water management, Hydrological change
regardi due to climate change.
ng
sustaina
bility
and
river
basin
manage
ment
Unit-3 River basin Management Contact Hours: 15
Toward Protecting water resources/improving water quality, Living standards, equity,
s education and technology transfer, Water conservation and efficiency, Improving
sustaina monitoring and data management, decision support systems, Improving
bility in management and justice, Improving administrative(transnational)structures,
river Improving prediction and risk assessment.
basin
manage
ment-a
holistic
and
interdis
ciplinar
y
approac
h
How to Sustainability criteria (ecological, economic, institutional, social), Multi-
evaluate criteriadecisionsupport.
sustaina
bility in
river
basin
manage
ment:

382
e. Textbooks / Reference Books
T1. PAH sin the Fraser River basin: a critical appraisal of PAH ratios as indicators of PAH
source and composition. MB Yunker, RW Macdonald, RV in garzan.
T2. River Basin Management Planning in Indonesia: Policy and Practice
T3. River Channel Management: Towards Sustainable Catchment Hydro
systems (English, Paperback, Ken Gregory Professor Kenneth J Gregory Peter
W Downs Gregory Downs)

R1.Environmental Management Of River Basin Ecosystems (Springer Earth System

Sciences)
R2.Management Of River Basin (English, Hardcover, Unknown)
R3.Sustainable Water Use And Management: Examples Of New Approaches And
Perspectives (Green Energy And Technology)

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)

383
 6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 1 1
CO2 1 2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 2
CO5 3

384
SN 20CEF- Green Construction Methods L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 424 Name of the Course (s) 3 0 0 0 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should possess basic knowledge of
REQUISITE construction project management and types of
contracts.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course begins with the concept of green building which is widely utilized in all engineering
applications. The students are then introduced to design features for green building construction.
The course further emphasizes on the energy management and eco friendly materials.

b. Course Objectives
1. Introduction to Sustainable construction concepts and practices.
2. Introduction to cost/benefit of green construction methods.
3. Detailed study of guidelines, regulations and standards.
4. Introduction to green construction rating systems.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Student will be able to understand how the design and construction of a building impacts
the regional environment and the health and safety of the constructors and its end users.
CO2 Student will be able to identify and use construction materials and methods that support
and contribute to the strengthening of their regional environment and local economy.
CO3 Students will be able to use the technical skills and modern engineering tools necessary
for engineering practice to improve the building performance and durability.
CO4 Students will be able to identify the problems in construction to develop energy efficient
designs

385
CO5 Student will be able to practice the efficient use of natural and man-made resources in
both commercial and residential building construction.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
Introduction to Definition - Green Building, Benefits of sustainable construction,
Green Buildings Components/features of Green Building – Site selection, Energy
Efficiency, Water Efficiency, Material Efficiency, Indoor Air Quality.
Rating Systems Different rating like LEED, GRIHA & IGBC systems and their special
and Certification features. Criteria, compliance, appraisal for rating systems.
for Green
Building:
Unit-2 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
Design Features Site selection strategies, landscaping, building form, orientation, building
for Green envelope and fenestration – material and construction techniques, roofs,
Building walls, fenestration and shaded finishes, advanced passive heating and
Construction cooling techniques, Waste reduction during construction.

Water and Compliance, fixtures, rainwater harvesting and techniques, water and
Wastewater wastewater management, solid waste management.
Management in
sustainable
construction
design
Unit-3 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
Energy Appliances, compliance energy performance, solar water heating system,
Management use of renewable energy
option. High performance glass, other energy saving options, provisions of
ECBC, insulating material.

Eco-friendly Various types of eco-friendly materials, use of recycled materials like: fly
Materials ash bricks, recycled ceramic tiles, recycled glass tiles, porcelain tiles,
natural terracotta tile, wood, steel, aluminium and
renewable materials, Brief introduction to Precast and modular construction
units, Bio-concrete

Natural air ventilation systems, different types of low VOC materials, day
Indoor Air lighting.
Quality

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. Sustainable Construction: Green Building Design and Delivery, Second Edition, Charles
J. Kibert, Wiley, ISBN: 0470114205.
T2. Chilogioji, M.H., and Oura, E.N., “Energy Conservation in Commercial and Residential
Buildings” - Marcel Dekker Inc., New York and Basel,2005.

386
 R1.The Rough Guide to Climate Change, Second Edition, Robert Henson, Rough Guides
Ltd, ISBN: 1858281059.
R2.LEED 2009 for New Construction and Major Renovation Rating System (Short Version),
US, Green Building Council.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

g. CO-PO Mapping

387
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 1 1
CO2 1 1 2
CO3 2
CO4 2 2 2 3
CO5 2 3

SN 20CEF- Quantitative Analysis in L T P S C CH Course Type*

425 Construction Techniques
1 Name of the Course (s) 3 0 0 - 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Course Code(s)
PRE- Nil
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course deals with quantitative techniques applied to construction industry involved with
Civil Engineering.

b. Course Objectives
1. To review the basics of Optimization principles.
2. To study the optimization techniques and simulation of models.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Ability to understand and explain concepts of building byelaws, foundation, masonry
forms, treatment systems for buildings, construction aids, building finishing components
and on-going trends in construction practices.
CO2 Ability to compare and apply theoretical knowledge in the construction field and will
demonstrate an increase in knowledge through regular practice via regular practices
through application of concepts.
CO3 The students will become able to analyse and attribute different problems associated
with building construction procedures for development of unique solutions.
CO4

388
 Ability to evaluate the systems developed for solution of problems associated with
building construction and compares the created systems and per rules laid building
bylaws.
CO5 Ability to plan and generate solutions for problems associated with building construction
methods.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
INTRODUCTION Introduction to Operations research-Linear programming-Graphical and
TO Simplex Methods- Duality and Post-Optimality Analysis- Dynamic
OPERATIONS programming- Capital Budgeting problem, Reliability improvement
RESEARCH problem, Shortest path method.

Unit-2 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:

OPTIMIZATION Integer Programming- Branch and bound techniques-Transportation
TECHNIQUES: Problems -Least cost method, North west corner cell method, Vogel’s
approximation method, U-V method- Work Assignment Problems.

INVENTORY Application to Production Scheduling-Single machine scheduling, Flow

MANAGEMENT: Shop Scheduling, Job shop Scheduling -Inventory control, Economic
order quantity (EOQ), Quantity Discounts, Safety Stock.

Unit-3 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:

OPTIMIZATION Replacement Theory - Decision Theory-Decision Rules-Decision
THEORY making under conditions of certainty, risk and uncertainty - Decision
trees-Utility Theory- Bayes theory

COST Break-even -Analysis-Pricing techniques- Simulation Models-Game

CONCEPTS Theory applications.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. Building Construction by Sushil Kumar
T2. Building Construction by B.C. Punmia.

R1. Building Construction by S.K. Sharma

R2. Building Construction by Rangwala

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60

389
 Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1
CO2 1 2
CO3 2
CO4 1
CO5 1

390
SN 20CER449 PROJECT L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Name of the Course (s): B.E. 0 0 0 8 4 8 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Civil
Course Code(s)
PRE- Nil
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

h. Course Objectives
5) Enhance the capability of the students independently articulate and apply the
engineering knowledge to solve the open ended complex theoretical engineering
problems
6) Promote the spirit of peer group and Experiential learning to handle and solve the real
life complex problems
7) To develop an attitude of collective working and responsibility sharing in an
interdisciplinary team.
8) To inculcate problem solving ability relating open ended complex problem solving

i. Course Outcomes
CO1 Apply mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and an engineering
specialization to the conceptualization of engineering models.
CO2 Identify, formulate, research literature and solve complex engineering. problems
reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics and engineering
sciences

391
CO3 Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in
multi-disciplinary settings.
CO4 Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or
processes
CO5 Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community.

j. Syllabus
Open ended, complex, theoretical, engineering problem, etc. of student interest are to be
allocated to group of students from the project basket prepared by the faculty.
This is a group project with one faculty member as guide.

k. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks

No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment NA NA NA NA
2 Exam NA NA NA NA
3 Quiz/Test NA NA NA NA
4 Homework NA NA NA NA
5 Case study NA NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation
8 Attendance Attendance NA NA NA

l. CO-PO Mapping
Cours P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
e O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3

392
Outco
me
CO1 3 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 3

Scheme
Industrial Training L T P C
Version2014 BE Civil - - - 4
Pre-Requisite: Nil
20CEI-412
Objectives
Capability to acquire and apply fundamental principles of engineering. Become
updated with all the latest changes in technological world. Knack to be a multi-
skilled engineer with good technical knowledge, management, leadership and
entrepreneurship skills
Subject Outcome
Students will become familiar with the 'real' working environment and get
1 acquainted with the organization structure, business operations, ethics and
administrative functions.
Students will have hands-on experience in the students’ related field so that they
2
can relate and reinforce what has been taught at the university.
Student will develop cooperation and to develop synergetic collaboration between
3
industry and the university in promoting a knowledgeable society.
4 Students will acquire a stage for future recruitment by potential employers.
Students will become aware with the latest trends & technologies being
5
implemented in their field.

Contents of syllabus
Students will undergo 6 weeks industrial training after completion of 6th semester
examinations.
Placement Locations/ Company: Student’s own choice/ any company located in India or
abroad.

Procedure:
 Call up the company first before sending out the application letters.
 Find out whether there is a vacancy for industrial trainees.
 If the company has vacancies, you have to ask for the person in charge.
 The person in charge may be from the HR department, training department, or any
other departments of the company.
 Try to get the name of the person so that you can address the letter to the person in
charge correctly in your application letter y Choose a company
 Send the documents to the company directly

393
  Wait for the company’s response.
 If you don’t get a response from the company within about 2 weeks or so, give them
a call and enquire on your application status.
 Don’t wait until the last minute!
 It is your responsibility to contact and follow-up with the company of your choice.

Grading
The training is graded based on:
 Presentation : 25%
 Student’s reports : 40%
 Viva voce : 25%
 Duration of the training: 10%

20CEI-412 Industrial Training

Students will PO1
become familiar
with the 'real'
working
environment and
get acquainted
PO→ with the
PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO↓ organization
structure,
business
operations,
ethics and
administrative
functions.
Students will
have hands-on
experience in
the students’
related field so
CO1 that they can 1 1 1
relate and
reinforce what
has been
taught at the
university.
Student will
develop
CO2 cooperation 1 2
and to develop
synergetic

394
 collaboration
between
industry and
the university
in promoting a
knowledgeabl
e society
Students will
acquire a stage
for future
CO3 3
recruitment by
potential
employers.
Students will
acquire a stage
for future
CO4 1
recruitment by
potential
employers.
Students will
become aware
with the latest
trends &
CO5 3
technologies
being
implemented
in their field.

395
 Semester-8
Course Evaluation
SN Code Course Name L T P S C CH
Type Internal External Total
1 20CExxxx Programme Elective-V PE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
Programme Elective-
2 20CExxxx PE 3 - - - 3 3 40 60 100
VI
3 20CER489 Project PR - - - 8 4 8^ 60 40 100
4 20CEX453 MOOC’s* MC - - - 4 4* 4^ - - -
Total (Including MNG/SSMNG in C and CH
6 12 14
system)

Students can also undergo internship/apprenticeship module of equivalent credits. The time period for internship/apprenticeship
will be 4-6 months. The subject code for internship/apprenticeship will be 20CEI-451

*MNG Subjects/credits
Note: Program Electives have been listed separat

396
SN 20CEA-454 EarthquakeEngineering L T P S C C Course Type*
H
1 Name of the Course (s) 0 2 0 0 2 2 <UC/PE/PC/M
NG>
Version 1.00 Course Code(s)
PRE-REQUISITE StudentsshouldhavebasicKnowledgeofDesignPhilosoph
ies,Engg.MathematicsandPhysics.
CO-REQUISITE Nil
ANTI-REQUISITE Nil

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course begins with the theoretical study of Earthquake and related terminology to it. Which
is very necessary to calculated and design the earthquake resistant structures. The students are
then introduced to load calculation for a structure under the effect of earthquake. The course
further emphasizes on the ductility and various provisions of Indian standard codes.

b. Course Objectives
ToteachunderstudiestheDynamicBehaviourofRC structuresandmeasuresforprovidinglateralstabilit
ytostructures

c. Course Outcomes
C Studentswillabletounderstandtheoccurrenceandeffectofquakewavesonstructures.Theywillco
O metoknowaboutseismiczonesofIndia. Classification of Stochastic processes
1
C Studentswillunderstandtheconceptofpropagationofseismicwavesbeneaththeearth’ssurfaceas
O wellascauseanddamagetoRCstructuresduringpastearthquakes.
2
C Solutions for advanced structure seismic design considering the concept of providing
O ductility to structure as per the Indian Standards
3
C Students will be able to apply appropriate techniques based on the various parameters viz.
O amplitude, time period of waves, etc. on which response spectra of RC structure depends
4
C Students will be able to utilize structural dynamics to handle complex situations triggered by
O seismic activities.
5

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Introduction Contact Hours:

397
Introduction Interior of earth, Seismology, Basic Terminologies related to quake
occurrence and effects, Causes and classification of
earthquakes,Magnitude&Intensity.Theoriesrelated:Reid’sreboundtheoryand
Theoryofplatetectonics. Types of Waves- originationandpropagation.
SeismiczoningmapsofIndia.
Earthquakeeff Causesofseismicdamagesduringpastearthquakesandtheirremedialmeasuresasp
ectsonthestruc erIndianStandards(IS-1893:2016). Introduction to different types of
tures irregularities in multi-storeyed structures,
StudyoneffectsofirregularitiesandbuildingarchitectureontheperformanceofRC s
tructuresas perIndianStandards (IS-1893:2016).
Unit-2 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
Lateral loads SingleDegreeoffreedomsystem,Un-
on buildings dampedSystem,DampedSystem,FreeBodyDiagram,D'Alembert'sPrincipal,Sol
utionofDifferentialequation,FrequencyandPeriod,AmplitudeofMotion,Spring
MassDampersystem.
FreeVibration un-
dampedfreevibration,Energyinfreevibration,criticallydampedSystem,overda
mpedSystem. LateralloadanalysisforRCstructuresasperIndianstandards(IS-
1893:2016) and IS-875 (Part-IV). Seismic loads, base shear and its
distribution along height.

Unit-3 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:

Seismicretrofi SourcesofweaknessinRCframedbuildings,Classificationofretrofittingtechniq
tting ues,Conventionalandnon-
conventionalmethods,Comparativestudyofvariousmethodsanddamages
caused during past earthquakes (world wide).

Ductilityrequi DuctilityrequirementsasperIScode(IS-13920:2016). Concepts of detailing of

rements various structural components as per IS-13920:2016. Earthquake resistant
design.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. PankajAgarwalandManishShrikhande-Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures;
Publication–PHILearningPrivateLimited,Delhi-110092
T2. AnilK.Chopra–DynamicsofStructures(TheoryandApplicationstoEarthquakeEngineering);
Publication-PearsonEducation,Inc.
T3. CriteriaforEarthquakeResistantDesignofStructures:IS1893(Part-1)–2002

R1. Ductile Detailingof Reinforced ConcreteStructuressubjectedto Seismic Forces-

CodeofPractice:IS13920-1993
R2. Codeofpracticeforearthquakeresistantdesignandconstructionofbuildings:IS4326(1993)
R3. ImprovingEarthquakeResistanceofEarthenBuildings:IS13827(1993)
R4. SeismicEvaluation,RepairandStrengtheningofMasonryBuildings:IS13935(2009)

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

398
 The performance of students is evaluated as follows:
Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

g. CO-PO Mapping

399
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 2 2 2
CO5 2 3

SN TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*

400
 1 Course Name of the Course (s) 3 0 0 0 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Code
20CEA-455 Advanced Concrete Technology Course Code(s)
PRE- Student should have knowledge of Concrete CEA 455
REQUISITE and properties of concrete.
CO- NIl
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description This course aims providing knowledge about comprehensive

treatment of the materials and Civil Engineering principles which results in production
and construction of high qualityconcretefor buildings and infrastructure.

b. Course Objectives The course begins with the theoretical study of concrete, which is
very necessary for the design of concrete structures. The students are then introduced to
various types of concrete and various admixtures that are used.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 1) Students will be able to understand the various hydration products and their
importance.
2) Students will be able to classify different chemical and mineral admixtures and super
plasticizers for utilizing in concrete
3) Students will be able to design mix proportions of concrete by different standard
methods.
4) Students will be able to evaluate different durability related issues in concrete and find
solutions for them.
Students will be to describe different types of special concrete and Fiber reinforced
concrete
CO2 5) Students will be able to classify different chemical and mineral admixtures and super
plasticizers for utilizing in concrete

CO3 6) Students will be able to design mix proportions of concrete by different standard
methods.

CO4 7) Students will be able to evaluate different durability related issues in concrete and find
solutions for them.

CO5 Students will be to describe different types of special concrete and Fiber reinforced
concrete

401
d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Admixtures Contact
Hours:15
<Chapter Name Chemical Admixtures and Mineral Admixture –Mechanism of
1:- Chemical chemical admixture, Plasticizers and super Plasticizers and their effect on
Admixtures and concrete property in fresh and hardened state, Marsh cone test for
Mineral optimum dosage of superplasticizer,retarder,accelerator,Air-
Admixture entrainingadmixtures,newgenerationsuper-plasticiser. Effect of
supplementary cementing materials like silica fume, blast furnace slag,
metakaolin, nano-silica and carbon nano-tubes on fresh and hardened
properties of concrete
Mix design Mix Design-Factors affecting mix design, design of concrete mix by
BIS method using IS1026 Andcurrent American (ACI)/British
(BS)methods. Provisions in revised IS 10262-2019.

Unit-2 Various Types of concretes Contact

Hours:15
Bouges Importance of Bogue’s compounds, Structure of a Hydrated Cement
compound Paste, Volume of hydrated product, porosity of paste and concrete,
transition Zone, Elastic Modulus, factors affecting strength and
elasticity of concrete, Rheology of concrete in terms of Bingham’s
parameter.

RMC concretw RMC concrete- Manufacture, transporting, placing, precautions,

Methods of concreting-Pumping, under water concreting, shotcrete,
Highvolumeflyashconcrete concept, properties, typical mix. Self
compacting concrete concept, materials, tests, properties, application.

Durability of Durability of Concrete-Introduction, Permeability of concrete,

concrete chemical attack, acid attack, efflorescence, Corrosion in concrete.
C r e e p a n d s h r i n k a g e , thermal conductivity, thermal diffusivity,
specific heat. Alkali Aggregate Reaction, IS456-2016 requirement for
durability.

Unit-3 Contact
Hours:15
Fiber reinforced Fiber reinforced concrete- Fibers types and properties, Behavior of
concrete FRC in compression ,tension including pre-cracking stage and post-
cracking stages, behaviour in flexure and shear, Ferrocement-materials,
techniques of manufacture, properties and application.

402
Special Special Concretes– Self compacting concrete, high strength concrete,
Concretes high performance concrete, light weight concrete, polymer modified
concrete. Glow aggregate concrete and its uses.

Non-destructive Non-destructive techniques: Rebound hammer tests, ultrasonic Pulse

techniques Velocity test - Corrosion rebar test.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

403
g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1 1 3
CO2 2 3 1 2
CO3 3 2 2 3
CO4 3 2 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 2 1

404
SN Course Airport Planning and Design L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Code Name of the Course (s) 3 0 0 0 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20CEB 456 Course Code(s)
PRE- 20CEB 456
REQUISITE Basics of Transportation Engineering
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description The course begins with the theoretical study of airport and
related terminology to it. Which is very necessary to calculated and design the
pavement for airport area. The students are then introduced to configurations and
apron facilities. The course further emphasizes on the airport pavement design
concept.
b. Course Objectives Students will learn the basics of airport engineering, its
components and some features

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 1. To identify different components of an airport structure and organization.

To compute data of passengers, baggage and cargo requirements.

To correlate the passenger load and use the data for flow concepts of passenger and
baggage flow movement.

To recommend the length of runway, airport capacity, parking configuration and

airport lighting.

To formulate the parameters for forecasting air travel demand, environmental

impact and recommend type of runways and taxi tracks to be constructed.

CO2 To compute data of passengers, baggage and cargo requirements.

CO3 To correlate the passenger load and use the data for flow concepts of passenger and
baggage flow movement.

CO4 To recommend the length of runway, airport capacity, parking configuration and
airport lighting.

405
CO5 To formulate the parameters for forecasting air travel demand, environmental
impact and recommend type of runways and taxi tracks to be constructed.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Air Transport Contact
Hours:15
Air Transport Air Transport-structure and organization; airport system; characteristics
of the aircraft; airport planning: site selection, layout plan, orientation of
runway.

Unit-2 Runway Contact

Hours:15
Runway Length of runway; Airport capacity and configuration; geometric design of
runway, taxiway and aprons; passenger terminal function, passenger and
baggage flow, design concepts, Flow through terminals, parking
configurations and apron facilities; air cargo facilities-flow through cargo
terminals, airport lighting;

Unit-3 Airport drainage Contact

Hours:15
Airport drainage Airport drainage; airport pavement design; forecasting air travel demand:
trend forecasts and analytical methods; environmental impact of airports.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

406
Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1
CO2 2 1
CO3 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 1 1 2 2 2 2
CO5 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1

SN L T P S C CH Course Type*

407
 Course Intelligent Transportation
Code Systems
1 Name of the Course (s) 3 0 0 0 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20CEB457 Course Code(s)
PRE-
REQUISITE Basics of Transportation System
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Description In this subject students would be studying about theoretical concepts of
ITS, use of telecommunication in ITS and various applications of Intelligent Transportation
Systems

b.Course Objectives
1. To familiarize the students with latest techniques of transportation systems.
2. To learn the techniques of existing toll system using ITS.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to visualize the basics of smart Systems in Transportation.

CO2 Students will be able to compare the benefits of intelligent transport operations and
functional areas in developed countries and scope in our country.
CO3 Student will be able to connect with the terms of AVI, GIS, ATMS and interpolate in
smooth management of transport.
CO4 Student will be able to justify the need to switch over to the intelligent transport system
and arrive at sustainable mobility.
CO5 Students will be able to have a basic understanding of design using sensors, video data
collection for electronic toll collection and road parking.

d.Syllabus
Unit-1 Introduction to Intelligent Transportation Contact
Systems (ITS) Hours:15
Introduction to Introduction to Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) –
Intelligent Definition, Objectives, Historical Background, Benefits of ITS -ITS
Transportation Data collection techniques – Detectors, Automatic Vehicle Location
Systems (ITS) (AVL), Automatic Vehicle Identification (AVI), Geographic

408
 Information Systems (GIS), video data collection.

Telecommunications Telecommunications in ITS - Information Management, Traffic

in ITS Management Centres (TMC). Application of sensors to Traffic
management; Traffic flow sensor technologies; Transponders and
Communication systems; Data fusion at traffic management centres;
Sensor plan and specification requirements; Elements of Vehicle
Location and Route Navigation and Guidance concepts.

Unit-2 ITS functional areas Contact

Hours:15
ITS functional ITS functional areas – Advanced Traffic Management Systems
areas (ATMS) , Advanced Traveler Information Systems (ATIS), Commercial
Vehicle Operations (CVO), Advanced Vehicle Control Systems
(AVCS), Advanced Public Transportation Systems (APTS), Advanced
Rural Transportation Systems (ARTS). ITS User Needs and Services –
Travel and Traffic management, Public Transportation Management,
Electronic Payment, Commercial Vehicle Operations, Emergency
Management, Advanced Vehicle safety systems, Information
Management.

ITS Operations ITS Operations – Regional and Project ITS architecture; Concept o f
operations; ITS Models and Evaluation Methods; Planning and human
factor issues for ITS, Case studies on deployment planning and system
design and operation; ITS and safety, ITS and security, ITS as a
technology deployment program, research, development and business
models, ITS planning.

Unit-3 ITS applications Contact

Hours:15
ITS applications ITS applications: Traffic and incident management systems; ITS and
sustainable mobility, travel demand management, electronic toll
collection, ITS and road-pricing.; Transportation network operations;
commercial vehicle operations ; public transportation applications;
Automated Highway Systems- Vehicles in Platoons –ITS in World –
Overview of ITS implementations in developed countries, ITS in
developing countries. [Case study]

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

TEXT BOOKS
T1. Chowdhury, M. A., and Sadek, A., Fundamentals of Intelligent Transportation Systems
Planning, Artech House 2003.

409
T2. Turban, E., and Aronson, J. E., Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems, 5th
Edition, Prentice Hall 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1.Kan Paul Chen, John Miles, “Recommendations for World Road Association (PIARC)” ITS
Hand Book 2000.
R2.Turban. E and Aronson. J. E, “Decision Support Sys tems and Intelligent Systems”, Prentice
Hall

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

g. Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

410
 h. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3
CO2 3 1 1
CO3 2
CO4
CO5 3 2

411
SN Course Environmental Laws and L T P S C CH Course Type*
Code Regulations
1 Name of the Course (s) 3 0 0 0 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
20CEC458 Course Code(s)
PRE- Basic knowledge of Environment science CEC 458
REQUISITE
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course begins with the study of impotence of environmental laws and sustainable
developments. Which was very important part of international submits on sustainable
development. The students are then introduced to Ambience of Environmental Laws. The
course further emphasizes on the Important Legislations related to environmental laws.

b. Course Objectives

To familiarize students with Environmental Laws and Regulations

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 The students will get introduced to the laws and policies both at the national and
international level relating to environment

CO2 Students will be able to understand the key principles of, and actors within,
environmental laws.

CO3 Students will be able to critically analyse environmental laws within various contexts
and to evaluate laws against procedural and substantive criteria
CO4 The students will attain the skills to critically interpret the laws related to
Environmental Protection

CO5 The students will able to interpret various case studies with reference to environmental
legislation

412
 d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:
<Chapter Name Introduction: Importance of Environmental laws, Important Principles,
1> Sustainable Development, Equity, Trans boundary responsibility, Public
participation and transparency, Precautionary principle, Prevention,
Polluter pays principle, "Great Stink" of 1858, Great Smog of 1952,
Environmentalism as a political movement.

<Chapter Name International conventions: Kyoto Protocol, United Nations Frame work
2> Convention on Climate Change. United Nations Conference on the Human
Environment, United Nations Conference on Environment and
Development, World Summit on Sustainable Development(2002),
Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna
and Flora (CITES) and the International Union for Conservation of Nature
(IUCN), United Nations Climate Change Conference (2015), The Asian
Environmental Compliance and Enforcement Network, UNEP,
international Tribunal for the Law of the Sea(ITLOS).

Unit-2 Ambience of Environmental Laws: Contact Hours:

Ambience of Ambience of Environmental Laws: Practice Areas, Brown field
Environmental redevelopment, Asbestos base line survey, Soil contamination assessment
Laws: & remediation, the development of medial action work plan (RAWP) and
engineering controls, environmental and use restriction, Total maximum
daily load (TMDL), nutrient loading studies(ex. For NPDES
wastewater discharges) andregulatorynegotiationof nutrients
dischargelimits from waste treatment plants, such as phosphorus and
nitrogen.

National Green National Green Tribunal: NGT Act (2010), Definition, Origin, Members,
Tribunal: Chairman, Jurisdiction, Notable Orders including Yamuna Conservation
Zone, Coal blocks in Chhattisgarh Forests

Unit-3 Legislations Contact Hours:

Important Important Legislations (I): Environment Protection Act (1986), The
Legislations (I): Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act (1974), The Air
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act (1981)

413
Important Important Legislations (II): Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules
Legislations (II): (2001), Recycled Plastics, Plastics Manufacture and Usage Rules (1999),
Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Amendment Rule
s(2003).

Important Important Legislations (III): The Mines and minerals (Development

Legislations and Regulation) Amendment Act (2015), E-Waste (Management &
(III): Handling) Rules (2011).
.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA NA

414
 One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 1 2 1
CO2 2 1
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 1 2
CO5 2 2 2

415
SN Course TITLE L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 Code Environment Impact 3 0 0 0 3 3 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Assessment
20CEC 459 Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should have knowledge of basic CEC 459
REQUISITE environmental sciences and management skills.
CO- NIL
REQUISITE
ANTI- NIL
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course begins with the theoretical study of EIA. In this particular subject students would
come to know about the Socio economic impact assessment as well as EIA notification by
Ministry of Environment and Forest
b. Course Objectives
To impart knowledge on environmental impact assessment by the industries.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to understand the concept and methodology of EIA.

CO2 Student will be able to assess the impact of project on environment.

CO3 Students will be able to analyze the data and compile reports pertaining to different
industries.

CO4 Students will be able to carry out Environmental Audit

CO5 Student will be able to develop and implement Environmental Management Plan

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Components and methods for EIA Contact Hours:

416
Introduction:
Introduction: Historical development of Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA). EIA in Project cycle. Legal and Regulatory aspects in
India– Types and limitations of EIA– Cross sectoral issues and terms of
reference in EIA–Public Participation in EIA.EIA process
screeningscoping-setting–analysis–mitigation.

EIA.

.
Components and Components and methods for EIA:
methods for EIA Matrices–Networks–Checklists–Connections and combinations of
processes – Cost benefit analysis–Analysis of alternatives–Software
packages for EIA–Expert systems inEIA
EMS and EMS and Standardization: Introduction to ISO and ISO14000 EMS
Standardization regulations, wider application of system based approach-Local
infrastructure development and environmental management A system
approach in the regional environmental management system and in
local government.

Unit-2 Socio economic impact assessment Contact Hours:

Socio economic
impact Socio economic impact assessment: Definition of social impact
assessment assessment, social impact assessment model and the planning process.
Rationale and measurement for SIA variables. Relationship between
social impacts and changein community and institutional
arrangements. Individual and family level impacts. Communities in
transition – neighbourhoodand community impacts. Selecting, testing
and understanding significant social impacts. Mitigation and
enhancement in social assessment. Environmental costing of projects.

Impact of Impact of Industries: Environmental impacts of typical industries,

Industries power plants, large projects, present scenario of various government
resolutions on selecting the location of industries, environmental point
of view.

Unit-3 EIA notification by Ministry of Environment and Contact Hours:

Forest
EIA notification
by Ministry of EIA notification by Ministry of Environment and Forest (Govt. Of
Environment India):Provisionsinthe EIA notification- Categorization of Industries
and Forest for seeking environmental clearance from concerned authorities-
Procedure for environmental clearance, procedure for conducting
EIA report, Rapid and Comprehensive EIA, general structure of EIA
document, post environmental monitoring.

417
Environmental Environmental management plan: Environmental Management
management Plan-preparation, implementation and review– Mitigation and
plan: Rehabilitation plans– Policy and guidelines for planning and
monitoring programs–Post project audit–Ethical and Quality aspects
of Environmental Impact Assessment.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

418
g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 1 2 1
CO2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 2 1 2 2
CO5 3 2 2 2 1

419
SN 20CED- Nameofsubject:EnvironmentalGeotechnology L T P S C CH Course Type*
1 461 Name of the Course (s): BE 3 0 0 0 3 3 Program
Specialization
Course Code(s): 20CED-461
PRE- StudentsshouldhaveknowledgeofGeotechnicalandEnvironmentalEngineering.
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description

The course begins with the study ofGeoenvironmentalengineering and related

terminology. The students are then introduced to waste contamination and land fill.
The course further emphasizes on the Designofashcontainmentsystem and
Remediationofcontaminatedsoils.
b. Course Objectives
1.Studentswillbeexposedtovariousproblemsassociatedwithenvironmentaleffectsonsoiland
methodstoevaluatethem.
2.Thedifferenttechniqueswillbetaughtto
studentstoimprovethecharacteristicsofsoilswhichareenvironmentallydegradedandalsother
emediationtechniquestopreventthesoilfromgettingcontaminated.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 1) Understanding of the reasons of contamination of soil to provide solutions for waste
disposal sites.
CO2 2) Investigation on the factors affecting permeability to promote safe disposal of waste.
CO3 3) Design and stability of engineering landfill site to provide control measures for
groundwater contamination using various techniques.
CO4 4) Managing site selection and planning of landfill sites resulting into sustainable
development.
CO5 5) Lifelong learning for taking actions on groundwater contamination for monitoring
and treating hazardous waste.

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours: 15

420
Introduction
IntroductiontoGeoenvironmentalengineering , environmentalcycle ,
sources,productionandclassificationofwaste ,causesofsoilpollution ,fact
orsgoverningsoil,pollutantinteraction ,failuresoffoundationsduetopollu
tants–casestudies,selectionofwastedisposalsites:siteselection,selection
criteriaandrating.
Sourcesandeffectsofs
Physical,chemicalandbiologicalcharacteristicsofsolidwastes,soil-
ubsurfacecontamina
wasteinteraction,contaminanttransport,laboratoryandfieldevaluationof
tion
permeability,factorsaffectingpermeability,wastedisposalonland.

Unit-2 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours: 15

Wastecontainmenta
ndstabilization Wastecontainmentprinciples,typesofbarriermaterials,
hazardouswastecontrolandstoragesystem–stabilization/solidificationof
wastes, mechanismofstabilization

Environmentalmonit
Sittingcriteria,planninganddesignaspectsrelatingtowastedisposalinlan
oringaroundlandfills
dfills,inashpondsandtailingpondsandinrocks,detection,controlandreme
diation ofsubsurfacecontamination,engineeringproperties
andgeotechnicalreuseofwaste,demolitionwastedumps,regulations,case
studies.

Unit-3 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours: 15

Ashcontainmentsyst
em Designofashcontainmentsystem,stabilityofashdykes,contaminanttrans
portthroughporousmedia, mechanisms,
municipalandhazardouswastelandfill,types-
drycell,wetcell,bioreactor.

Remediationofconta Rationalapproachtoevaluateandremediatecontaminatedsites ,monitore

minatedsoils dnaturalattenuation ,existandinsituremediation ,solidification,bio–rem
ediation,incineration,soilwashing,electrokinetics,soilheating,verificati
on,bioventing ,
Groundwaterremediation ,pumpandtreat,airsparging,reactivewell.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

TEXT BOOKS
T1. K.R.ReddyandHDSharma,“Geo-
environmentalEngineering:SiteRemediation,wastecontainment,andemergingwastema
nagementtechnologies”,JohnWilley,2004

T2. R.N.Yong,“GeoEnvironmentalEngineering:ContaminatedGround:FateofPollutionsandR
emediation”,ThomsonTelford,2000.

421
T3. R.K., Rowe, "Geo-technical and Geo-environmental Engineering Handbook" Kluwer
Academic Publications, London, 2000

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1. L.N.ReddyandH.I.Inyang,“Geo-
environmentalEngineering:PrinciplesandApplications”,MarcelDek,2000.

R2. A.M.O., Mohamed, "Principles and Applications of Time Domain Electrometry in Geo-
environmental Engineering" Taylor and Francis, New York, 2006.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA NA

422
 One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 3 2
CO4 3 2 2 2
CO5 3 3

423
SN 20CED- Ground Improvement L T P S C CH Course
462 Type*
1 Name of the Course (s): BE 3 0 0 0 3 3 Program
Specialization
Course Code(s) :20CED-
462
PRE- Students should have knowledge of Geotechnical
REQUISITE Engineering.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description

The course begins with the theoretical study of need of concrete. In this the students would be
learn about various techniques of ground improvement and how these methods are to be made
in to practice.

b. Course Objectives

1. Students will be exposed to various problems associated with soil deposits and methods
to evaluate them.
2. The different techniques will be taught to students to improve the characteristics of
difficult soils as well as design techniques required to implement various ground
improvement methods.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to understand the basic concepts of soil stabilization
CO2 Students will be able to Implement the stabilization methods
CO3 Students will be able to Apply different techniques to stabilize the soil.
CO4 Students will be able to analyze different engineering problems related to the soil
stabilization.
CO5 Students will be able to design engineering solutions for improvement of ground.

424
d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Introduction Contact
Hours:15
Introduction
Need of ground improvement, different methods of ground
improvement, general principle of compaction, mechanics, field
procedure, quality control in field, ground improvement in granular
soil, in place densification by vibro floatation, compaction pile,
vibrocompaction piles, dynamic compaction, blasting.
Sand Drains
Pre loading with sand drains, fabric drains, wick drains etc.–Theories of
sand drain
–design and relative merits of various methods.

Unit-2 Stone column lime piles and soil nailing Contact

Hours:15
Stone column,
lime piles and Stone column, lime piles; functions, methods of installation, design,
soil nailing estimation of load carrying capacity and settlement, root piles and soil
nailing, methods of installation, design and applications, soil liquefaction
mitigation methods.

Earth
Earth reinforcement–Principles and basic mechanism of reinforced earth,
Reinforcement
simple design: Synthetic and natural fibre based Geo-textiles and their
applications. Filtration, drainage, separation, erosion control.

Unit-3 Grouting Contact

Hours:15
Grouting
Grouting–Types of grout; suspension and solution grouts, basic
requirements of grout, grouting equipment, injection methods, jet
grouting, grout monitoring.

Soil Stabilization Electro– chemical stabilization, stabilization with cement,

lime–stabilization of expansive clays, soil stabilization with industrial
waste materials.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

TEXT BOOKS
T1Pappala,A.J.,Huang,J.,Han,J.,andHoyos,L.R.,“GroundImprovementandGeosynthetics”,Ge
otechnicalspecialpublicationNo.207,GeoInstitute,ASCE,2010.

425
T2Rowe,R.K.,“GeotechnicalandGeoenvironmentalEngineeringHandbook”,KluwerAcademic
Publishers,2001.

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1 Peck,R.E.,Hansen, W.E. and Thornburn,
T.H.,“FoundationEngineering”,JonWileyPublication, 1998.
R2 Brahma,S.P., “FoundationEngineering”, TataMcGrawHillPublications, 1998.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

426
g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 1 1
CO2 3
CO3 3 1 1
CO4 3 1 2
CO5 3 1 3 1

427
SN 20CEE- Water Power Management L T P S C CH Course
463 Type*
1 Name of the Course (s): BE 3 0 0 0 3 3 Program
Specialization
Course Code(s) 20CEE-
463
PRE- Students should possess basic Knowledge, Fluid
REQUISIT Mechanics, and Irrigation Engineering.
E
CO- Nil
REQUISIT
E
ANTI- Nil
REQUISIT
E

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

Course Description

The course begins with the study ofGeoenvironmentalengineering and related terminology. The
students are then introduced to waste contamination and land fill. The course further emphasizes
on the Designofashcontainmentsystem and Remediationofcontaminatedsoils.

b. Course Objectives

1. To expose students to the design aspects of hydro-power plants, various components of

hydro power plants and their layout.
2. To impart the students the knowledge of various management techniques for power
produced from water.

c. Course Outcomes

CO1 Planning of hydro power development and exploring world’s hydropower resources
CO2 Designing of the hydropower components to develop water conductor systems

428
CO3 Data interpretation for assessment of hydropower
CO4 Feasibility analysis of various techniques for hydropower generation and International
and National financing.
CO5 Economic survey and time scheduling for cost controlling

d. Syllabus

Unit-1 Introduction Contact Hours:

15
Hydroelectric
power Types of power development, Classification, Hydro Power Development
development Planning, World's hydro power resources, Environment.
Components of Intake structure, water conductor systems, tunnels, surge tanks, penstocks,
hydropower valves, anchor blocks.

Unit-2 Basics and Assessment of hydropower Contact Hours:

15
Assessment of
hydropower Data requirement for assessment of hydropower, assessment of power
production from water.

Basics of Power Master Plans, Pre-feasibility and feasibility studies, International

hydroelectric and domestic financing.
power financing

Unit-3 Planning of multi-purpose projects Contact Hours:

15
Planning of
Powerhouses Power house structure, Location of underground power stations, types of
underground power stations, advantages, components, types of layout,
Limitations of and Underground power house

Hydro-power Energy from the oceans, tidal phenomenon, Basic principles of tidal
from the ocean
power, historical development, prominent sites in World and in India,
Modes of generation, Structural components of tidal plants, Economics of
tidal power, Tidal Power stations of the world.

Environmental Hydel projects, data to be collected/monitored in a water project, positive

Impact of Hydel
impacts of water projects, possible negative impacts, Hydropower and
and multi-
purpose projects greenhouse gases.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

429
TEXT BOOKS
T1Novak, P., Moffat, A.I.B., Nalluri, C. and Narayanan, R. Hydraulic Structures Unwin Hyman
Ltd., London 1989.
T2 Dandekar, M. M. and Sharma, K. N. Water Power Engineering Vikas Publishing House, New
Delhi 1994.
T3 USBR Design of Small Dams Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 1974.
T4 Sharma, H. D. Concrete Dams Metropolitan New Delhi 1981.
T5 Varshney, R.S. Concrete Dams Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 1982.
T6 Varshney, R.S. Hydro Power Structures –Nem Chand Bros. Roorkee 1973 Guthrie, Brown
J.(ed) Hydro Electric Engineering Practice Blackie and Son, Glasgow 1970.
T7 Skrotzi, Bernhardt Power Stn.Engineering and Economy, 1988, Tata McGrawHill.
T8 Arora and Domkundwar– A course in Power Plant Engineering 2000, DhanpatRai

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1 Handbook of Hydroelectric Engineering, P.S. Nigam, NemChand Bros., NewDelhi
R2 Hydro and Engineering Practice Vol.I,II,III, Ed.JG. Brown, CBS PublishersDelhi
R3 Dr. B.S.K. Naidu, Planning and Management of Hydro Resources, CBIP Publication,1992
R4 Dr.B.S.K.Naidu,“HydroPoweranIndianPerspective“,2001-CBSPublishers

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.

430
 4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 2
CO3 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 3 3

431
SN 20CEE- GroundWaterFlowandTransportModeling L T P S C CH Course
464 Type*
1 Name of the Course (s): BE 3 0 0 0 3 3 Program
Specialization
Course Code(s) 20CEE-
464
PRE- Students should possess basic knowledge of
REQUISITE Hydrologic Cycle, Water Budgets
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description

In this subject, the primary ground water flows are described with the different channels of
irrigation purposes. In the subsequent units hydraulic wells and its working will also be
explained. Significant discussion on environmental impact on groundwater is described.
b. Course Objectives

1. To introduce students with the basic concepts of Ground Water

2. To introduce students with dynamics of pollutants transportation within groundwater
3. To introduce students with the impacts of few significant issues on groundwater

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Students will be able to comprehend the fundamentals of groundwater and characterize
the ground water
CO2 Students will be able to apply various laws and equations to describe the flow of water
through an aquifer
CO3 Students will be able to analyze the issues and impacts associated with quality and
quantity of ground water.
CO4 Students will be able to develop solutions related to the problems having
environmental impacts on the groundwater quality
CO5 Lifelong learning to appreciate the advanced concepts related to the research on ground
water

432
d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Introduction Contact Hours:
15
Introduction Surface water versus groundwater, Aquifers, Characteristics of
groundwater, Aquifer, Classification of Aquifers, Functions of aquifers,
storage coefficient, specific yield, Aquifer Recharge Groundwater Evapo-
transpiration, Groundwater Budget

Groundwater Darcy's Law and Hydraulic Potential, The Steady state, Groundwater
Hydraulics Flow Equation, Streamlines and Flow Nets, Regional Flow and Geologic
Controls on Flow, Transient Flow, Aquifer Storage and Compressibility,
Unconfined Flow, Groundwater Interaction with Streams and Lakes,
Numerical Methods, Flow in Fractured Rock

Unit-2 Well Hydraulics Contact Hours:

15
Wells Test drilling and well logs, basic assumptions, steady and transient flows,
confined, unconfined and leaky aquifers, partially penetrating wells, well
interference, method of images, well losses, specific capacity, infiltration
galleries and radial collector wells, Thiem and Theis Equations, Pump
Tests

Pollutant Transport Mechanisms, Advection and Dispersion Sorption and Diffusive

Transport in Mass Transfer Aquifer Remediation, Infiltration and Evapotranspiration,
Groundwater: Transport Equation for Nonreactive Pollutants Transport of Reactive
Constituents

Unit-3 Environmental Impacts on Groundwater Contact Hours:

15
Groundwater Stream flow versus groundwater levels, evapotranspirative fluctuations,
meteorological fluctuations, tidal fluctuations, urbanization,
earthquakes, external loads, land subsidence.

Special Topics Methods of artificial groundwater recharge, Groundwater Basin

Management and conjunctive use, Groundwater assessment and
balancing, Seawater intrusion in coastal aquifers, Land Subsidence,
Groundwater flow in Hard Rock System: conceptual models, structure
and hydrodynamic properties of hard rock aquifers.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

433
TEXT BOOKS
T1. Todd D.K., Groundwater Hydrology, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, New York, 1976.
T2. Bear J., Hydraulics of Groundwater, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1979.
T3 Driscoll, Groundwater and Wells, Johnson Filtration Systems, Inc., 1986.
T4 Hantush M.S., Hydraulics of wells in Advances in Hydro science, Academic Press,1964
REFERENCE BOOKS
R1 Bouwer H., Groundwater Hydrology, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1978.
R2 Ojha, C.S.P, Berndtsson, R and Bhunya, P., Engineering Hydrology, Oxford University
Press,New Delhi, 2008.
f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA NA

434
 One per Non Graded:
Chapter Engagement Task

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 2 2 2
CO2 2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 2 2
CO5 2 3 3 2

435
SN 20CEF- Resource utilization and L T P S C CH Course
465 construction productivity Type*
1 Name of the Course (s): BE 3 0 0 - 3 3 Program
Specialization
Course Code(s) 20CEF-465
PRE- Students should possess basic knowledge of
REQUISITE Project Management.
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description

The course deals with management planning and scheduling involved with Civil Engineering.

b. Course Objectives

1. To study the resources required for construction like material, equipment, labour and
time and comprehend the effective management of the same towards fruitful completion
of the project.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 1. Distinguish why one kind of construction equipment should be used rather than
another and measure construction productivity.
CO2 2. Learn about the various resources employed on construction sites and measures
to gauge labour productivity.
CO3 3. Analysing the various means of controlling the cost and time by means of
resource levelling and resource smoothening.
CO4 4. Evaluating the various meantime management planning and scheduling, and
inventory control.
CO5 5. Formulate for resource management and value management by using computer
application.

436
d. Syllabus
Unit-1 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:15
CONSTRUCTION Equipment: Types of equipment used in construction, Planning and
EQUIPMENT selection of equipment, equipment maintenance and replacements of an
equipment.
EQUIPMENT Fundamentals of Earth Work Operations Earth Moving Operations
FOR Types of Earth Work Equipment Tractors, Motor Graders, Scrapers,
EARTHWORK Front end Waders – Dozer, Excavators, Rippers, Loaders, trucks and
hauling equipment, Compacting Equipment, Finishing equipment.

OTHER Equipment for Dredging, Trenching, Drag line and clamshells,

CONSTRUCTION Tunneling – Equipment for Drilling and Blasting Pile driving Equipment
EQUIPMENT Erection Equipment Crane, Mobile crane Types of pumps used in
Construction Equipment for Dewatering and Grouting – Equipment for
Demolition.

CONSTRUCTION Definition of Productivity, Impact of productivities on construction

PRODUCTIVITY duration and costs; Measuring productivities of construction equipment,
Staff and Labour and typical benchmarks for the same; Productivity
analysis from Daily Progress Reports; Lean Construction concepts of
Value Adding activities, Non Value Adding Activities and Non Value
Adding but Necessary Activities; Productivity measurements by special
Lean Construction oriented field methods such as Work Sampling, Takt
time analysis, Foreman Delay Surveys; Productivity improvement
measures such as Value Stream Mapping, Location Based management
Systems, 5S, good Housekeeping, etc.
Unit-2 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:15
< Introduction to resources, Characteristics of resources Types of
INTRODUCTION resources, manpower, Equipment, Material, Money, Time Tools for
TO RESOURCES measurement of resources.

RESOURCE Resource Planning Planning for material, Labour, time and cost
PLANNING AND Resources Utilization, material, Labour, time and cost Procurement
UTILIZATION inventory control.
MATERIAL AND Material: identification of materials, quantity of material, sources,
LABOUR Transportation, Delivery and Distribution purchase management store
management. Labour: Introduction to Labour, Classes of Labour, Cost of
Labour, Labour schedule, optimum use Labour, labour productivity.

Unit-3 (Name of the Unit) Contact Hours:15

437
TIME Time Management planning and scheduling Managing time on the
MANAGEMENT project forecasting the future, Critical path measuring the changes and
their effects. Cost control objectives of cost, time and quality, Cash flows
and cost control, Time cost trade off.

RESOURCE Resource allocation resource leveling, resource smoothening examples of

ALLOCATION resource list, Resource allocation graph, Resource loading Computer
application in resource management Value Management.

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

TEXT BOOKS
T1. Peurifoy, R.L., Ledbetter, W.B. and Schexnayder.C, “Construction Planning Equipment and
Methods”, McGraw Hill. Singapore 2005.
T2. Sharma S.C. “Construction Equipment and Management”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2008.
T3. Deodhar, S.V. “Construction Equipment and Job Planning”, Khanna Publishers Delhi, 2008.
T4. Mahesh Varma .Dr., “Construction Equipment and its planning and application”,
Metropolitan Book Company, New Delhi,2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS
R1. Andrew, D. Szilagg, “Hand Book of Engineering Management”, 2002.
R2. Glenn .A, Sea's and Reichard, Clough .H, “Construction Project Management”, John Wiley
and Sons, Inc, 2009.
R3. Harvey, A. Levine, “Project Management using Micro Computers”, Obsome McGraw Hill
C.A. Publishing Co., Inc. 2008.
R4. James, A., Adrain, “Quantitative Methods In Construction Management”, American Elsevier
Publishing Co., Inc., 2003.

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment

438
 Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2
CO3 2 1
CO4 2 1
CO5 3 2 1 3 2 3

439
SN 20CEF466 TITLE L T P S C CH Course
Type*
1 Infrastructure Planning & 3 0 0 0 3 3 PE
Management
Course Code(s)
PRE- Students should possess basic Knowledge of Civil 20CEF-466
REQUISITE Engineering
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

A. Course Description
The course moves along infrastructure planning which includes Infrastructure development
through PPP route and along with Monetary and Risk Management Framework for
Infrastructure Projects.

b. Course Objectives
To introduce students with Infrastructure engineering and impart basic knowledge of civil
systems.

c. Course Outcomes
CO1 Student will understand the role of infrastructure in development and its various
components.
CO2 Student will be able to explain PPP projects and economics related to infrastructure
and risk management framework.
CO3 Student will be connect to organizing, enforcing bodies and laws for planning and
development.
CO4

440
 Student will be able to evaluate risks, risk management frameworks of Indian
projects.
CO5 Student will be able to develop urban and rural infrastructure management systems.
CO6

d. Syllabus
Unit-1 Introduction Contact Hours:
15
Introduction Definition of basic terminologies, role of infrastructure in economic
development, types of infrastructure, measurement of infrastructure
capacity, bases for quantification of demand and supply of various types
of infrastructure, Indian scenario in respect of adequacy and quality.
Infrastructure Goals and objectives of infrastructure planning; Identification and
planning quantification of the casual factors influencing the demand for
infrastructure; review and application of techniques to estimate supply and
demand for infrastructure; use of econometric, social and land use
indicators and models to forecast the demand and level of service of
infrastructure and its impact on land use; critical review of the relevant
forecasting techniques; infrastructure planning to identify and prioritize
preferred areas for development; Integration of strategic planning for
infrastructure at urban, regional and national levels; case studies in
infrastructure planning.

Unit-2 Infrastructure development through PPP route Contact Hours:

15
Introduction, Benefits of PPP mode of procurement; Types of PPP Models
and their contractual structures, Stakeholders’ perspectives: Granting
authority, Funders and Concessionaire Government’s role in successful
PPP projects , Financial and Economic Appraisal of BOT Projects; VFM
evaluation, PPP procurement process; Lifecycle of PPP projects,
Contractual package of PPP project; Bankable concession agreement
,Case study – Procurement process of Indian PPP projects

Unit-3 Monetary and Risk Management Framework for Contact Hours:

Infrastructure Projects
The Stages of an Infrastructure Project Lifecycle, an Overview of
Infrastructure Project Finance. Relation to nations GDP. Finance sources
and funding procedure of infrastructure projects Introduction to risk
management concept, Mapping and Facing the Landscape of risks in
Infrastructure Projects; Economic and Demand Risks, Political Risks,
Socio-Environmental Risks, Cultural Risks in International Infrastructure
Projects -their Case studies, Risk analysis techniques, Risk mitigation
strategies, Case studies for Risk allocation frameworks of Indian projects.
Infrastructure Management: Concepts, Common aspects of urban and
rural infrastructure management systems; pavement and bridge

441
 management systems, integrated infrastructure management, Case studies
examples

e. Textbooks / Reference Books

T1. Grigg, Neil, Infrastructure Engineering and Management, Wiley Publications, 1988.
T2. Haas, Hudson, Zaniewski, Modern Pavement Management, Krieger, Malabar, 1994
R1. Hudson, Haas, Uddin, Infrastructure Management: Integrating Design, Construction,
Maintenance, Rehabilitation, and Renovation, McGraw Hill, 1997

f. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Weightage of
actual conduct of Task Internal actual
Assessment conduct
2 Exam 10 marks of 10 marks 10 marks of 10 marks of
of
3 Quiz/Test 20 marks for one 20 marks 20 marks for one 20 marks for
MST. for one MST. one MST.
MST.
4 Homework 4 marks of each 2 per Unit/ 4 marks/4 marks 4 marks of
quiz/ 20 marks 2 per each quiz/ 20
for one MST semester marks for
one MST
5 Case study NA One per Non-Graded: NA
lecture Engagement Task
topic (of 2
questions)
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation NA One per Non Graded: NA
Chapter Engagement Task

442
g. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 2
CO2 2 2
CO3 2 2
CO4 2
CO5 3 3

SN 20CER489 PROJECT L T P S C CH Course Type*

1 Name of the Course (s): B.E. 0 0 0 8 4 8 <UC/PE/PC/MNG>
Civil
Course Code(s)
PRE- Nil
REQUISITE
CO- Nil
REQUISITE
ANTI- Nil
REQUISITE

*Course Type
University Core, Program Core, Program Specialization, Program Elective, University Open
Elective, Domain Aptitude, MOOCs, Project/Research Project, Thesis/Dissertation, Seminar,
Mandatory Non-Graded, Self-Study MNG, Summer/Institutional/Industrial Training

a. Course Objectives
1) Enhance the capability of the students independently articulate and apply the
engineering knowledge to solve the open ended complex theoretical engineering
problems
2) Promote the spirit of peer group and Experiential learning to handle and solve the
real life complex problems
3) To develop an attitude of collective working and responsibility sharing in an
interdisciplinary team.
4) To inculcate problem solving ability relating open ended complex problem solving

b. Course Outcomes
CO1

443
 Apply mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and an engineering
specialization to the conceptualization of engineering models.
CO2 Identify, formulate, research literature and solve complex engineering. problems
reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics and engineering
sciences
CO3 Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in
multi-disciplinary settings.
CO4 Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or
processes
CO5 Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering
community.

c. Syllabus
Open ended, complex, theoretical, engineering problem, etc. of student interest are to be
allocated to group of students from the project basket prepared by the faculty.
This is a group project with one faculty member as guide.

d. Assessment Pattern - internal and External

The performance of students is evaluated as follows:

Theory
Components Continuous Semester End
Internal Examination
Assessment (SEE)
(CAE)
Marks 40 60
Total Marks 100

e. Internal Evaluation Component

Sl Type of Weightage of Frequency Final Weightage in Remarks
No. Assessment actual conduct of Task Internal
Assessment
1 Assignment NA NA NA NA
2 Exam NA NA NA NA
3 Quiz/Test NA NA NA NA
4 Homework NA NA NA NA
5 Case study NA NA NA NA
6 Discussion NA NA NA NA
7 Presentation
8 Attendance Attendance NA NA NA

444
 f. CO-PO Mapping
Cours
e P P P P P P P P P PO PO PO PS PS PS
Outco O1 O2 O3 O4 O5 O6 O7 O8 O9 10 11 12 O1 O2 O3
me
CO1 3 2 2 3 3 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 3

20CEX453 MOOCS L T P S C CH
Version 1.00 - - - 4 4* 4^

Pre-requisites/ Student should have knowledge of Basic Civil Engineering.

Exposure
Co-requisites

a.Course Description

MOOCs integrate social networking, accessible online resources, and are facilitated by leading
practitioners in the field of study. Most significantly, MOOCs build on the engagement of
learners who self-organize their participation according to learning goals, prior knowledge and
skills, and common interests. The characteristics of the MOOC: massification, heterogeneity of
profiles, professions, educational levels and origin, to encourage informal learning by means of
social technology.

b. Course Objective

1.This creates an excellent opportunity for students to acquire the necessary skill set for
employability through massive online courses where the rare expertise of world-
famous experts from academics and industry are available.

2.MOOCs offer a chance for individuals to learn more about the digital form
for learning and teaching.

445
c.Course Outcomes

 MOOCs offer a chance for individuals to learn more about the digital form for learning
and teaching
 International experience and globalization
 linking up communities from across the globe in the context of a MOOC
 Mixing internal and external cohorts
 Accreditation and [micro] credentialing
 Cross/co-curricular opportunities

d.Links to join courses

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce01/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce02/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce03/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce04/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce05/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce06/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce07/preview

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce08/preview

446
https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc21_ce09/preview

447